On a cold winter evening, six women and two men sat in silence in an office near Harvard Square, practicing mindfulness meditation.
Sitting upright, eyes closed, palms resting on their laps, feet flat on the floor, they listened as course instructor Suzanne Westbrook guided them to focus on the present by paying attention to their bodily sensations, thoughts, emotions, and especially their breath.
“Our mind wanders all the time, either reviewing the past or planning for the future,” said Westbrook, who before retiring last June was an internal-medicine doctor caring for Harvard students. “Mindfulness teaches you the skill of paying attention to the present by noticing when your mind wanders off. Come back to your breath. It’s a place where we can rest and settle our minds.”
The class she taught was part of an eight-week program aimed at reducing stress.
Studies say that eight in 10 Americans experience stress in their daily lives and have a hard time relaxing their bodies and calming their minds, which puts them at high risk of heart disease, stroke, and other illnesses. Of the myriad offerings aimed at fighting stress, from exercise to yoga to meditation, mindfulness meditation has become the hottest commodity in the wellness universe.
Harvard offers several mindfulness and meditation classes, including a spring break retreat held in March for students through the Center for Wellness and Health Promotion. The Office of Work/Life offers programs to managers and staff, as well as weekly drop-in meditation sessions on campus, online guided meditation resources, and even a meditation phone line, 4-CALM (at 617.384.2256).
“We were tasked to find ways for the community to cope with stress. And at the same time, so much research was coming out on the benefits of mindfulness and meditation,” said Jeanne Mahon, director of the wellness center. “We keep offering mindfulness and meditation because of the feedback. People appreciate to have the chance for self-reflection and learn about new ways to be in relationships with themselves.”
More than 750 students have participated in mindfulness and meditation programs since 2012, said Mahon.
Part of mindfulness’ appeal lies in the fact that it’s secular. Buddhist monks have used mindfulness exercises as forms of meditation for more than 2,600 years, seeing them as one of the paths to enlightenment. But in the Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction program, mindfulness is stripped of religious undertones.
“In and out of the classroom, these student-athletes are immersed in a highly competitive culture,” said Denham. “This is stressful. This kind of training can develop a more-skillful mind and a sense of focus and well-being that can help them better maintain control and awareness of their thoughts, emotions, and presence in the moment.”
The growing interest in the field is reflected in Harvard’s course catalog. This spring, Lazar is teaching “Cognitive Neuroscience of Meditation,” Ezer Vierba leads an expository freshmen writing course on “Buddhism, Mindfulness, and the Practical Mind,” and Metta McGarvey teaches “Mindfulness for Educators” at the Graduate School of Education.
Due to high demand, McGarvey, who holds a doctorate in human development and psychology, teaches a three-day workshop for educators. It offers tools to enhance their work and their focus through breathing practices and self-compassion exercises.
Mindfulness meditation made easy
Settle in
Now breathe
Stay focused
Take 10
A daily practice will provide the most benefits. It can be 10 minutes per day, however, 20 minutes twice a day is often recommended for maximum benefit.
“A lot of them are working in really tough environments, with all kinds of pressures,” said McGarvey. “The rates of burnout in some of the more challenging environments are very high.”
Ayesha Hood, a police officer from Baltimore who is interested in running a day care center, attended McGarvey’s workshop last fall, and found it helpful. “As a police officer, I live in high stress, and as a public servant, I tend to neglect myself,” she said. “I want to calm myself and be conscious about it.”
Christine O’Shaughnessy, a former investment bank executive who lead workshops at Harvard, said, “All day we’re bombarded with social media, colleagues, work, children, etc. We don’t have time to spend it in quiet reflection. But if you practice it at least once a day, you’ll have a better day.”
To skeptics who still view mindfulness as hippie-dippy poppycock, O’Shaughnessy has four words: “Give it a try.” When she first signed up for a mindfulness workshop in 1999, she said she was skeptical too. But once she realized she was becoming calmer and less stressed, she converted. She eventually quit her job and became a mindfulness instructor. (She recently launched a free meditation app.)
“Doing mindfulness is like a fitness routine for your brain,” she said. “It keeps your brain healthy.”
Today we’re going to talk to you about citrine healing properties, correspondences and meanings so you can learn how to efficiently and effectively work with this popular and powerful crystal.
Plus I’ve got this instant download for you of my Solar Plexus Citrine Smoothie Recipe that you can whip up anytime. You can sign up & download your copy below.
Question of the Day:
Is citrine part of your personal crystal collection?
Just type in Yes or No in the comments at the bottom of this page. I’m curious how many of us have citrine. I know rose quartz is always a definite YES if you love crystals. Usually amethyst is a definite YES, but I’m wondering how popular citrine is with all of you.
I believe that amethyst is number one. I’ve checked my sources on this and amethyst is the number one collector’s crystal, and after that it’s a toss-up between rose quartz, (because see rose quartz is popular with the metaphysical crystal collectors, but with the rock hounds not so much because rose quartz doesn’t grow in that nice crystal formation) and citrine.
Citrine is the one just behind amethyst as most popular quartz gem or crystal collection gem.
Why do we want citrine in our collection?
What’s the reason for that?
Citrine Properties
Besides being gorgeous, it’s wonderful for bringing about positive, joyful, good vibes and all around good energy.
If you’re feeling a tinge of depression or effective seasonal disorder from winter, those of us in the northern hemisphere might be dealing with that right now, citrine is great for inviting in a sunny disposition.
It’s also great for boosting your confidence and your self-worth.
This crystal resonates very much with your solar plexus chakra. It brings it into balance and alignment.
Citrine is also known as the ultimate manifestation stone, as well as the merchant stone because it’s, no other stone can surpass its energy for bringing in that prosperity type of vibe.
Citrine Geology
Let’s look at a bit of geology and identification because that’s my strong suit, something different that I bring to the table because I’m a former science teacher and science department head, so I know this stuff inside and out.
Citrine has a Mohs hardness of seven for those of you who know what that means (we get into that in-depth in Crystal Savvy).
It’s a silicon dioxide crystal, which means it’s quartz, silicon dioxide.
There are many different quartzes including amethyst, rose quartz, citrine, smoky quartz. These are all different types of quartz, so it is indeed a type of quartz. That’s why it has that characteristic six-sided hexagonal shape to it and grows in a point.
There are six different crystal systems, and citrine is part of the trigonal crystal system which is a sub-system of the hexagonal crystal system.
It has a gold hue, which comes from the iron that is in the citrine. So that’s what gives it a slightly different vibrational frequency than other types of quartz.
Mother Earth naturally creates citrine. Now, not all citrine is natural. Let’s be mindful of that, and we’re going to get more into that in part two of this citrine series.
Mother Earth creates natural citrine within her womb, below ground in what I call a geothermal heat source within the mantle. That’s below the crustal layer of the planet.
We’ve got a geothermal, gourmet, geo-kitchen happening down there and it heats the crystal, so we get either amethyst or smoky quartz, both again, are silicon dioxide, they’re both quartz, same as citrine, but with that bit of iron inclusion happening there, when the amethyst or smoky quartz is naturally heated within the earth it can turn into citrine.
Additionally, citrine can vary in color from very, very yellow like the cut and polished one from Brazil (the giant beauty pictured above). There are lots of rainbows in that one.
Color can vary from very yellow to a yellow/brownish. Then some others are yellow/brownish, or an orange or iced tea color.
I show you a bunch of examples in the video, and you might watch and say: “Hey, I know citrine to look like this.”
Well, Mother Earth doesn’t make citrine like this. I’m not gonna call it fake, but it’s man-altered, it’s baked. This is what we call is the dark orange-brown madeira citrine or a reddish brown. We’ll talk in-depth on that in part two.
Then there’s another type; your darkest, almost smoky citrine. What makes it different from smoky quartz is you can see golden yellow. When you take it out in the sunlight if there is a golden yellow hue to it at all, it’s citrine. Smoky quartz does not have a golden yellow hue.
Citrine is naturally found in the USA, Spain and can be found in Russia, France, Scotland, Africa, the island of Madagascar and Brazil. They’re all slightly different and have different characteristics depending on where they are come from.
Solar Plexus Chakra
As I mentioned, citrine works very well with the solar plexus chakra. For self-esteem, confidence boosting and bringing about that positive attitude. I pulled this card today from my Mermaid deck. Positive Energy.
Surround yourself with positive people and situations and avoid negativity. Citrine helps with that so that was really apropos that I pulled that card today.
It’s great for:
get hibiscus moon’s free download!
I LOVE SPOILING MY SUBSCRIBERS!
Enter your information below to receive my bi-weekly newsletter and my solar plexus power-up Citrine smoothie recipe.
Different Types of Citrine
Ametrine has a little bit of citrine in the amethyst. It’s a mixture of amethyst and citrine together in one stone, and some have clear quartz, citrine, and amethyst (like the one I show you in the video).
It’s partly purple and partially that yellow/orange in the citrine and the color zones are very sharply divided. Ametrine is the stone you want to work with for mental clarity and decision making, clear decision making. This is your go-to for that.
Cactus Quartz
You might be familiar with cactus quartz. It primarily grows and is more widely available as amethyst. It’s gorgeous. Sometimes cactus quartz, also known as spirit quartz, can come in citrine. This is much rarer.
So here’s a citrine cactus quartz, spirit quartz. It’s a form of quartz, but again it’s usually amethyst and more rarely citrine, or it can be a combination of the two. Sometimes you see both citrine and amethyst on one crystal.
Cactus quartz contains a large crystal with little baby crystals growing over the larger one in a layer of spikey little smaller crystals, hence, why they call it cactus quartz. It’s found in South Africa, and it’s so beautiful, brilliant and gorgeous.
Lemon Quartz
Next is lemon quartz. Sometimes people call pineapple when it has little spikes on it, but the lemon quartz has this bright yellow hue to it. A lot of times it’s faked. But there are natural, authentic lemon quartz and it’s a naturally colored (that’s the key), very light, bright yellow citrine. It lacks that brown, orange or reddish hue in that orange tint. It’s very light and bright.
Really it’s all in the eye of the beholder, guys. You can have two geologists standing next to each other. One will say yep, that’s lemon, that’s lemon citrine and some other one will say no, no, no, it’s not.
In part two I’ll be talking all about the fake citrine or about that madeira, the baked variety out there and how to tell the difference between a real deal citrine and the fake ones. We’ll dive deep into that in in part two.
Solar Plexus Power Juice
I’m going to give you the ingredients, but this is not like baking, it’s more like cooking. You just kinda throw it in to your liking. It’s not an exact science, not rocket science on this.
But, if you want the exact recipe, the exact amounts and all that stuff, you can get my free download of the actual recipe pdf.
When you do this, you don’t have to have a juicer, a NutriBullet, a Magic bullet type blender will work, or something like that. All these ingredients are pure solar plexus stuff guys and organic whenever possible.
You’re going to want to put in one peeled carrot. A cup of orange juice. Fresh ginger, grated up, that’s to taste. Some people like a lot of ginger and like it real spicy and some people just want a little touch. Or you can leave it out if you want, but I do recommend having it in there.
Grind up some fresh turmeric, a squeeze of lemon, just a squeeze, ice cubes and then the key here is citrine gem elixir.
Now, you might be like whoa, what in the world is that? Easy, easy. Just grab a cup, a coffee mug, a glass, whatever. Plop a citrine in there; a tumbled stone. Not rough. Make sure you wash it first, so it’s clean. Put it gently in with a glass of water. Pop it in the refrigerator overnight. In the morning, guess what? You’ve got citrine gem elixir.
How easy is that?
No need to get all glamorous about it and all ritualistic about it. You can and I show you how to do that in my course, but you don’t need to. So you put it in there with ice cubes, blend it up, and there you go. Solar Plexus Power Up Juice Smoothie.
If you don’t want it to be like smoothie consistency leave the ice cubes out and just blend it. This will give you so much good high vibe energy, just what we’re looking for from citrine and it tastes amazing.
get hibiscus moon’s free download!
I LOVE SPOILING MY SUBSCRIBERS!
Enter your information below to receive my bi-weekly newsletter and my solar plexus power-up Citrine smoothie recipe.
Try it! Some people don’t like the taste of carrot and orange juice together. I was cracking up because my friend, Leonie Dawson, posted something where she was drinking carrot and orange juice. She was like, what in the world is this?
But for me, with the health food stuff, I can pretty much do it all and I think it’s great. Maybe it’s an acquired taste, I don’t know, but try it out.
I think the energy trade-off that you get from it and the energy, the vibes you get from the citrine gem elixir is more than worth it. I think it tastes beautiful.
To wrap this up, here’s a little disclaimer I want to give you. Are these meanings reliable? I’ve given you citrine, crystal meanings, correspondences, properties, but are they reliable? This is a new disclaimer I’ve been giving recently. Those that have been with me a little while you know, you’re like, ah, here we go. ?
This information that I’m giving you today on citrine relies mostly on the common crystal correspondences that have been relied on for hundreds of years, many of them going back to ancient times and I’ve also researched them out and of course, tested them out, experimented with them and have found them to be consistent for myself, my clients, as well as for thousands of students and graduates of my Certified Crystal Healer Course. I’ve found that the known crystal properties ring true for about 80% of us.
So, that’s most of us, but that’s not everybody. You might be someone who says: “Citrine does not give me this kind of energy at all, it’s totally different for me”. Or, it might be the type of citrine you’re working with. Are you working with a natural Congo citrine or are you working with a baked citrine?
Plus recently, the energy on our planet in regards to the work we do with crystals has shifted, so, for those of you out there, don’t feel bad if you’re one of those that do not resonate with citrine’s usual correspondences and the ones that I’m talking about here today.
It could be due to these energy shifts, or again, you could have a baked citrine on your hands. I used to think baked citrine worked just fine. I have a different take on that and we’ll talk about that in part two, but yes, something has shifted with the energy there and both with us, it hasn’t just shifted with the crystals, shifted with the planet, with us and the crystals especially with this crystal, citrine.
Post in the comments below if you have a piece of citrine (or several!) in your collection. Also, tell me do these correspondences ring true for you or have you had a different experience?
Let’s make DIY Crystal ?? Infused Vibrationa… So, let’s dive into creating our own High Vibrational Crystal Infused Essential Oil Perfume! These sorts of perfumes are great because the…
Crystal Meanings | Are they Reliable? Do you find that your usual crystal meanings and usual go-to correspondences are dependable? For example, has your go-to rose quartz…
Like what you’ve read?
If so, become a Crystal Family Member. You’ll receive exclusive crystal tips in my email newsletter along with my FREE eKit: Create Sacred Space with Crystals! Enter your information below.
Your email is guarded by the biggest piece of Black Obsidian ever! Your info will never be sold. See our full privacy policy here.
Time is a tricky concept to unravel, but many who have traveled beyond this realm and into others have discovered that time does not exist. Time is merely an illusion.
Even though things appear to happen in stages, they are actually happening simultaneously. Everything that could ever exist and has ever existed is all happening now. Right now. We just can’t perceive it, and we are not meant to.
In this three dimensional world, on this third planet from the Sun, we are meant to see things having a beginning, a middle, and an end.
It is an important process on our earthly journey to see things in stages and to see the cause and effect of our actions.
But, if time as we know it is actually an illusion, what importance does a day like March 3, really hold?
March 3, 2019, unlocks the numerology code of 333, as it is the third day of the third month in a number three year.
While the calendar is a human invention, numbers were born from the Universe. Numbers were not invented, they were witnessed in the pursuit to understand the Universe we live in.
In order to understand the deeper meaning of life, of space, and of our earthly existence we observed nature. Everything in nature follows a mathematical code of order and a sequence.
Looking at the world this way has allowed us to understand creation, and our journey through this story of birth, life, and death.
The very first mathemticians and numerologists were intrigued by the number 3 and believed that it held powerful creative potential.
The number 3 represents the material and the ability to express, create, and manifest in this 3D world.
The number 3 is the building block of life as we know it. It represents the beginning, the middle, and the end. It represents the sum of who we are- a mind, a body, and a soul.
The number 3 represents creativity, it represents communication and outward expression, it also represents our highest truth and our inner voice, that guidance that always knows how to soothe us and point us in the right direction.
The symbolism and magic of number 3 runs deep and so, on this third day of the third month in a number three year, we can tap into this energy and use it as a reminder, as a signpost as to where we are on our journey.
Under the vibration of 333, we can align, create, express, and harmonize ourselves with the Universe.
We can use this day to share our truth, to get creative, and to put our ideas and plans out into the world.
We can use the energies of the day to reflect on the story of our lives and to ensure we are writing the story that we want to tell.
We are all co-creators on this journey, and while we may not always have control over the events that come our way, we do have control over how we choose to handle them and how we choose to grow from them.
Just as we grow and expand, so too does the Universe. When we grow in consciousness, all of life grows and all of life benefits from our growth. Mother Earth, the rivers, the trees, the stars, the planets, it is our growth, our evolution of consciousness that keeps life blossoming.
So, under the powerful numerology code of 333 we can continue to grow and advance, and be supported as we align mind, body, and soul.
We can all use this day as a reminder to center ourselves and ensure that we are using these sacred components of our being as one.
333 is also considered one of the number patterns our angels and spirit guides use to communicate and connect with us. When we see this number pattern frequently, it is a sign that our angels are with us, and are encouraging us to express, create, and speak our truth.
Number patterns are the Universe’s way of speaking to us, so on a day like March 3, or when we see number patterns repeatedly, it’s important to stop, pay attention, and take note of what is happening in the present moment. What are you thinking? What are you feeling? What do you need to take notice of?
Under the vibration of this 333 day, check in with yourself. Check in with your story, speak your truth, and get back into alignment in whatever way calls to you.
To help you align and feel guided throughout the month of March, try my guided meditation here.
Good advice may find you today, dear Taurus, and communications are open, possibly even healing.
This is a strong time for assessing value and discovering hidden gems or untapped resources. You have unique sight for money, personal possessions, and business today.
It’s a great time for shopping, as well! This is largely because your judgment is excellent as Venus and Chiron connect harmoniously by aspect.
You seem to enjoy simple pleasures and comforts with Venus now in your solar second house (until May 19th).
Today is strong for getting in touch with your feelings about and appreciation for people in your life, as well as situations and personal possessions.
Comforting activities help you heal. Your personal appeal is subtle but powerful.
You’re amazed by all the lovely people in your life and all the wonderful possibilities there are to pursue now.
Although you normally choose the security of certainty over the insecurity of the unknown, your current restlessness lures you into unfamiliar territory.
You’re ready and willing to embrace whatever the future might hold. Nevertheless, your sense of urgency is actually a sign that you don’t have to make up your mind so fast.
Do what you do best: let common sense be your guide and pleasure your principle.
As Venus leaves Taurus today, she is leaving your heart on fire with what it wants from the future and with a not so silent revolution underway.
As Mars and Pluto, the planets of war and revolution draw closer to their conjunction in an adventurous part of your chart, staying in a rut is no longer an option.
As Mars fuels a passion for adventure, Pluto is holding the doors open to the past and second chances. Today’s playful lunar vibes throw even more fuel onto the fire.
Today’s Quote: “Sometimes you have to forget what’s gone, appreciate what remains, and look forward to what’s coming next.”
The ammolite is a colored in the palette of the rainbow fossil of a sea creature existed more than 65 million years ago. There is an infinite combination of colors in its every square centimeter. As a whole, the red and green are more common than the blue and purple. There are also different shades – for example magenta, violet and gold, which are much rarer and more sought after.
The color of the ammolite depends on the angle of light and the perspective from which you look. Sometimes the change of colors is almost unnoticeable, sometimes – spectacular – for example when the red goes to green or green to blue. According to the philosophy of Feng Shui it has absorbed energy from the universe shortly after the creation of the world and the forces of the universe follow the ammolite from the periphery to the center. This centrifugal energy is emitted back through the rock, generating invisible supernatural spiral movements that carry to the holder of the ammolite health, prosperity and enlightenment.
From the distance of time, today it is hard to imagine what life was like on Earth millions of years ago – in the time when the fearsome monsters were masters of the land. But the fact is that nature has preserved historical evidence about that distant era. Science has established that the background of the ammolite dates back to 65 million years. It is curious that the ammolite is extracted from 1960 and acquired the status of a gemstone after the World Jewellery Confederation a quarter century ago, late as 1981. During the same year began its industrial extraction.
The scientific walk back in time established that 65 million years ago the global ocean sheltered unimaginable forms of life. One of these forms is the Ammonite – a creature with a spiral shell, similar to the squid. As they sink to the bottom of the sea, these shells fall within rich in minerals sediment, where over time, undergo a process of fossilization. The shells are not only preserved, but acquire colors in the delightful ranges of the rainbow.
Today the fossils of the ammonite can be found in many places, but only those on the territory of Alberta (Canada) have the qualities of precious stones, which makes the ammolite one of the rarest gems in the world.
Although it is extracted since 1960, the ammolite is shrouded in a relative obscurity until several years ago. In 1997 Edward Li, an expert in Feng Shui from Hong Kong, published a book in which he described the qualities of the ammolite. The book draws attention to the stone of everyone who shares the philosophy of Feng Shui. The ammolite became a sought-after commodity, and its sales worldwide increased.
The stone is very attractive, as it sparks in the colors of the rainbow. If you look carefully you can distinguish 7 different colors – ruby red, amber yellow, emerald green, jade green, sky blue, mauve and orange. Hence the followers of Feng Shui called the ammolite “the seven-colored stone of success”.
According to this philosophy, every color of the ammolite is loaded with a different symbolic meaning. The ruby red stimulates the growth and energy. The orange generates creativity and increases the libido, while the green improves the thought, makes us wiser and stimulates the entrepreneurial spirit. The yellow improves the health.
It is generally considered that the stone cleanses the body of accumulated toxins and balances the functions of the organism. When the stone is placed in the home, it contributes to peace, harmony and family happiness. In the office it helps for achieving better business results.
Ujjayi Pranayama (yogic breathing technique) is also known within yoga as ‘the psychic breath’ It is produced by a light contraction at the pit of the throat around the glottis. The glottis affects voice modulation through expansion or contraction. Contracting the glottis lightly like this creates a light whispery, snoring sound on the inhalation and the exhalation.
This particular way of breathing has been harnessed by Yogis for untold generations to support and promote health as well as expand conscious awareness through Dharana – the concentration aspect of meditation practice.
The impact of the Ujjayi breath can be both deep and pervasive. On a physical level, Ujjayi breath allows more oxygen to be transferred in the lungs, enhancing the flow of blood throughout the entire body similar to what occurs during periods of increased exercise. The difference is when this pranayama is performed, the physical body becomes very relaxed, so the body and brain are able to reap the benefits of increased blood flow without the stress and wear caused by higher level exercise.
Ujjayi breath lowers blood pressure due to creating light pressure on the carotid sinuses. The Carotid sinuses are responsible for regulating blood pressure within the arteries. Lower blood pressure supports health and longevity as well as being naturally calming for the mind.
Any pranayama in general works to correct and improve the rhythm of the breath. When performed with a high level of focus, Ujjayi Pranayama brings the breath into a solid rhythm. The added consciousness feedback of the sound created with this technique helps to reinforce the calming benefits of the rhythmic pattern. We are at once hearing, feeling, and aware of the benefit of the breath. This equates to a deep impact on the conscious, subconscious and unconscious levels of mind.
Ujjayi Breath Activates the Parasympathetic Nervous System
When the mind is racing or processing stress, it is accepted that the body will be responding in kind. Heart rate can speed up, blood pressure may rise, muscles will likely tighten, and most often the breath switches from nose breathing to mouth breathing. We may also switch from diaphragmatic breathing to shallow breathing where the shoulders and chest begin to move. These are all physical signs that the sympathetic nervous system is becoming activated, kicking into ‘fight or flight’ mode.
Similarly, if the body has been patterned to shallow breathing and remaining in tension, this affects thought forms and emotion. It can make the mind race and thoughts lean more towards the negative than the positive. Emotion will be heightened and lead more towards the unpleasant. Not only is this a ‘chicken and egg’ cycle, it’s also a cycle that can become very engrained due to the involvement of muscle memory and the deep seated self-perpetuating, emotional impressions known in Yoga as Samskaras.
Ujjayi breathing stimulates the Vagus Nerve. The Vagus Nerve is the heart of the parasympathetic nervous system. It’s the 10th cranial nerve. It controls the organs of maintenance – the heart, digestion, breathing and glands. Twenty percent of the fibers of the vagus nerve do that. The rest send information from the gut to the brain.
Ujjayi breathing emphasizes the input from the viscera (abdominal organs) to the brain and this dramatically changes how your brain is working. If we just do a slow breathing rate (2 to 4 breaths per minute), the Vagus Nerve will switch on. However, combining it with light resistance (as in ujjayi) further enhances the input the Vagus Nerve has in the brain.
Incorporating Bhandas (energy locks) also further activates the Vagus Nerve and releases nitrous oxide within the body and brain. Nitrous oxide is released by the nasal sinuses, and has been found to act as an anti-inflammatory, hormonal and antiseptic. It is also a repair agent for the entire respiratory tract, bloodstream, digestion, and delicate lung tissues.
From the point of view of meditation and higher, expanded levels of consciousness. The ancient Sages and Siddhas have told us that relaxation of the mind is required to expand consciousness and for true inspiration to be channeled through to us. It is only when the mind is completely at rest, when the intellect is transcended, but awareness is still fully present, that we reach any state of true meditation (Dhyana).
There is a lot involved in the stress response of our entire system. Both mind and body are involved. Viewing stress response as pervasive in this way, from one angle, seems overwhelming – even hopeless, but the encompassing nature of our system also means that there are many places and opportunities to interrupt the stress cycle and affect change for the better.
Not only are there many places to interrupt and adjust the cycle, all that is required in most cases is to adjust the breath. The breath is key, because the breath is literally carrying our life. We can survive for a period of time without food, we can survive for a period of time without water, but survival without the breath is down to a few short minutes in most circumstances. So, from a psychophysical perspective, it’s no wonder adjusting the breath has a major impact on us. It is at the root of our very survival.
Since the breath is crucial to our life – Many say breath IS life. Therefore, adjusting the breath has a great and in some cases instant impact on the quality of our life. In Yoga and meditation, we can harness this process to be our friend rather than our foe.
Access to the Psychic Realm
This is where the mystical aspect of Ujjayi breath comes into play. The breath carries Life-force. Life force in yoga is called Prana. In order to concentrate the mind, we need high levels of Prana – We must be charged with Life-force. Similarly, in order to free the mind and open it up to expansion and intuition, the intellect must be transcended while awareness is retained ready to connect with and take note of new ideas, realizations and levels of intuition. The Ujjayi breath works on both the physical and psychic levels of our Being simultaneously. While it calms the nervous system through activating the vagus nerve more quickly than ordinary slower breathing, it also stimulates the hypothalamus, a part of the brain near the pituitary gland responsible for heightened awareness.
Heightened awareness is what leads us to be open to intuition, inspiration and the many subtle process of life and communication that inhabit the ‘psychic’ realm. Even some of the great scientific minds such as Albert Einstein greatly valued completely calming the mind and nervous system. Einstein knew that his mind had to shift to solve a problem, and the evidence of what he achieved is a powerful testimony. He took meditation breaks during his working day to develop new theories. He said: “The really valuable thing is intuition”. “Through meditation I found answers before I even asked the question.”
Ujjayi Pranayama is an approachable and impactful breathing technique requiring minimal instruction and effort. It can be harnessed anywhere as an acute measure to calm the mind and body ‘in the moment’. It can also be practiced daily as part of general yoga practice, where its pranic benefits will be absorbed and stored up by the nervous system to cushion future episodes of stress. When prescribed by an experienced teacher, in conjunction with other more targeted, deeper meditation techniques, Ujjayi breath can be a powerful booster to the overall impact of meditation practice, enhancing both the quality and depth of experience for the meditator.
“Despite centuries of investigation by everyone from natural historians, psychologists, and psychiatrists, to ethicists, neuroscientists, and philosophers, there is still no universal definition of emotion or consciousness,” Laurel Braitman wrote in her terrific exploration of the mental lives of animals. Virginia Woolf defined consciousness as “a wave in the mind,” but even if we’re able to ride the wave, we hardly know the ocean out of which it arises.
Montgomery begins with a seemingly simple premise. The octopus is a creature magnificently dissimilar to us — it can change shape and color, tastes with its skin, has its mouth in its armpit, and is capable of squeezing its entire body through a hole the size of an apple. And since we humans experience reality in profoundly different ways from one another, based on our individual consciousnesses, then the octopus must be inhabiting an altogether different version of what we call reality.
The constellation of complexities comprising this difference, Montgomery reveals over the course of this miraculously insightful and enchanting book, expands our understanding of consciousness and sheds light on the very notion of what we call a “soul.”
North Pacific Giant Octopus by photographer Mark Laita from his project Sea
She writes:
More than half a billion years ago, the lineage that would lead to octopuses and the one leading to humans separated. Was it possible, I wondered, to reach another mind on the other side of that divide? Octopuses represent the great mystery of the Other.
Among the pitfalls of the human condition is our tendency to see otherness as a source of dread rather than an invitation to friendly curiosity. The octopus, as the ultimate Other, has a long history of epitomizing this inclination and sparking our primal fear of the unknown. Montgomery cites one particularly emblematic depiction from Victor Hugo’s novel Toilers of the Sea:
The spectre lies upon you; the tiger can only devour you; the devil-fish, horrible, sucks your life-blood away… The muscles swell, the fibres of the body are contorted, the skin cracks under the loathsome oppression, the blood spurts out and mingles horribly with the lymph of the monster, which clings to the victim with innumerable hideous mouths…
Setting out to “defend the octopus against centuries of character assassination,” Montgomery notes that octopuses have highly individual personalities and can exhibit marked curiosity — faculties we tend to think of as singularly human. Even their motives for friendliness and unfriendliness, far from the baseless brutality of depictions like Hugo’s, parallel our own:
In one study, Seattle Aquarium biologist Roland Anderson exposed eight giant Pacific octopuses to two unfamiliar humans, dressed identically in blue aquarium uniforms. One person consistently fed a particular octopus, and another always touched it with a bristly stick. Within a week, at first sight of the people — looking up at them through the water, without even touching or tasting them — most of the octopuses moved toward the feeder and away from the irritator. Sometimes the octopus would aim its water-shooting funnel, the siphon near the side of the head with which an octopus jets through the sea, at the person who had touched it with the bristly stick.
Surely, a skeptic might argue that this is more instinct than “consciousness.” But Montgomery goes on to outline a number of strikingly specific and context-considered behaviors indicating that octopuses are animated by complex conscious experiences — things we tend to term “thoughts” and “feelings” in the human realm — that upend our delusions of exceptionalism. Lest we forget, we have a long history of bolstering those delusions by putting other species down, much like petty egotists try to make themselves feel big by making other people feel small — even Jane Goodall contended with dismissal and ridicule when she first suggested that chimpanzees have consciousness.
Pacific giant octopus by photographer Susan Middleton from her project Spineless
But beyond intellectual considerations of this weird and wonderful creature’s inner life, Montgomery points to the physical, bodily presence with an octopus as a transcendent experience in its own right — one that pulls into question our most basic assumptions about consciousness:
While stroking an octopus, it is easy to fall into reverie. To share such a moment of deep tranquility with another being, especially one as different from us as the octopus, is a humbling privilege. It’s a shared sweetness, a gentle miracle, an uplink to universal consciousness.
Indeed, the book’s greatest reward isn’t the fascinating science — although that is riveting and ablaze with rigor — but Montgomery’s bewitching prose, pouring from the soul of a literary naturalist who paints the marvels of the ocean’s depths like Thoreau did the marvels of the New England woods. Finding herself “drunk with strange splendors” as she beholds the marine world’s “parade of wonders,” Montgomery writes:
A splendid toadfish hides beneath a rock. Once thought to live only in Cozumel, it’s pancake flat, with thin, wavy, horizontal blue and white stripes, Day-Glo yellow fins, and whiskery barbels. A four-foot nurse shark sleeps beneath a coral shelf, peaceful as a prayer. A trumpet fish, yellow with dark stripes, floats with its long, tubular snout down, trying to blend in with some branching coral… A school of iridescent pink and yellow fish slide by inches from our masks, then wheel in unison like birds in the sky.
I have known no natural state more like a dream than this. I feel elation cresting into ecstasy and experience bizarre sensations: my own breath resonates in my skull, faraway sounds thump in my chest, objects appear closer and larger than they really are. Like in a dream, the impossible unfolds before me, and yet I accept it unquestioningly. Beneath the water, I find myself in an altered state of consciousness, where the focus, range, and clarity of perception are dramatically changed.
Suddenly acutely aware that the octopuses she has met and come to love on her expeditions experience this dizzying otherworldliness as their basic backdrop of existence, she considers the limited array of sensations and perceptions that we’ve come to accept as the whole or reality:
The ocean, for me, is what LSD was to Timothy Leary. He claimed the hallucinogen is to reality what a microscope is to biology, affording a perception of reality that was not before accessible. Shamans and seekers eat mushrooms, drink potions, lick toads, inhale smoke, and snort snuff to transport their minds to realms they cannot normally experience.
[…]
In my scuba-induced altered state, I’m not in the grip of a drug: I am lucid in my immersion, voluntarily becoming part of what feels like the ocean’s own dream.
Out of this perspective-shifting consideration arises Montgomery’s most profound inquiry. Sitting in a Tahitian temple dedicated to the spirit of the octopus, where one of her expeditions has taken her, she wonders:
What is the soul? Some say it is the self, the “I” that inhabits the body; without the soul, the body is like a lightbulb with no electricity. But it is more than the engine of life, say others; it is what gives life meaning and purpose. Soul is the fingerprint of God.
Others say that soul is our innermost being, the thing that gives us our senses, our intelligence, our emotions, our desires, our will, our personality, and identity. One calls soul “the indwelling consciousness that watches the mind come and go, that watches the world pass.” Perhaps none of these definitions is true. Perhaps all of them are. But I am certain of one thing as I sit in my pew: If I have a soul — and I think I do — an octopus has a soul, too.
This research report provides an account of 3 new experiments that took place during the 5 séances conducted by David Thompson and his spirit team[i]. This report will share the methods and conclusions in regards to the specific physical phenomena assessed.
The overall goal of attending and observing the David Thompson séances was to experience and determine the authenticity of full-body materialization and reunions in the 21st Century. Some of the larger[ii] study’s objectives included:
To further expand our understanding of metaphysics and the nature of the universe;
To develop a standard set of criteria that could be used to determine the authenticity of physical mediumship;
To identify a comprehensive list of factors that contribute to outcomes produced in physical mediumship;
To make a definitive conclusion about the authenticity of materialization in the 21st century séance room.
The present study’s objective focuses on objective no.4 related to making a definitive conclusion about the authenticity of materlization.
Background Information
The chapel where the séances were held in Sarasota was said to have been planned by spirits approximately one hundred and fifty years ago. Built in 1973, the chapel was designed to be light proof and maintain cool enough temperatures to sustain the ectoplasm—the substance used to allow discarnates to materialize in the physical realm. A few individuals attending the séances mentioned that they believed that the room was built over a portal that would enhance the phenomena. The séance room fit approximately 30 people and there were no windows and just one door which made it easier to ensure that unpermitted light could not enter the room.
While strict protocol was always being followed to guard the safety of the medium and to enhance the evidential nature of the process, the feelings of camaraderie and the principles of spiritualism formed the basis for the proceedings. For the most part, although the process was open to the public, due to space limitations, word of the séances with David Thompson’s visit to the United States seemed to spread to people who were already part of the spiritualist community from all over the United States.
Approximately 20% of the sitters had observed Thompson previously and 50% had already participated in some type of physical mediumship séance. One-third of the group were newcomers who despite their inexperience with physical phenomena still seemed to have an open mind that the possibility of physical mediumship was authentic. If there were any closed minded skeptics in the crowd, they did not share their perspectives.
Typical Séance Phenomena
Although this particular research report does not analyze all of the phenomena that took place during the séances, a comprehensive analysis will be shared in a book publication in 2015. To provide a context for the 3 experiments that will be described in this report, a brief review of the typical phenomena is necessary.
Each séance starts with the typical protocol check, prayer and selected music to facilitate the deep trance state necessary for materialization.
William, Thompson’s control from spirit greets the sitters and checks in with the circle leader to ensure that all protocols have been implemented. William who usually materializes into full form and demonstrates his solid structure in a variety of ways provides several platitudes and responds to philosophical type questions. Other members of Thompson’s spirit team materialize to share important messages and aim to demonstrate survival of consciousness. Over the period of 5 séances, typical members of the spirit team who materialized in full form included: William, Timmy, Dr. Slavinski, Quentin Crisp and Louis Armstrong.
During 4 of the 5 séances, a total of 10 past loved ones materialized to reunite with sitters who were able to later reiterate what aspects of these reunions were validating.
Over the 5 séances, a total of 15 full bodied regular members of the spirit team and past loved ones known to the sitter materialized and interacted intelligently with sitters in the séance room. Their physical presence and identities were validated as past loved ones shared personal information no one but the sitter could know. Spirit team members and materialized past loved ones touched the sitters and spoke in recognizable voices. A total of 15 different voices[iii] and 7 different sized and textured hands were felt or seen using the luminous plaque.
Demonstrations of trumpet movement by Timmy, a young child-like character with a strong Cockney accent who transitioned to spirit prematurely with a fever, demonstrated the rapid and paranormal type movements of the trumpet. The illuminated trumpet scraped the 8 ft. ceiling creating sparks and moved at inhuman speeds[iv]. Timmy’s development of ectoplasmic rods combined with his thoughts were used to move the trumpet at lightening speeds covering the 29’ long room—sometimes gently touching the sitters to demonstrate precision despite this occurring in darkness.
At the end of each séance the spirit team always levitated Thompson and the chair he was seated in from the cabinet into the middle of the room covering a distance of approximately 18 ft. Since it is not physically possible for someone to drag the chair and Thompson 18 ft. unnoticed or lift and throw him 18 ft., even the skeptic is left to question what other explanation is left. To further validate survival of consciousness evidence, once the lights are turned on and Thompson is out of trance, it is apparent to all sitters that the sweater he was wearing and the ties were reversed front to back. Again the skeptic is left to wonder how anyone in the room could have removed 5 plastic ties, remove the sweater, use 5 additional plastics ties and maneuver this in darkness. The spirit team explained that such a demonstration can enhance knowledge about dematerializing and rematerializing matter[v].
This context is shared to ensure that the research findings are applied to this specific medium within this context. Factors related to: the high level of cohesion between the sitters, the groups moderate to high level of belief in the continuity of life, and the location of the séance are factors to consider when assessing this phenomenon. When these factors vary and are combined with mediumistic ability, the findings and conclusion of physical mediumship phenomenon could vary.
All séances were recorded[vi] and held in darkness except for the use of a luminous trumpet (megaphone shape) and plaque that were used to provide visual demonstrations of materialization. Normal light was introduced into the room in Séance no. 3 at the permission of William, the control.
Research Methods
Direct observations of the séance, participation in the independent checker process, follow-up interviews with key informants and sitters, and a literature review on physical mediumship formed the basis of the methods used for this research report. A qualitative content analysis of the full phenomena was completed for the larger study.
To be able to substantiate survival of consciousness evidence, you would first have to be sure that the appropriate protocol and minimal “authenticity criteria” are met. Given that the séances are held in full darkness it is necessary to use the highest level of authenticity criteria. The following criteria were used to assess the 3 experiments selected for this report:
All of the protocols were implemented to reduce any possibility of fraud; and
The phenomenon could not be explained by any physical cause (i.e. could not be produced by a human or anything in the physical world);
At least one physical change could be attributed to the healing intervention; and
A physical effect was experienced during the healing (i.e. heat, tingling, or movement in the body)
If these criteria are met, this supports the conclusion that the source of the phenomenon is from the spirit world, contributing to the strength of the survival of consciousness evidence.
Research Limitations
The information collected from séance no. 3 was from a follow-up with various sitters so the information for 1 of the 5 séances was not received through direct experience. After speaking to approximately 50% of the sitters about séance no.3, the triangulation of their information produced repetitive themes that enhanced the inter-rater reliability of the information. This further mitigated the limitations of secondary self-reported information.
Given the level of cohesion between the sitters and the homogeneous nature of the group (geographically and spiritually), one cannot generalize the findings beyond these contexts. This type of phenomenon varies by mediumistic ability, geographical location, nature of cohesion of the group, levels of belief, and stage of grief being potentially experienced by sitters. Further research into all the factors and how much they contribute to the type and quality of the phenomenon is part of the larger ongoing study.
Despite the perception that darkness limits the ability to produce sound evidential research on physical mediumship, several validations were still achieved (See Appendix A). The luminous tools used during the séance provided adequate visibility for specific experiments and some of the phenomena demonstrated became more valid given the precision and capability of the materialized visitors despite darkness. The darkness factor is also minimized by the sitter’s ability to hear distinct voices and feel various parts of the materialized forms.
Pre-Protocol Activity
In general, the pre-protocol activities for every séance were extremely rigorous. This seems to be driven by William, Thompson’s control who goes to great lengths to ensure that not only is the medium safe but that the sitters are not left wondering if the phenomenon is produced via fraudulent means. The following outlines the rigor used to protect the safety of the medium and to enhance the authenticity of the experiments:
Independent Checkers: Safety for the Medium
There are no electrical outlets in the room to be covered as the room is light proof. Only the flash light was left in the room to be able to hand the materialized forms the luminous plaque and trumpet as requested. This is particularly important to ensure that light is only permitted into the room as granted by the spirit team. This would ensure that the ectoplasm would not withdraw rapidly into the medium’s body and cause physical harm
Independent Checkers: Ensuring Authenticity of the Phenomenon
Two independent checkers are randomly selected to check anything and anywhere they deem appropriate. During each séance, these were always different people selected who were usually individuals that had never sat with Thompson in prior séances. These individuals would check the medium, the séance items (i.e. trumpet), the cabinet, and the medium’s chair. This checking process was conducted in front of all the sitters and checkers were asked to report on their levels of satisfaction each time.
All 10 checkers during the 5 séances reported that the room was appropriate and void of any unexplained items—only a cabinet to house the medium, a curtain, chairs and typical séance items were present. I was also invited to shadow the checkers in one séance where I double checked bindings, inspected the cabinet, checked the medium’s chair thoroughly and inspected all of the séance items permitted into the room. In one of the séances, one of the sitters was a trained military professional who conducted an extremely thorough room and body check of the medium.
Body Search: Safety for the Medium
Any metal on the sitters could create problems for the medium’s physical state if these metals are also carried with the ectoplasm back into the medium’s body. Therefore, all sitters are patted down prior to entering the séance room. Unpermitted recording devices would affect the calculation of energy and could create interference.
Body Search: Ensuring Authenticity of the Phenomenon
Body checks are completed on the medium, the circle leader and the medium’s partner to ensure there are no props used to produce the phenomena. If an apport were to be produced, no one could propose that it was from one of the sitters as all objects are kept outside of the séance room.
Doors Secured: Safety for the Medium
Securing the door with duct tape and a door cover ensures that no one can easily come in or leave the room as unpermitted movement can interrupt or affect the ectoplasmic force field in the centre of the room causing harm to the medium. Sitters were also asked not to stretch legs beyond their chair as this could inadvertently interfere with the force field created in the centre of the semi-circle formation.
Doors Secured: Ensuring the Authenticity of the Phenomenon
If the doors are sealed at all times, one cannot question the phenomenon produced in the room. For example, if a child materializes in the séance room and the door is heavily secured, that only leaves one conclusion—the phenomenon produced is coming from the spirit world as children are not permitted into the séance room.
Hand Chain: Safety for the Medium
Everyone was instructed to hold hands 95% of the time during the séances. Hand chains were broken if the circle leader was asked to provide an instrument. The hand chain was enacted as soon as a materialized form was present and then the hand chain was released once the activity desisted and the entity dematerialized. If a sitter attempt to touch the phenomenon and breaks the hand chain this could harm the medium.
Hand Chain: Ensuring Authenticity of the Phenomenon
Being in a hand chain for a majority of the séance ensures that no one in the room is corroborating with the medium to act as the materialized forms. Sitters were instructed to speak out if someone beside them broke the chain. No one ever spoke out about the chain being broken during any of the séances I attended.
Binding the medium: Safety of the Medium
The medium’s legs and hands are bound to protect him from following the materialized visitors from spirt and inadvertently hurting himself while in trance.
Binding the medium: Ensuring the Authenticity of the Phenomenon
The medium’s legs and hands are bound tightly and checked to ensure sitters have no doubt the materialized phenomena are authentic. A handkerchief is placed around the mouth and knotted behind the head. A tie is fastened around the knot to ensure that it is impossible to remove. This is to assure the sitters that the voices they hear are directly coming from the spirit world and not from the medium[vii] . The chair in this séance room had heavy legs straps—after these were tightly bound around the legs, these knots were also secured by additional plastic ties. While some may be disturbed by this practice, one has to consider that to make any type of conclusive statement about the authenticity of materialization, the appropriate controls need to be put in place. Thompson and his spirit team consent and support this process of binding.
One-hundred percent of the protocol to ensure the medium’s safety and enhance the authenticity of the phenomenon was implemented during all 5 séances. In particular, during 2 of the 5 séances, William requested that the cabinet curtain be opened to demonstrate that the medium was still bound and in trance. The opening of the curtain was done after hearing and feeling William, reducing any doubts that the medium was parading as William. William explained that this type of validation could only be done when the energy is high and stable enough, as opening the curtain reduces the build-up of ectoplasm and energy needed to produce the phenomena.
Given that all of the authenticity sub-criteria were met during each séance, this allows one to observe the séance proceedings knowing that if perinormal[viii]phenomenon are produced, they are unlikely to be produced either by fraud via the medium or corroborating sitters.
Three New Experiments
In the full study, all of the activities in the 5 séances were assessed and will be shared in an upcoming book being written by the author. For this research report, the focus is on 3 new experiments that the spirit team indicated had been rarely attempted over the past 10 years in a public[ix]demonstration of this size:
Experiment #1
Séance no.2 started off like any normal séance. William, Thompson’s control came out to greet everyone. Before doing the usual question and answer period, William cut his greetings short to ask, “Is there a lady writing about physical mediumship?” After a delay I responded, “Yes” and with that response, William had moved closer to me. He wanted to know about what I was writing and indicated that both he and “young David” would be happy to help with any questions. He asked if I had a question at that time. I was grateful as I had been wondering where the ectoplasm was. In another séance with the aid of red light I had actually seen the ectoplasm coming out of the medium’s mouth, moving and then forming into a hand structure. I asked, “William, I know that former scientists like Dr. Richet have been able to examine and validate ectoplasm. I don’t see the ectoplasm here so how would we examine it now?” To this he responded, “Young lady, I have a treat for you.” He asked the circle leader Rev. Tom Newman for the square luminous plaque. It was about 10 feet to walk over to Newman but with almost inhuman speeds, he took the plaque and then returned to me. I could assess the speed as William now had this luminous plaque that provided a visual aid of the phenomenon.
Within 10 inches of my face, in clear luminescent light, I first saw a translucent type of substance undulating in waves, clearly moving and floating above the cardboard plate. I first perceived it to be like a flowing translucent napkin.
Then it became cloudy like mist. William then asked me if I could see his hand materializing. Sure enough as the ectoplasm began to solidify, I saw a dark rod type feature form (2nd finger) and then the third finger started to form (I did not see the thumb or the other fingers at the time of my viewing). When I reflected on what I saw, it seemed as if he was demonstrating the process of materialization of the hand.
He then asked me if I wanted him to touch me so that I could get a sense of his physical presence. He placed his hand on my head and then moved it to the side of my face clearly demonstrating that his very large hand[x] was warm and felt like any hand would in the physical world. His knee went toward my knee and then a large type boot stepped on my left foot. While I felt the physical pressure on my foot it did not hurt but was clearly a demonstration of William’s physical presence. William proceeded to show the other approximately 30 people in the semi-circle the ectoplasm for all to see. During the end of the séance, William explained that they would not be able to continue much longer as this demonstration of the materialization of his hand in the luminescent light took quite a bit of energy. William explained that the process of showing the hand materializing was a first for Thompson and his team.
This experiment passes the authentic test criteria indicated in the methods section of this report. The ectoplasm on top of the plaque was moving and changing with clear visuals in front of me. Showing the formation of the hand within the changing ectoplasm could not be created by someone in the séance room. The inhuman and rapid movement of William as he crossed the room with the plaque and his ability to demonstrate his solid structure further augmented this evidential experience.
Experiment #2
During séance no.3, sitters thought they would experience the typical séance activities as described earlier in this report. Usually there are no more than three reunions during each séance as materializing the loved ones in spirit uses up a great deal of energy and ectoplasm.
On this night, William asked if the sitters wanted to forego the reunions as they were going to try to have Dr. Slavinski[xi] work through Thompson to conduct healings. Everyone agreed that the healings would be more favorable at this time. Rev. Newman, the circle leader used his intuition to choose 6 of the sitters to participate. William shared that this would be the first time during a cabinet séance that Thompson’s bindings would be removed, the light would be turned on and the door would be opened to bring in a healing table.
The spirit team instructed Thompson to be unbound and ungagged but he would remain in trance. When Thompson walked out of the cabinet everyone who participated in the key informant interviews after the séance noted that although it was Thompson, someone else had fully taken over. Thompson walked like an old man with limited mobility and was hunched over. Some even commented how pointed his ears had become. The process of indirect voice was used where Thompson spoke with a Polish accent completely losing the clearly evident Australian accent. The outcome of both the experiences during and after the healing are noted. All the information was collected within twenty-one days of the séance. As well, the recordings were reviewed and this validated key informant follow-up responses.
For those unfamiliar with the concept of energy healing, Dr. Slavinski who took over the medium’s body did explain the process while he was treating one of the sitters. He explained that he did not need to touch the affected area. Holding the hand near the head chakra area allows the energy to be distributed to the affected area. He further explained that he energetically stimulated the brain and the lymphatic system to aid the transport of this energy to areas of the body most in need.
In the present study, two simple criteria have been used to validate the existence that an energy healing occurred. Having a physical effect during the healing provides evidence that a non-localized energy is creating change in the physical body and produces evidence that something is occurring. Second, if the sitter notes any physical or emotional health change after the healing, this is evidence that some form of healing occurred.
[i] Five séances were held at the Sarasota Centre of Light September 18-27, 2014.
[ii] The overall study will be published in the book: Medium9: Harnessing the Power of Spiritual Energy in March 2015
[iii] It should be noted that the loved ones who materialized did not have as clear a voice as the regular spirit team members. Loved ones are often new to using ectoplasm and need to use memory and thoughts to recreate the appearance and sensations they once had when they donned a physical body. Follow-up with sitters validated that either the knowledge shared by the loved one, voice recognition and the size or texture of the loved one’s hand aided with validation.
[iv] There is no human that could move the trumpet at these speeds and make patterns and movements towards the sitters with such precision.
[v] William explained that dematerializing and materializing natural material such as David’s wool sweater is much easier than dematerializing and materializing synthetic fabric.
[vi] Despite recording all of the séances, only 3 of the 5 recordings were actually audible.
[vii] David has channelled William outside of the cabinet environment using indirect voice but this was not the case during these 5 séances.
[viii] The term perinormal is used here to define a concept that was once considered paranormal but has been substantiated as fact. We have 150 years of evidence that the afterlife exists.
[ix] Researchers Dr. Victor Zammit and Wendy Zammit did indicate that much of this phenomenon and more had been demonstrated in Thompson’s home circle where the energy levels, and context are different.
[x] David Thompson shows the size of his hand to the sitters prior to the séance. William has a very large hand that further validates that it is not Thompson moving around the séance room touching the sitters.
[xi] Dr. Slavinski has not provided details about where and when he worked as a doctor on the physical plane. Interested sitters have attempted to search for information on the internet with no information being found. Some of the materialized entities are not always forthcoming with details about who they were on the physical plane as that is their personal preference.
Felt movement of energy from the crown chakra to the toes
Walking better immediately after the healing
Increased mobility every day
Both healing related criteria were achieved
Patient 4:Chronic neck pain
Tingling in the neck region where the pain was located
No change in pain in the neck
One related healing criteria was achieved
Patient 5:Herniated Disc
Felt love flowing through her body
Felt no pain and no discomfort for several days
Overall vibrational set point had been raised as she felt her body coming back into balance
Overwhelming sense of love and bliss to aid with emotional healing
Both healing related criteria were achieved
Patient 6:Not able to participate in the follow-up
Not Available
Not Available
Not Available
Note: The order of patients presented in the table was not necessarily in the order of healing that took place September 23, 2014. The positive findings in this report should not be construed as a recommendation to replace or avoid formal medical treatment. All of the cases interviewed shared that they had exhausted all available traditional medical treatments with no success. Energy healing should be considered to be complementary to traditional medical practice.
[i] The words of the sitters have been used to describe their outcomes so not to exaggerate or reduce their claims.
Out of the six healings, five were measured in the follow-up as sitter 6 could not be contacted. Of the 5, all of the patients actually felt some physical tingling, heat or sensation in the body during the healing. Eighty percent or 4 of the 5 sitters had at least one physical change up to the time of their follow-up interview. Some of these physical changes were significant in that one patient’s pain reduction was close to miraculous despite his struggle with daily pain medication and high levels of pain for nineteen years prior to the healing.
Experiment # 3
During séance no.5, everyone had a choice between experiencing full body materializations for the purpose of reuniting with past loved ones and experiencing a new experiment. It was unanimous; everyone wanted to experience a new experiment. William did caution us that they were not sure their proposed experiment would work[i]. No one was told prior to the séance what the experiment would be as William did not want our expectations to affect the actual outcome.
When Quentin Crisp materialized as he had done for every séance I attended, he answered a few philosophical questions. In the 1960’s Quentin was an advocate for gay rights and shares the important message that after he transitioned into the spirit world, he never went to “hell” as we call it. He reminded us that when we judge and persecute we end up experiencing more judgement and persecution when we transition to spirit. After these platitudes were shared, he announced that by using the luminous plaque also used in experiment no.1, he would attempt to materialize his face. Using the luminous plaque, he moved towards sitters to attest to this manifestation. The first sitter saw a circular glow in front of him but no face. After about a minute, another sitter said, “Yes, I see the chin and mouth.” There was disappointment in Quentin’s voice as he thought his face was fully materialized. Everyone encouraged him to keep trying. Quentin came to our side and he tried again, I clearly saw his forehead and his hair line. I asked if his hair was currently black as I could see the stark contrast of his skin color and his hair. He replied, “Yes.”
Shortly after, Quentin indicated that he was going to try another experiment where we might be able to touch him. Normally, many of the full body materialized spirit team or loved ones touch the sitters on the head, foot or face after the ectoplasm coating is prepared[ii]. They can touch the sitters as they are able to cover themselves with the ectoplasm and maintain the phenomenon. Quinten indicated that the energy was now stabilizing and he would attempt to see if his hands could be seen and touched by some of the sitters. Seeing the hands was more typical as Timmy was also able to materialize his short child-like hands on the luminous plaque during séance no.4 but no one was permitted to touch them.
Still using the luminous plaque, Crisp put his four fingers on the plaque and showed me first. I could clearly see four fingers and nails. The thumb was likely curled under the plaque to hold it. He said, “Young lady would you like to touch my fingers?” The fingers were long, thin, warm, and I could feel the nails were hard. The few that were permitted to touch the hand were surprised about the nails and the hair on the fingers. Quentin was surprised by our comments and intelligently responded, “Why would I materialize my hands without nails!” He allowed approximately four others to try this but explained that by us touching them, this diminished the ectoplasm and shortly after this experiment, the séance was completed. One sitter was asked if she wanted to touch his blouse. She described it as being silky—this of course would have been consistent with his former flamboyant dressing.
I took note of a few key points. Quentin’s hands were very different than Thompson’s as they were long and thin. Another sitter who met Crisp before he transitioned to spirit stated that his hands felt the same as when he shook them in New York. Silky attire was not worn by any of the sitters in the séance room given the informal nature of the event and the doors were not opened to allow this material to enter into the room at any point during the séance—hence these hands and the material worn by Quentin were materialized into the room. Finally Quentin’s inability to fully materialize his face was ironically evidential. There were two distinct areas of the face seen, yet other parts were invisible—partial materialization of a face is not possible in the physical world.
Findings
The following table provides the results based on the indicators that were used to determine the authenticity of the three unique experiments assessed.
[i] Researchers should take note of this point. The spirit world is experimenting with the group of sitters and they are not certain of the outcome—they seem to also be learning about the possibilities of spirit-earth communication.
[ii] Whenever an entity was about to materialize, you could always hear the slurping sound both before and after the materialization. This sound could also be heard when they were preparing to touch the sitter.
Table 2 Assessing the Authenticity of the Phenomenon in the 3 Experiments
Indicator
Result
All of the protocols were implemented to reduce the possibility fraud;
All of the protocols were implemented prior to and during all 5 séances.
The phenomenon could not be explained by any physical cause (i.e. could not be produced by a human or anything in the physical world);
The production of the ectoplasm moving and changing forms could not be produced by a physical cause based on what was available in the secured room.
The process of materialization could not be performed by any physical process (i.e. fingers materializing in luminous light).
Touching a materialized form that had features not present prior to the séance directly suggests that the phenomenon is coming from the spirit world (i.e. silky blouse).
The partial materialization of Crisp’s face is consistent with spiritual phenomenon and testing.
Touching the hands that felt remarkably the same as Quentin’s and hearing his distinct voice cannot be explained within the normal physical parameters.
At least one physical change could be attributed to the healing intervention (this criteria was developed specifically to assess the healing aspect of the phenomenon); andA physical effect was experienced during the healing (i.e. heat, tingling, or movement in the body
4 of the 5 sitters had significant physical changes as a direct result of the healing. This could not be explained within the traditional medical paradigm; and
The tingling, heat, and other sensations reported by all five sitters could not be produced by any known physical force. Hands held over someone’s head producing these sensations cannot be explained by the physical realm.
Implications
While the claims of full body materialization and reunions between past loved ones from spirit may be extraordinary, the findings based on the criteria suggest that materialization within a certain context is authentic phenomenon. As indicated in the research limitations section, there are many factors that contribute to the replicability and quality of the phenomenon and these should always be considered when researching this subject.
The primary intent of Thompson’s spirit team is to demonstrate survival of consciousness. Given the findings, they do provide strong evidence of the continuity of life. As table 2 indicates, among the 3 experiments, 7 unique validations were noted. Further analysis of all of the phenomenon experienced in the 5 séances indicated that seventeen validations were evident (See Appendix A). Given that these validations were assessed against stringent criteria, were repeatable and were performed in front of many witnesses, this suggests that the phenomena assessed are authentic.
This type of knowledge can give hope and help mankind achieve a better understanding of the purpose and the true nature of existence. Many of the platitudes shared by the various materialized visitors can enlighten those seeking answers about the universe. For example, a theme repeatedly shared during all the séances was that our current activities, beliefs and treatment of others creates the foundation for one’s experiences once the transition to spirit has commenced.
Although materializations and reunions of loved ones is described and more closely examined in the larger study, it is useful to note here that the impact I saw from the ten reunions occurring during the period of observation was palpable.
In addition to strengthening knowledge and reuniting with loved ones who have transitioned, experiencing an energy healing with positive impact has been significant for those directly involved. For other sitters observing, it was encouraging for them to learn that a complementary approach to healing is available, affordable and effective.
From a human perspective, those who are able to experience a séance of this calibre can feel privileged to have co-collaborated in experiments that can put them on a spiritual journey to awareness and potential peace. From a research perspective, this examination and its conclusion is a call to universities and researchers to invest more time and effort to understand the metaphysical processes that underlie these phenomena. How does our universe truly work? How can reunions with past loved ones enhance wellness for the living? What platitudes can we learn from the spirit team to help raise consciousness and make positive changes for the planet? What standards can be implemented to ensure these practices are both safe for the medium and always credible for the public? What can materialized visitors teach us about activities in the afterlife to help us better prepare for our transition?
Engaging in credible research in this area can enhance knowledge and create greater understanding and peace for the whole planet.
About the Author
Donna Smith-Moncrieffe is a professional researcher with twenty years of evaluation and research experience and currently works with the federal government in the area of crime prevention research which uses rigorous methods to determine what interventions are best used to reduce youth involvement in the criminal justice system. Smith-Moncrieffe founded Metaphysics Research () in 2010 to apply her scientific background to systematically study mental and physical mediumship, energy healing, past life regression and other areas of study that enhances our understanding of survival of consciousness and the true nature of reality. Full coverage and analyses of the David Thompson séances will be part of her upcoming book: Medium9: Harnessing the Power of Spiritual Energy, iUniverse-Penguin Random House Company, March 2015.
——————————————————————————————————————————————-
[1] Five séances were held at the Sarasota Centre of Light September 18-27, 2014.
[1] The overall study will be published in the book: Medium9: Harnessing the Power of Spiritual Energy in March 2015
[1] It should be noted that the loved ones who materialized did not have as clear a voice as the regular spirit team members. Loved ones are often new to using ectoplasm and need to use memory and thoughts to recreate the appearance and sensations they once had when they donned a physical body. Follow-up with sitters validated that either the knowledge shared by the loved one, voice recognition and the size or texture of the loved one’s hand aided with validation.
[1] There is no human that could move the trumpet at these speeds and make patterns and movements towards the sitters with such precision.
——————————————————————————————————————————————
[1] William explained that dematerializing and materializing natural material such as David’s wool sweater is much easier than dematerializing and materializing synthetic fabric.
[1] Despite recording all of the séances, only 3 of the 5 recordings were actually audible.
[1] David has channelled William outside of the cabinet environment using indirect voice but this was not the case during these 5 séances.
[1] The term perinormal is used here to define a concept that was once considered paranormal but has been substantiated as fact. We have 150 years of evidence that the afterlife exists.
[1] Researchers Dr. Victor Zammit and Wendy Zammit did indicate that much of this phenomenon and more had been demonstrated in Thompson’s home circle where the energy levels, and context are different.
[1] David Thompson shows the size of his hand to the sitters prior to the séance. William has a very large hand that further validates that it is not Thompson moving around the séance room touching the sitters.
[1] Dr. Slavinski has not provided details about where and when he worked as a doctor on the physical plane. Interested sitters have attempted to search for information on the internet with no information being found. Some of the materialized entities are not always forthcoming with details about who they were on the physical plane as that is their personal preference.
[1] The words of the sitters have been used to describe their outcomes so not to exaggerate or reduce their claims.
[1] Researchers should take note of this point. The spirit world is experimenting with the group of sitters and they are not certain of the outcome—they seem to also be learning about the possibilities of spirit-earth communication.
[1] Whenever an entity was about to materialize, you could always hear the slurping sound both before and after the materialization. This sound could also be heard when they were preparing to touch the sitter.
APPENDIX A: List of Validations for All of the Physical Mediumship Phenomenon
PM Phenomenon
Rationale for Why this Phenomena is Authentic
Validation by Visual Senses
Trumpet with luminous bands
Level of speed and swirling of the trumpet occurred at inhuman speeds; this was validated by watching the luminous bands on the trumpet.
The trumpet moves closely to various areas on the sitter never creating harm which demonstrates the spirits use of vibration to sense the location of sitters
The trumpet moved behind my head further validating that it was impossible for a sitter to be using a rod to make the trumpet move; if that were the case, the trumpet could not maneuver around and behind my head. This was so unique that the sitter next to me was perplexed at how this could occur.
Luminous Plaque to view hands and facial features
Ectoplasm was seen moving with fingers beginning to materialize
Three different sized hands or fingers were seen at independent times. William, Timmy and Quentin’s hands were shown on the luminous plaque.
Partial facial features were seen (Quentin).
Permitted use of Natural Light (flashlight)
A view of the medium in trance after materialized activity started validates that the materializations are from spirit.
Validation by Hearing
Direct Voice
15 distinct voices of past loved ones and the spirit team’s voices were heard. For example, Louis Armstrong’s voice is very distinct and cannot easily be replicated. Armstrong’s singing was not a recording. He stopped at various times due to energy fluctuations and interacted with the sitters. Using his same voice, he shared with a sitter that Dr. Slavinski would be coming by to help her soon.
Intelligent communications were experienced between materialized visitors and sitters validating that these unique voices were not pre-recorded.
Hearing information from past loved ones and spirit team members that no one else in the room but yourself could know validated that the reunions and materializations were real (i.e. names, details of events were provided)
Footsteps
Footsteps were heard on the wooden plank in the centre of the room. If the medium is bound and all sitters are in a hand chain without shoes on, this also validates that the steps are from the materialized visitors.
Ectoplasm
The ectoplasm was heard each time a visitor was about to materialize and dematerialize. It was also heard when the materialized forms were prepared to touch a sitter.
Medium’s Chair
At the end of the séance, a loud thump could be heard when the medium in his chair is levitated from the cabinet into the centre of the room.
Validation by Feeling
Hands
Several different sized and textured hands from the materialized visitors were felt by a number of witnesses (William, Quinton and loved ones who materialized often touched the sitters).
In particular, Timmy’s small hand and the size of the babies hand that materialized validates that no one in the room was fraudulently parading as a materialized visitors. No children or babies from the physical world were anywhere near the séance room except for those that were materialized into the room.
Clothing
Being permitted to touch a shirt with a type of material that was not in the room prior to the séance demonstrates that the body and clothing can be materialized.
Foot/Knee
Being felt by the knee and a foot wearing a type of heavy boot is also evidential particularly since none of the sitters wore shoes. The medium wore shoes but he was bound to the chair and there were checks in the cabinet that confirmed he was still in trance while the materialized activity was occurring.
Donna Smith-Moncrieffe, 2014: David Thompson Séances, Sarasota Centre of Light
“Every day our front-line services see children and teenagers struggling to get to grips with how they fit into the increasingly complex modern world — contending with things like intense pressure at school, bullying or problems at home, all while being bombarded by social media,” he said in a statement on Monday.
He added: “Services like these can lessen the anxiety, pain and anguish that some teens go through, but also reduce their need for intensive support further down the line.”
But two Parliamentary committees have criticized the government reports on which the program is based, for focusing on handling emotional problems rather than preventing them. In a report released last May, the Education and Health and Social Care Committees wrote, “the Government’s strategy lacks ambition and will provide no help to the majority of those children who desperately need it,” while increasing the workload of teachers.
“The role of prevention appears to be a missing link in building better support for children and young people, especially in the early years,” the committees wrote. They found that social media and the schools’ system of high-pressure exams can have particularly negative effects on the mental health of young people.
But Dr. Jessica Deighton, an associate professor in child mental health and well-being at University College London who is leading the government trials, said that the new initiative was intended to offer more than quick fixes.
“There is a tendency to think that the solution is mental health intervention,” she said on Monday. “We will try to reduce the stigma against mental health problems, by making the school environment literate in mental health.”
She said the program included several tactics, including training teachers to hold role-playing exercises, teaching relaxation practices and inviting professionals for group discussions.
“It’s not just to make them feel better in the short-term,” Dr. Deighton said, “but to better equip them for later in life.”
You cannot rewind the clock back to right the wrong in the past. You’ve today to make a difference in your life, family, friend’s life and in society if you heed these words of Buddha,
“Do not dwell in the past; do not dream of the future, concentrate the mind on the present moment.”
2.
When you’ve a headache, you reach for painkiller. If you’ve a sore throat, you turn to throat lozenges. You know what is worrying and causing you discomfort in life. You are responsible for making the right move to remedy the situation. Buddha echoes similar sentiments in the statement,
“No one saves us but ourselves. No one can and no one may. We ourselves must walk the path.”
3.
You can get away with acts which do not conform to society norms. You hide behind a wall of words to say one thing yet mean something else. You’ve practiced and perfected this act and succeed well yet you’re living a lie. However, there are three things Buddha says cannot be hidden.
“Three things cannot be long hidden: the sun, the moon, and the truth.”
4.
Anger has different ways of manifestation in different individuals. You break furniture, utensils and smash glass window your clenched fist to release steam. These are signs of anger gone wrong. The items are replaceable. But the scar your action leaves n the heart is irreparable. Buddha says of such acts,
“You will not be punished for your anger; you will be punished by your anger.”
5.
You live in a society held hostage by dictates. You eat what you’re told is good for your health. You wear clothes recommended by fashion designers who by the way are making money. You also strive to think the same way everyone else does. Do you know you’re one of a kind? You’re unique and special and so is your mind.
“The mind is everything. What you think you become,” Buddha stated.
6.
“A healthy nation is a wealthy nation,” the saying goes. You’re part of your nation. Good health is a pre condition to economic growth of your country. That is on a wider scale. Buddha narrows good health to individual benefit saying,
“To keep the body in good health is a duty… otherwise we shall not be able to keep our mind strong and clear.” If negative thoughts cluster your mind your body suffers from ill health.
7.
“We are shaped by our thoughts; we become what we think. When the mind is pure, joy follows like a shadow that never leaves,” Buddha commented. Your character is tied to your personality the same way the shadow is linked to the human body. It you think this is hearsay, try and shake off your shadow today.
8.
You’ve a dream. You might not share it with anyone else. But it is there down the last detail. You can put it off, shelve it while you pursue something else in life but the dream will be waiting at the door of your heart to be fullfilled. In the words of Buddha,
“What we think, we become.” Turn your dream into reality today.
9.
Meaning is in the mind of the listener just as beauty is in the eye of the beholder. But that doesn’t absolve you from carelessly using words to hurt others in communication.
“Whatever words we utter should be chosen with care for people will hear them and be influenced by them for good or ill,” Buddha admonishes. How do you influence others with your words?
10.
Imagine giving witness in court. If you know the truth, you tell it as it is because you’ve facts to prove it. The difficulty emerges when you try bending the truth.
“There are only two mistakes one can make along the road to truth; not going all the way, and not starting.” These words of Buddha are true and are backed by verified records in history.
11.
Peace of mind is harder to achieve than any other goal you set in life. You’re in and out of peace of mind so often, you wonder if a time will come when you can say with absolute surety that you’ve “Perfect Peace.” There is only one reason to explain this.
“Peace comes from within. Do not seek it without,” Buddha said.
12.
Everything you’ve access to on earth is a gift. Friends and relatives shower you with gifts without expecting you to return a hand. That is the essence of giving. Your part is to acknowledge with a heart full of thanksgiving and be grateful for the things that come your way. If you’re envious, you turn the blessings away. But it goes deeper than that, you’ve troubled mind. Buddha says,
“Do not overrate what you have received, nor envy others. He who envies others does not obtain peace of mind.”
13.
Nothing challenges human beings heart as the fear of death. You’re scared stiff of anything that destroys the body. Life beyond physical body is remote, removed and farfetched a thought to entertain. You occupy the mind with fear of inevitable death of the body if you don’t live on purpose. Buddha notes,
“Even death is not to be feared by one who has lived wisely.”
14.
How much do you love yourself? You strive to achieve perfection as if it’s something foreign and farfetched. Do you realize you’re made perfect in all ways? That is the reason you should concur with Buddha’s sentiments on self love,
“You, yourself, as much as anybody in the entire universe, deserve your love and affection.”
15.
How much anger can you harbor in the heart before it explodes in angry torrent of words? If you’re honest, you know anger is destructive. You don’t think straight when you’re angry. Buddha points out that,
“Holding on to anger is like grasping a hot coal with the intent of throwing it at someone else; you are the one who gets burned.” Are you angry at someone? Do not let the sun go down without resolving that conflict today.
16.
Change your thinking and you change your life is a good axiom to live by. Buddha says,
“All wrong-doing arises because of mind. If mind is transformed can wrong-doing remain? Of course not and this brings you back to transforming the mind in order to transform your life.”
17.
“Action speaks louder than words,” you’ve heard it said. Here is the challenge Buddha puts to you for consideration,
“However many holy words you read, however many you speak, what good will they do you if you do not act on upon them?” No good comes out of empty words. Action is the key word.
18.
Your sense of touch warns you if the hand rests on hot plate, pan. The same sense of touch assists you to know you’re walking on solid ground and not wading through mud in darkness. Here is Buddha’s way of expressing the importance of the sense of touch,
“The foot feels the foot when it feels the ground,” Buddha.
Moby Has Just Released Four Hours Worth Of Free Music Designed For Yoga And Meditation
Moby (Richard Melville Hall), is an American DJ, singer, songwriter, musician, photographer and animal rights activist. He is well known for his electronic music, veganism, and support of animal rights.
Recently on his website he released a series of ambient recording designed to help people feel a great calmness. This is what he said on his website ;
”Over the last couple of years i’ve been making really really really quiet music to listen to when i do yoga or sleep or meditate or panic. i ended up with 4 hours of music and have decided to give it away.
you can download it for free below or stream it on spotify, soundcloud, apple music, deezer, youtube & tidal.
it’s really quiet: no drums, no vocals, just very slow calm pretty chords and sounds and things for sleeping and yoga and etc. and feel free to share it or give it away or whatever, it’s not protected or anything, or at least it shouldn’t be.
If you would prefer to download the music for yourself just click on the image below and you will be taken to his website where you can stream or download.
I am a big Moby fan myself and am I hope you enjoy his epic sounds as much as I am.
Specifically, What Are the Health Benefits of Yoga for Men?
Whether it’s Power Yoga or Hot Yoga, Ashtanga Yoga or Flow, Yin or Restorative, whether it’s physical or mental (meditative), the benefits are most likely more than we even know. Yet so many of these benefits are obvious and need to be addressed, as it seems men are much less likely to participate in yoga than women, even though they both benefit equally and yoga is such a great counter-balance to the male mentality and the common male fitness regime.
I think of man as aggressive, compared to women who are more passive, and this is not a judgement, as both these qualities (yin and yang) have purpose and value, and both these qualities create physical and mental tendencies. These tendencies in males tend to be very cognitive, competitive and domineering. These qualities have their evolutionary benefits, yet also pose some health consequences. Yoga was created to channel these benefits in a benevolent direction, while nullifying the consequences. The aggressiveness of males can lead to aggressive activities which will ultimately break the body down, leading to the opposite of any goal of health and wellness, just like an aggressive mind state is certainly a precursor to stress and tension. The leading cause of premature death for men in our country in heart disease, of which stress is a leading factor, as well as stress being responsible for 80% of disease (according to the American Medical Association).
Mindfulness is Stronger Than Aggression
Seeing the obvious, that the harder you are on anything the faster you destroy it, the mindful practices of yoga and meditation can bring awareness to the male tendencies of aggression and dominance, which may have their place on occasion but also can be seriously out of place on occasion.
This awareness creates choice, and this choice is golden, as this choice can be a decision that these tendencies, qualities or mind states are inappropriate in a particular situation. This is a pathway to less conflict and more harmony, which leads to less stress and more wellness physically as well as mentally. It’s kind of like you become the captain of your own ship as you are now steering yourself as opposed to being steered by genetic tendencies, learned behaviors and testosterone. The high testosterone, aggressiveness and competitiveness translate easily to physical tension which is the precursor of many other physical issues, whether it’s skeletal displacement, decrease in range of motion, or muscular and connective tissue injury.
A well-rounded yoga regime can nullify these harmful effects through mindful stretching, which will dissolve the tension without injury, due to the lack of aggressiveness and competitiveness, increase circulation to every nook and cranny, due to the multiplicity of movement which is the prerequisite for regeneration and create tone, suppleness, cardio, stamina and balance, rendering yoga the most complete exercise I’ve ever known. This is just a fraction of yoga’s health benefits and its health benefits for men as well as women.
Ultimately, for most men and women we want not the biggest muscles, strongest cardio, loosest hamstring and thinnest waist. We want the best exercise defined by the highest degree of vitality, wellness and peacefulness. Remember, Power Yoga unlike most other exercises does not want to change you, it wants to care for you! If this is you, try Power Yoga or any other yoga you are drawn to.
Perhaps your zodiac signs are such that you don’t get along with each other. Least compatible astrology signs are those that typically clash with one another. To make life easier for you, check out the astrology signs that are least compatible or completely opposite each other.
ARIES – Cancer
A typical Arian is not very suitable with cancer. Idealistic and practical Arian and highly emotional Cancerian is a combination that will never work because of their opposing natures. Cancers are known for running a cycle of emotions which is too difficult for an Aries to handle this see-saw for long.
TAURUS – Sagittarius
This is often a challenging match because of very little in common to compromise on issues. A Sagittarius is a total opposite to Taurus, irresponsible and unreliable, he feels more like a child than a lover! Another area of potential conflict is communication.Taurus are home loving where as Sagittarius is more interested in traveling and adventures.
GEMINI – Virgo
This match usually runs on compromise. A Gemini is a social animal who likes to go out and live the moment. Whereas Virgo is somehow anti social and never gel well with a Gemini. They are smart but tend to be boring and quiet.
CANCER – Aquarius
A Cancer needs an emotional and affectionate partner, while an Aquarius is more interested in intellectual debates and mental stimulation in a relationship. It’s likely to find an Aquarius cold or aloof at times, while they will seem moody and emotionally needy. These fundamental differences can make the relationship unwanted and unsatisfying.
LEO – Aries
They both thrive on challenges and always love to have their own ways on most things. They both are stubborn and there will be a constant clash of interest between the two. Aries will compete with a leo at every step and both have a controlling nature and prefer leading each other which may result in a fight.
Virgo – Sagittarius
Virgo is usually a pessimist by nature, while a Sagittarius is optimistic to the point of desperation. They are usually quite and shy where as Sagittarius is more sociable and talkative. Sagittarius are extravagant when it comes to arranging parties and weddings but this is the point of contention as Virgo does not do the extra spending. These small things are workable but also makes an unsatisfying relation for life.
LIBRA – Pisces
Libra think from a head, while Pisces think from the heart. This sounds like a trivial difference, the objective and analytical style of Libra will create difficulties in compromising your emotional and intuitive Pisces. You’re more down to earth while Pisces is more introverted. Compromises and disagreements may bring frustration between both.
SCORPIO – Leo
Stubborn and powerful Scorpio’s never bowed down in a fight. Scorpio may find a leo to be superficial, vain and too controlling whereas a Scorpio himself is temperamental and moody. This match may cause inevitable conflict between the battle of pride ( leo) versus control (Scorpios).
Sagittarius – Capricorn
Sagittarius usually makes things happen enthusiast approach towards everything in the lives. They like to be as free as birds and hate the feeling of being caged. On the other hand, the drifting lifestyle of a Sagittarius will leave a Capricorn perplexed and clashes are bound to happen. A Sagittarius can find this partner stubborn and boring while Capricorn can see Sagittarius as reckless and irresponsible. It can be a challenging and tough relation on day to day basis.
CAPRICORN – Cancer
Private Capricorn likes to do things their way. They are generally reserved and hardly ever express feeling easily. In complete contrast is a Cancerian who is extremely emotional and expressive as to. Together they form a bad combination in the long run. Capricorns are fairly notorious for putting other things ahead of relationships, leading to a one sided situation when combining with a partner like cancer. Both can be stubborn and if problems arise it’s very likely they will create a vicious circle of resentment if action isn’t taken to fix them.
AQUARIUS – Scorpio
Scorpio and Aquarius are often a hard match to make work. Amongst other things, communication is likely to be a major issue. Both can be very stubborn and it’s likely that any fights all drag on for the fairly long term. Scorpio is a controlling partner which an Aquarius might not enjoy.
PISCES – Aquarius
The emotional Pisces love stability and security. They wear their heart on their shelves which makes them likely to get hurt easily. while Aquarius is independent, rational and strong people. Aquarius and Pisces should never be left together. Pisces has to do numerous compromises to be with Aquarius.
If you get one thing out of this blog post, get that manifesting abundance does not have to be hard. In fact, it’s quite the opposite as you’ll soon discover.
Over the last 25 years, ever since I read “As a Man Thinketh” by James Allen, I have been a passionate student of the art, and some would say science, of Abundance. With often miraculous results.
The Laws of Abundance, or the Abundance Mindset often times sounds very anecdotal and ethereal.
My job today is to make the Laws of Abundance PRACTICAL–to make them come to life for you…
My intention with this article was to create a “go to” abundance strategy list for you to make serious breakthroughs and progress, becoming masterful in manifesting the things you want. Based upon the experiences I have personally been impacted and transformed by.
At first sight it may seem overwhelming, but I can’t stress enough just what a profound difference these ideas and tools will make in your life. And, I believe they will have an impact very quickly. Today even.
Would you love to start manifesting magical results as soon as the next 24 hours? And every day from now on?
Here’s the true secret to success…
My heartfelt wish would be for you to read each and every one and implement them in your life without further delay. That way, you can stop putting up with frustration and disappointment.
However, I do understand that you have a busy life with all sorts of demands being made on you.
Therefore I’ve ordered this list so that you can, should you wish, click the links in the table of contents and select one tip at a time to focus on. And that’s the true secret. Consistent focus every day from now on.
It’s my belief that each and every one has the power to create miracles in your life. And the ripple effects for you and those in your life could be truly infinite.
Also, you’ll be given the chance further down in the post, to download the entire contents in PDF format.
Whatever you do, I wish you the very best of everything. I genuinely want to see you change your life by becoming an expert at the laws of abundance!
Abundance tip #1: Your field of dreams breakthrough
If I could share one single thing with you today that I know would make the biggest difference to your future it’s this…
You are living in an energy field, a potential field of dreams.
The field is like a room around you. It’s a room lit up by the strongest emotion you carry.
Granted at times, that “dominant” emotion can be sadness, loneliness or fear.
But, just like Mary Poppins clicking her fingers, I want to show you that you can change that field naturally and easily.
When you do, Hey Presto!
It unleashes the law of attraction in your life instantly.
Back when I was a kid growing up in England, I was given a magnet for a birthday gift. To this day, I can still picture it clearly. I soon discovered that to attract shiny objects to it, the magnet had to be pointed in the right direction.
Years later, I put two and two together and realized that this was the law of attraction in action.
I quickly discovered that people behave like magnets with their personal energy fields. But more often than not, they are pointing the magnet in the wrong direction.
For instance, they say
“When I get what I want, then I’ll be fulfilled.”
“When I find my true love, then I’ll feel better about myself.”
Or my personal favorite
“When I’m happy, then I’ll feel grateful and blessed.”
It’s all the wrong way round of course.
The secret of “Going First” with energy…
You create the magnetic field for the thing you desire, in advance.
It’s called “going first”. The universe delights in playing this game with you.
Instead of trying to force things to change, what you do is create an energy space in which the change you desire is compelled to show up.
For instance, If you desire more money landing in your bank account…or to feel the loving embrace of a new partner…or the experience of your body, mind and spirit awakening with health and blissful energy…
Then think first about how that would feel
What will it be like when your dreams manifest? What will it change about your energy and your attitude?
Create those feelings and emotions right now.
Sure enough, the required abundance will shortly begin to grow and show itself. Just as green shoots appear in springtime. Just as the sun rises in the morning sky.
Can this really, and finally happen for you?
Of course!
Simply doubting you can get the life you want is another example of going first. The universe follows suit with more “doubt energy”.
A lot of people fall into this trap. They sadly make life very, very difficult for themselves.
By “going first” with gratitude, hope, positivity, you literally force the universe to start manifesting your dreams. I can sum this philosophy up in three words… “Field of Dreams”
Just like Kevin Costner in the movie of the same name, you start with building a space. Decide what you want and build an energy field that “points the magnet”.
OK, so he built a baseball field and mysterious players showed up.
Is it your turn to manifest your own field of dreams?
But you could just as easily build a field for happiness, wealth, true love, wonderful health. Anything you choose to ask of the universe is infinitely more likely to show up in the right magnetic field. This is a scientific fact as powerful as gravity. (Check out the link below if you’d like to get started using these techniques yourself.)
Try this out for yourself. It’s simple. All you’re really doing is creating an energy space in which the universe can deliver the corresponding goodies.
I’ve spent years helping people get out of emotional pain and frustration. To create a different reality for themselves.
What I can tell you is that if you are personally struggling right now, you are living in the wrong energy field.
And it’s so much easier to change this than you think. You just need to practice pointing the magnet correctly. You’ll soon get the hang of it.
As you become skilled at the process, the universe will start delivering more and more of what you want into your life.
Another way to achieve this is to rediscover the magical energy of childhood.
Acknowledge the vast seams of hidden treasure in your own consciousness. And be prepared to free it…unleash it in your life.
So much of the joy children are capable of experiencing comes from their natural ability to simply connect to a field of dreams – to tune effortlessly into a magical frequency in which wonderful things appear.
Children just know how to point the magnet. They have their own magical place the adults don’t know about. They still believe they have magical powers (like invisibility and talking silently with animals)
As adults we can re-discover SO much from their beautiful processes
Imagine walking out the door today and instead of saying to yourself “I’m going to work” …you say, just like a child would
“I’m going out to play!”
You will be creating a field of dreams in your day ahead. And every day would now be a more exciting adventure than the next.
This phenomenon is known scientifically as the correlation effect. It’s the most powerful scientific rule I know of for getting the Law of Attraction to work.
You’ve probably not spent too much time practicing it in the past. But wouldn’t today be a great day to start?
If you’re serious about unleashing the magic of the law of attraction in your life, be sure to click the link in the blue box below ?
Abundance Tip #2: The magical 1% rule
Imagine if there was one small thing you could do each day which would instantly change your manifestation results.
Something that would transform your love life and relationships…your career…your emotional strength and self belief…your confidence…even your financial abundance.
Allow me to share with you EXACTLY such a secret. I’ve seen this magic 1% rule work again and again for people looking for a true personal breakthrough.
You see, I’ve been blessed in my life to have many people coming to me to learn more about abundance. One of the things I do for my students is play a game. It’s something you may think you already understand but when you truly get it, it’s a life changer.
I ask them as a group “Which do you want…A million dollars in your hand right now, or a single penny? If you take the penny, I’ll double it tomorrow and I’ll continue to double it each day for 31 days.”
And the clincher for this imagination exercise to really work…
“You have just 3 seconds to make your decision or the money box slams shut forever.”
Of course the vast majority of my training group will take the safe million. Their intuition suggests it’s the best answer. But the truth is if you take the 1 penny then in 31 days you’ll have a suitcase containing $10.7 million.
This is a stunning example of what happens when you banish scarcity from your mindset. Instead you embrace abundant thinking and the principles of unlimited potential.
It’s absolutely critical for you to grasp the fact that small changes and baby steps really DO pay huge dividends.
And there’s another reason why the magic of quantum change is something you must fully digest and understand
It’s this…
If you don’t commit to making a 1% positive shift every day, what happens is that you will almost certainly move in the opposite direction.
It’s a well known law of physics. Things never stay the same. We are always growing in one direction or the opposite.
I can’t tell you how many clients of mine acknowledge that some gremlin from the past (an unkind word in the schoolyard…a bullying spouse…a cheating partner) is hurting them still.
However what really horrifies them is when they realize that the damage is constantly growing, just like the penny (but in a much darker way).
But here’s the truly wonderful news…
Tell me honestly. Could you commit to improving some aspect of your life by 1% each day?
Perhaps 1% more forgiveness. 1% more positive energy. 1% professional improvement? Even 1% more growth in your relationship with yourself?
If so, within a year, your life can be approximately 70,000 times better!
No exaggeration. This is what Einstein called the eighth wonder of the world – The miracle of compound interest. What would have happened if you’d started this tiny commitment a year ago, or a month ago? The most important thing to grasp is this.
Even in just a week or two of following the 1% rule, it will feel as if you have DOUBLED your feelings of energy, confidence and abundance.
Wow! If this doesn’t inspire you, maybe it’s time to check your pulse.
By the way, you can apply this magic formula to anything: Health, relationships, financial abundance, your business, your career. Even if you bounce from one to the other it’s fine. The universe doesn’t care. So long as you invest in yourself. So long as you’re improving SOME aspect of your inner or outer life every day by 1%, you’ll experience the magic results faster than you’d imagine possible.
Rather than just trying to “do” The Secret…“BE” The Secret…
In my experience, the quickest and most certain route to a life of abundance is to become what I call an Attraction Catalyst. (In other words, an expert at transformation and making the law of attraction really work)
It’s an energy shift that has the power to change your life. And you can start the process of becoming a transformation expert straight away.
So what exactly is an Attraction Catalyst?
Well understand…Right at this very moment, as you’re reading these words, you have the ability to make a decision. You can make the decision to be a person who makes positive changes for yourself AND for other people.
A good way to think of it is this. You are becoming a “secret life coach”, for yourself and for others. Nobody knows what you’re doing. It’s kind of a secret. But for you, from this moment onwards, it’s a conscious decision.
By living this way and constantly making other people’s lives better, you soon start to understand the true nature of change, and the dynamic of creating delightful changes for yourself, for your family, and for anyone else you wish.
Let me tell you about someone who was a Catalyst in this way.
It’s Amelie in the movie of the same name. Amelie was always making things happen. She constantly created random acts of kindness for others. She found one man’s long lost boyhood treasures for him. He didn’t know who’d found them and brought them to him. But it made him cry with happiness.
Eventually after being a secret life coach for all these other people, Amelie attracts love and happiness for herself.
You can do this yourself. You can become someone who purposefully creates ripples in the universe. Did you know, everything you do energetically ripples out and affects others? And the ripples then come back to you. This process is fast. Don’t underestimate how possible it is for you to be a true catalyst for change. You can be a magnet for all the positive ripples floating around out there. Like a radio station, you can tune into the good stuff. Starting right now.
Just walking around day to day in this secret life coach frequency, you soon notice how people start to feel more inspired and happy just to be around you. You start to control the energy of any situation. You can choose excitement, love, peace, fun. You’re able to change the energy in a room just by being there and by being the authentic you.
It’s like magic. And why is it SO important?
Because when you can master energy and use it to cause ripples, you get to choose the life you want to attract. Your personal value to the world becomes enormous. And that value comes right back at you in whichever form you choose. Become an Attraction Catalyst (a secret life coach) and abundance becomes child’s play.
Keep reading these tips I’m sharing with you today, and you’ll be amazed at just how much magical change starts to quickly show up in your life.
Abundance Tip #4: Wonderful news about procrastination
Great news!
Procrastination (just like stress, anxiety, guilt and a whole load of other ball and chains) is a true skill.
You are already a master of this seemingly mysterious skill.
You now simply need to know how to use it to get what you want instead of what you don’t want.
Which skill am I talking about?
Your imagination of course.
You MUST have a great imagination in order to be able to practice procrastination to a high level. (In these 57 astonishing tips for abundance, I hope I’m showing you step-by-step, how to overhaul your imagination so that you can use it to create your dream life rather quickly.)
Let’s talk about procrastination…
It is not a passive activity. It is exhausting. It takes just as much energy as a positive action, but without a desirable result. When people procrastinate all the time, they become painfully tired.
From a friend to a friend, Stop doing it. Start taking action on your dreams even if it’s only small steps to start.
Have you ever got into a car and had one foot on the brake so that car’s not going anywhere? But, the other foot is pressing down hard on the accelerator? You can imagine that vehicle is trying so hard to go somewhere, but the other foot is stopping it…
What happens?
Stalemate. You become painfully stuck.
Imagine doing the same thing in your mind.
One part of your brain saying “Go! Go! Go!… let’s achieve, let’s be successful, let’s do whatever we’re going to do to attract our dream life!” Then you’ve got this other part saying “Let’s stay where we are. Let’s stay safe. Let’s stay stuck.”
You just have to look at artists and writers. Those guys want to write a great novel or create some kind of masterpiece. But the fear in their mind paralyses them. Their song stays locked in their heart. The world misses out.
Have you ever met a writer (or entrepreneur or artist) who can tell you about 20 different ideas for books they’re “going to write”, but they can’t tell you’ve one that they’ve completed and put out there?
I’ll put my hand up, I’ve been there. I’ve been that person. It’s soul destroying. Procrastinators often get out of bed at the crack of 11am and they’re totally worn out already. They’re yawning. Exhausted because they’re spending their whole lives fighting themselves and putting off achieving their dreams for another day.
You don’t have to change the world in a day. You don’t have to force yourself to do anything. Simply commit to the Ed Lester 1% rule for an abundant life and procrastination will soon disappear forever (along with the destructive energies of fear and doubt that glue it in place).
What I’m talking about here, by the way, is something I call the “Imagination Paradox”. This is the phenomenon that causes people to take their greatest gift and use it against themselves. They self sabotage.
If you’re someone who knows they’re capable of (and hopefully destined for) great things, but nothing’s showing up yet…
Then you’re almost certainly a victim of the imagination paradox.
The great news for you?
You can use your imagination to achieve pretty much anything you want, once you rediscover how to use it optimally.
Meanwhile, keep reading these tips and soon you’ll become a true imagination expert who can manifest miracle after miracle…
Abundance Tip #5: Discover your hidden gifts and talents
Right here, I want to share with you the most incredible tip for unlocking your deserved success. The best news of all, you already have what you need inside of you.
Plus, in just a few moments you’ll understand how to unleash your potential and your power so you can attract anything you wish to attract.
Let’s begin with a simple, irrefutable fact.
You are totally unique.
The truth is, if you could travel to every world, every planet in this universe you would still not find another you. You are wonderful and special and unique, just as you are. This is not an opinion, it’s a fact.
There never was another you and there never will be. When you finally and truly grasp this fact and own this power, you will not just be good at using the laws of abundance. You’ll be an expert.
Think about Batman (it could be any superhero). At the beginning of the movie he has to go into his cave. He has to discover who he really is and what his superpowers can be. Then he needs to put on his suit and go out into the world living his purpose.
Until he knows who he is and “wears” his power from the inside out he can’t help anyone.
So how do you discover your true power, the thing I call your source code?
How to you reconnect with the energies and gifts that make you superhuman?
Well the clues are everywhere. The better you get at introspection and being open to the lessons, the more lightbulb moments you’ll experience.
Once, many years ago, I had a business meeting with the area director of a brewing company in London. I was nervous and didn’t know how to approach the meeting. It was make or break for me at the time. If it didn’t go well, I was likely out on the street.
Just before the meeting I was chatting with Ben, a good friend of mine. He gave me the following advice “Ed, just be honest. It’s one of your biggest strengths. Be honest and the meeting will go well.”
I struggled with his advice. Surely honesty is a weakness in that kind of professional situation?
It wasn’t until many years later when I was struggling with the question of “Just who am I?” that Ben’s advice came whispering back to me. And I finally got it.
Another way you can understand and discover your “hidden gift” is like this…
Imagine going back in time to when you were a very young child. Now observe that beautiful being (you) at play. You’re busy doing whatever it was you did. Maybe you were cheeky? Maybe you were serious? Many you were mischievous…or creative…or nurturing of others?
Whatever it was, you were perfect just as you were. And so much of that unique energy is still within you today. For most people it’s hidden, like buried treasure waiting to be discovered.
When you acknowledge the truth of your uniqueness and embrace your source code, you become superhuman. It’s so freeing and energizing. My advice is not to discover all the answers in one go, but to at least step onto the path of accepting and respecting your uniqueness.
The next step is owning your power and respecting the value it gives you. Baby steps will serve you very well right now. Like Shrek the ogre (or like an onion), you can open this thing layer by layer.
Meanwhile, keep reading as I share with you how to use your hidden powers to attract your dreams into your personal universe…
Abundance Tip #6: Enjoy deep loving relationships (The rainforest story)
You can attract the most incredible, priceless lessons every day, if you’re open to them.
For instance here’s one to help you build a confident and loving relationship with yourself (or anyone else for that matter)
Follow the path I’m going to lay out and your will soon start to reach your true and incredible potential…
For instance, I was in the museum recently with my kids. They were off bounding away somewhere having fun. I found myself drawn to an information graphic on the wall. It was all about rainforests. I learned something very interesting.
In fact, a lightbulb went off in my mind (and will for you too)…
Did you know there are 4 layers of every rainforest (I didn’t and it blew my mind)…
The three main layers are:
But then comes a fourth layer. It’s called the “Emergent Layer”. It’s higher than high. It’s the realm of the trees that know no limits. They just keep growing above the canopy.
This interestingly is where the eagles fly and where you can find amazing butterflies living in freedom.
I can’t help thinking that we are all very much like these rainforests. Even when we’re living in the darkest of times and places, we still have the potential to grow. To let our spirits soar and embrace our own emergent layer.
Your abundant and emergent part is the part I call your “source code”. It lives in unlimited love light and freedom. And it wants you to follow it there just like one of those butterflies.
Love who you could be and who you can become when you follow this path to your potential.
Respect your true value and potential and soon you’ll be happier than you ever imagined. And you’ll be able to sell your value to the world as effortlessly and naturally as Mother Theresa and Martin Luther King. (Yes they were both A+ level salespeople, or rainmakers if you will).
This definitely is achievable for you. It all starts by experiencing your value from the perspective of other people. People in this world need your beautiful energy. The laws of attraction and abundance will recognize and reward your self-awareness and your willingness to live in emergent energy.
Let me ask you something…
Have you ever tried to go out and put on a workshop or a training program or publish a book or some other creative endeavor?
What you may or may not know is that giving away that training program or product is just as hard as selling it.
A quick side note on value:
Giving stuff away and underestimating your true value can be so damaging. It affects your sense of self worth. You start to doubt yourself. You start to wonder “Am I good enough?” You start to ask all of those negative, self-defeating questions.
What I’m here to tell you is that you are as valuable as all the diamonds and treasure in the world. When you understand and own that for yourself, you’ll stand taller than your previous canopy, and the universe will reward you with a constant stream of abundance.
Keep reading through these tips and secrets and soon you’ll discover that your relationship with yourself…your confidence in your abilities…and your emotional energy and power…will start to grow and strengthen rapidly…
Abundance Tip #7: The most powerful law of attraction secret
Here’s a powerful breakthrough tip that can change your life in as little as 24 hours.
Let me ask you a question…
Have you previously studied one or more of the following?
These are all powerful tools, but above all else I want you to see them as channels for abundance. I want you to accept the possibility of attracting more abundance in every single situation you encounter.
Every meeting…every experience…even every dream you have when you’re sleeping…is a chance for you to make your life happier and more abundant. I call this your dream machine.
It’s the ingenious mechanism you have inside of you for creating powerful transformations out of anything (Even out of a trip to the museum).
And when you’ve experienced these transformations and discoveries, you can take them out into the world and share them with others. Like I did in tip number 6. (And you’ll be a secret life coach for others. See how neatly this all knits together?)
I know I’m introducing you to a very different way of looking at the world today. But my teachings and principles I promise have the power to change everything for you. When you absorb these 57 tips deeply into your being, you achieve what’s called subconscious competence. You become incredibly skilled at changing and creating your world.
Your dream machine needs to be trained to be constantly active. So you never miss a single opportunity.
The biggest changes I ever made in my life happened as a result of everyday events. The key was to always have my attraction channels open and my dream machine running.
In fact, my biggest personal development breakthrough came as a result of cutting class with some friends when I was 15 years old and choosing to walk up a staircase.
Imagine that, something as mundane as walking up a staircase and my whole life changed forever. Ok, it’s true at the top of the staircase was a hypnotherapist who taught me infinitely more in 30 minutes than school had taught me more than 10 years.
Also, my biggest adventure in love (meeting my wife Ruth nearly 20 years ago) was born of a night out with some crazy Norwegian musician friends of mine. It was the last situation you would expect to find your soulmate in. But again, the channels were open for it.
The point is, you can go through any personal development program in history. Any of the great books “The Secret” and “Think and Grow Rich”. An Anthony Robbins program. The real masters all understand the same secret. It’s not just the tools and techniques that make a difference. It’s showing people how to open a channel to abundance that really counts.
So how do you do that?
You simply decide to be open to it. Just like it’s been proven by scientists (Look up Dr Wiseman) that people who decide to label themselves “lucky” are far more likely to find money in the street, so it is with you.
If you’re open to the idea of your life changing in the next 24 hours, it probably will.
This is the way to get the universe flowing into your personal universe.
If you want to have this “Anthony Robbins” level attraction power that you can use to make your life more amazing every day, be sure to click the link below.
Abundance Tip #8: Million dollar abundance advice from a famous poet…
Successful and abundant people have a clear advantage. They’re able to connect to powers most people can’t access. From today, you’ll be able to see the universe the same way. You’ll have the gift of being able to utilize these same unseen forces.
Don’t wait for science to catch up several hundred years from now. Use the power of love, attraction and transformation NOW. Just because you can’t see angels and wise mentors in front of you right now, doesn’t mean you can’t imagine them as true and reap the benefits. You have the same opportunity as anyone else to make this quantum imagination jump.
All abundant and successful people throughout history have harnessed invisible forces and reaped enormous benefits and riches from doing so.
Suspension of disbelief is one of the big keys to everything we do when we walk the path of abundance. It doesn’t mean that we’re lying to ourselves. It doesn’t mean we’re believing something that isn’t true. It means we’re switching off the inner sceptic temporarily so that we can let our imagination soar.
If you’ve ever struggled to get your mind positively focused. If you’ve ever found the gremlins of doubt and fear pestering you and dragging your energy low, consider this…
Suspension of disbelief is, in my experience, the most powerful concept in the universe for making the laws of abundance work.
And the concept was not invented by a famous scientist or psychologist. It was invented by an artist (The poet Samuel Coleridge in 1817).
Let that truth resonate for a moment…
You see, I want you to know that personally, I learned all my best lessons from great artists.
And also from the greatest learning machines of them all – children.
I say to my own children, “What game are you playing?”…
There’s no doubt whatsoever, that when my daughter decides she’s going to be a princess, she doesn’t say she’s going to pretend to be a princess or to do princess things. She says, “I’m going to BE a princess,” and she does precisely that. She believes it with every fiber of her being. She’s a princess. You point to a chair or the table and say, “Is that a princess castle?” The answer is “Absolutely it’s a princess castle!”
Image sourced from: http://www.filmofilia.com
Now if you quizzed her in a logical way, and you really kind of drilled in, she would admit it’s not really a princess castle. But that’s not the point.
The subconscious, the childlike part is saying, It’s a fairy castle. It’s an actual fact on that level.
So tell your subconscious to play with any alternate reality you choose. It will play the game like a child and an artist. And it will generate quite breathtaking results for you.
If you’re ready to take a quantum leap then be sure to keep reading. Each of these secrets can set off a lightbulb and help you make a huge personal breakthrough. Combined, their power is infinite…
Abundance Tip #9: Staying positively focused (even when it feels hard)
Ever felt like the law of attraction is too hard. You just can’t get it to work?
My advice?
Don’t try to do this all alone. You don’t need to.
In a practical concrete sense, help is everywhere. For instance, as you’ve probably realised by now, your energy is a reflection of the handful of people you spend the most time with.
Which 5 people do you spend the most time with?
Thanks to the power of the internet and the cloud, you can now spend casual, fun, energy building time with anyone you choose.
For example, I just spent a wonderful 30 minutes with Oprah, Richard Branson and Marianne Williamson.
They really helped me with some stuff I’ve been struggling with.
And this works in a more spiritual sense too…
Because help really is everywhere. Divine, magical connection and personal power are instantly available to you. Your best friend…your true love and soul mate…your inspiration…your true purpose…your angels of health and healing…your source code for abundance…are all powerful energies just waiting to find you, once you plug into the infinite.
Computers are always trying to emulate what the mind already does. The thing many people forget is that the mind came before the computer and will always be way more powerful.
Steve Jobs understood the power of the cloud, of connection with the infinite. My belief is that our minds are able to do exactly the same thing. They can connect with infinite energy and power in the universe.
Imagine if your mind is a part of a bigger cloud. That’s a real abundant way of thinking. Because then there’s no limit to what you can perceive and then achieve.
Again you don’t need to understand exactly how this works. You just need to suspend disbelief for a moment and call upon those invisible powers in the cloud to help you.
Because just when you think you’ve hit your limits, the cloud will get bigger. Perhaps that true infinite power is what Steve Jobs glimpsed with his dying words “Oh Wow. Oh Wow. Oh Wow.”
Abundance Tip #10: A very strange tip that always works
Here’s a strange tip, but one that has never, ever let me down. Just like a true friend who tells you when you have a coffee moustache.
Here it is. My genuine wish for you…
Embrace confusion, uncertainty, even frustration as friends.
Develop a belief in what I call the “reverse paradigm shift”. In other words, go for it before you have all the answers. Those so called negative energies (known as cognitive dissonance) are actually the magical seeds of creation and unlimited possibilities. Your destiny and your abundance will always be preceded by confusion and uncertainty. Ask anyone who’s been on the journey.
They ALL had a moment where they didn’t know if it would work. They didn’t know exactly what to do. But they did it anyway.
My students get very cross with me on the first day of a training program when I say “One of my goals today is to make you as confused as possible.”
But you see, confusion really is a great way to learn. There’s no doubt in my mind about this.
It’s how changes happen. It’s how energy blocks shift. And so, if you get confused, that’s good. It’s not a bad thing. Those students who leave my training courses at the end of the day feeling quite confused – they usually come in the morning looking 10 years younger, like “Wow, it’s all starting to make sense now.”
So embrace a little confusion and uncertainty, and experience the reverse paradigm shift. In other words, experience the aha… The blessed light bulb moment, before it happens.
Waiting for it to happen is not the way of the abundant person. And, just to repeat myself, it doesn’t have to be all or nothing (death or glory). The universe loves baby steps and small hinges open massive doors.
Abundance Tip #11: Create Unstoppable Beliefs
Accelerated Learning – You can choose to learn slowly or quickly. If you choose quickly, you’re ready to learn the power of quantum shifting. I once learned tens of thousands of French words in a few seconds. Did you know you could do that?
Did you know you can learn to sing confidently in way less than a minute. I did that too? Both of these stories are true. If I had more time, I’d go into detail. But for now just know there are incredible opportunities looking for you.
Within days from now you can attract your true love…set up a business that will change the world…get a better job than what you ever imagined possible…start to reclaim your health…rediscover your confidence and connect with the bliss of your true purpose. I’ve seen it happen so many times to people I know and clients of mine. Accelerated learning is a choice that allows you to build all the beautiful, powerful beliefs which will get you there quickly.
Listen, I spent 15 years at school learning the traditional way and it simply didn’t work for me. It wasn’t my source code. School left me feeling like the slug that had been sprinkled with salt.
A lot of my business and life heroes had similar source code and had to discover that their way wasn’t the same as others.
John Lennon was told he wouldn’t amount to anything. Oprah was sacked for being too emotional (haha I LOVE that one). Einstein, amongst many others, was called lazy and an “average” student.
Many schools don’t teach you what you could be. They just teach you how to be average. They certainly don’t understand your true path in the way you do. It’s not their fault, and if, like me, you fell for it, it’s not your fault either.
Image sourced from: http://www.edgazette.govt.nz/
And you know the most important thing that schools aren’t able to do for you? They can’t give you permission to succeed.
I hereby give you unconditional permission to be yourself and to succeed in becoming the most abundant version of yourself.
The big question now is, “Do you give yourself 100% permission to be yourself…to walk in your true source code energy…and to succeed in attracting all your dreams?”
There is no special certificate that someone is going to give you to say you’re ok. As I always tell my students, the key certificate you get in life is the invisible one you give yourself that says “You’re OK kid.”
Do you see Elton John pinning his certificates on the wall behind him to prove to the world he’s a great pianist and performer?
You do not.
Now go find your “piano” and make beautiful music. You know you’re close. I’m hopefully giving you the benevolent and supportive prod you need right now.
Abundance Tip #12: Banish guilt and negative self-talk forever
Banish guilt and feelings of self-doubt from your life and your internal world forever. No negotiation. I did it, and it worked like a dream. You have no more right or need to feel any more guilty than a butterfly. And like a butterfly, you are free to fly and celebrate your uniqueness today. You are ready for a life of awesome results and celebration. But are you ready to give yourself permission to do this yet?
Everyone struggles with these energies at times. For instance, even Oprah cried when she was taught that forgiveness is for your benefit and not for the other person (usually her job is to make the guest experience breakthroughs and tears, not the other way round).
Now back to guilt…
One of the things that they never taught me at school was how people try to make you feel guilty. It’s not a malicious thing, it’s a subconscious thing. Just like when you’re on a diet, close friends and family seem to like handing you cream cakes. Some people can’t help doing the same thing with the gift of guilt.
When it comes to the laws of abundance, I can’t recommend highly enough that you banish both guilt and self doubt from your life as quickly as you can.
I made that decision a long time ago. It was the work of a moment. It’s a great moment that can get you from the emergency room of life to the abundance room very quickly.
One way to achieve it is to unconditionally forgive yourself for everything in the past.
If you’ve ever had a business that failed, or a marriage that ended, you know how terrible it can feel. They are great examples of things that can leave people feeling unfairly guilty.
If you’ve ever learned NLP, you’ll understand the concept of “Reframing”. So how do we reframe the guilt, for example of a failed business?
You simply remind yourself that of the 50 most successful business people in modern history, 49 of them had businesses go bankrupt.
So if all these guys that were ultimately very successful, learned that failure (like confusion) is a stepping stone on the road to abundance, surely we can all learn the same lesson too?
In other words, embrace the concept “There is no failure, just feedback” and “There is no wrong turn, just a winding road.”
Abundance Tip #13: How to never experience feelings of failure or self-doubt ever again
Understand your true source code and you can NEVER experience failure again. Living in your authentic truth can never be wrong. In fact, you’ll feel exhilarated.
Think about the strengths and energies that make you unique. When you were a child you thought to yourself “Wow, I am ME. Nobody else is me or can feel the feelings I feel. They’re mine alone. This energy is uniquely my energy.” Then, of course, the world trained you out of this way of seeing things. You wanted to be the same as everyone else (or at least, they wanted you to be the same). Breaking free and removing failure from your vocabulary allows you to follow your bliss with ease.
If the programs that you’re running in your mind are not getting you the results you want right now in life, if you’re feeling disappointed, frustrated, exhausted or broke, I want you to consider the possibility of simply changing the program you’re running.
You may have heard the quote on the TV show “Madmen”, “if you don’t like what’s being said, you can always change the conversation”. This applies to your inner world just as much as the outside world.
I know some women who are very beautiful but think they’re ugly. It’s no use arguing with them and telling them they’re attractive. They won’t thank you for it because it’s not what their affirmation is telling them is true.
A better idea is to ask them how they KNOW their belief to be true. What proof do they have? Who gave them this affirmation? Do they still want to carry it around?
You see, now I’m teaching you how to be a true Attraction Catalyst for others!
Abundance Tip #14: Pep talk from a friend (For those feeling scared or disheartened)
Stop looking at the horizons in front of you and feeling overwhelmed. Look at the horizon behind you. It’s just as far and infinite. Think about how far you’ve travelled already. And, allow yourself a small tear of pride. Give yourself a pat on the back for the efforts you’ve made, the roads you’ve travelled. The universe thanks you for being part of this amazing story we’re all creating together.
I’m sure you’ve heard the story of Thomas Edison trying to make his lightbulb work. He spent all his time trying, did thousands of experiments, yet would always make the bulbs explode. His affirmation was that he KNEW one day he would make this freaking thing happen.
Every time he ran an experiment, the lightbulb exploded. There were always people there telling him “Thomas you failed again.”
His reply; “I haven’t failed, I’ve found another thing that doesn’t work and that takes me that bit closer to my dream.”
It’s easy to get disheartened.
Don’t…
Become a glorious light bulb exploder instead.
I want to give you countless ideas and tools that will create abundance for you. But, rather than concentrate on the ones that don’t work for you, I want to help you understand the ones that do. The ones that are going to awaken something in you that stirs your soul and starts making a difference right now.
My dear friend and colleague Brenda, is a master of the martial art Aikido. Brenda is tiny (and amazing). But, by learning a form that makes other people’s physical strength work against them, she gets to throw far bigger people then herself to the ground with ease.
I want your abundance journey to work the same way.
Look, when changing your internal programs to suit your source code, what you really do is you free the universe, and all of that hidden energy and power to come to your aid with any dream you choose. You ignite the law of attraction by following your true, individual path and signposts.
Abundance Tip #15: The John Lennon Secret. (Probably the most powerful affirmation in the world ever)
“Imagine” one of the most beautiful songs ever written – probably the most powerful affirmation ever.
Why?
Because YOU get to create your own truth and infinite power. The word imagine suggests. It doesn’t describe. And it breathes a deeper energy of truth because of that.
Live from truth every time. And work on the skill of making your truth audacious. Never live in an energy of mediocre truth. It’s claustrophobic, even suffocating, and abundance can’t get into that space.
If your affirmations and declarations contain truth, they will manifest for you. The universe understands this. Law of Attraction doesn’t just create small wins. It will create massive wins for you. Let’s face it, if Donald Trump lost all of his money, he could get it back. He would simply affirm to himself, “I will attract $1 million this week.”
It would be true for him. It would work.
What’s your truth for the universe to manifest?
The universe knows what you love and what you hate. It knows what you believe. If you start from belief and truth (any truth, no matter how small and fragile a gem it is) you can manifest miracles VERY quickly. This is my affirmation and I see it come true every single day.
So every piece of suggestion and every affirmation you say to yourself…read on a vision board…live through your energy…should contain truth. And don’t think for one moment it needs to be mediocre. Truth can give birth to incredible manifested results.
Another thing I teach clients to work with are affirmation triads (past, present and future truth). They work like this:
“I used to be really sad. Now I’ve decided to change my life. Soon I am becoming happy and amazing.”
You see what I did there? Truth. Truth, Truth.
(Warning this kind of affirmation often doesn’t work too well for politicians)
Abundance Tip #16: The Bridge. How a simple affirmation “tweak” will create real life miracles for you
Make loving yourself more a goal to be constantly striving for. Super-Affirmations always come true because they ARE truth. For instance, can you say to yourself, right now (with genuine belief): “I love myself”?
If not, can you say, “I am experiencing a faint feeling of love within myself. I’m ready to accept this tiny gem of self love and let it grow each day until eventually it becomes bigger than a mountain in my world”?
Or can you say to yourself, “I want to love myself. Other people have succeeded in this endeavor and I will succeed too. I will plant the seed and watch it grow, feel it grow within me”?
You get the idea? Tweak the affirmation until it’s planted in the fertile ground of truth.
Why is this so important?
Think about this. As humans, when we declare positive feelings towards ourselves, we experience two emotions. One is very positive. A positive feeling of unconditional love, and value within ourselves. The other emotion is often some kind of self-doubt or disbelief.
These two energies conflict. When they conflict, the self-doubt tends to win. Like the banker in a game of cards.
What we’re searching for is a tipping point, where our internal guardian angel wins and sets us free.
Another way to internalize this idea. It’s like playing two notes on a piano—one of those notes must be louder than the other one and that’s the one that you’re going to hear.
If you are constantly fuelling the fire and adding energy to the positive affirmation (always including truth) then the tipping point will manifest that much quicker.
Abundance Tip #17: The missing ingredient to make your affirmations work like magic
Throw emotion and energy into everything you do. Even negative emotions can be transmuted into positive. Did you ever see someone red in the face with anger suddenly see the humor in a situation and burst into laughter? It can be one of the most beautiful things to witness. Do everything you do with emotion and the universe will love you for it. The law of attraction brings a tidal wave of energy that flows through emotion.
I love teaching the affirmation “Shut Up, I’m Awesome.” The idea that, when you hear this negative voice within yourself, you can answer it back by saying, “Shut Up Please, Because I am awesome.” It tells the negativity to go away and come back when it’s ready to have some fun.
Now, why might this be better than just saying “I love myself”? Why might “Shut up, I’m Awesome” be a better Super Affirmation?
Well, it’s all about trying different things until you find the thing that works best for you. If humour and laughter are part of your source code and awaken something in you, then using this affirmation could represent an exciting breakthrough.
Understand, it’s not the specific words. I certainly don’t want you to walk around saying this out loud to people. They may take offence.
It’s all about the energy and the emotion (in this case, fun). Have you ever noticed how laughter can feel more true than truth? “Shut up, I’m awesome” can be far more palatable to your subconscious than simply “I am awesome”.
And, just as an important side note: Your subconscious is way, way more powerful than you possibly give it credit for. Most people don’t realize this fact. Your subconscious knows exactly what you’re going to do. It’s infinitely more aware of what’s happening in the universe than your conscious mind. It simply won’t be bullied. It’s happy for you to tell it what to do, once you master the process of doing so.
Abundance Tip #18: The Soulmate Secret. What you seek is also searching desperately for you
When you protect yourself from disappointment, loneliness, heartache and failure, you often deny yourself the thing that you want the most. You swap risk for unhappiness. If you’re searching for love, for instance, you need to allow yourself to go on the journey. Someone out there is searching for you just as desperately as you’re searching for them. Maybe you already know them? Maybe they’re about to walk into your life (through the power of the law of attraction) just as soon as you make yourself energetically ready for them?
You’ve heard of what Freud called protection mechanisms, right? Well, one of the things we protect ourselves from is perceived failure. This causes so much misery and it’s unnecessary when you know what to do about it.
Here in New Zealand, we have this thing called the Tall Poppy Syndrome. Society doesn’t like to see people get too successful or confident. In this case, people are “cut down to size” like a tall poppy.
It’s also something you may have seen parents do to their children. They warn them not to be too ambitious. “Don’t get your hopes up dear. You’ll only be disappointed!”
It’s done with love and for the purpose of protection. But ironically, that attitude can cause a mountain of disappointment and missed opportunity in the long run. It can also make you freeze like a rabbit in the headlights even years later, incapable of making decisions or seizing the day.
So give yourself permission to be a beautiful, tall poppy right now. The taller the better! The forces of abundance are searching for your tall poppy energy so that they can reward it.
Abundance Tip #19: The butterfly secret. Works like magic
If you do something exciting for your future, the simulation and forecast of that future in your mind, changes in a flash. But is there a risk to going for it and trusting the laws of abundance to help you?
There is no real risk to chasing your dreams. As far as I can tell, it’s a lot of fun and a thrilling journey. My experience with countless clients over many, many years, is that all the risk…all the frustration…and all the disappointment, is born from not chasing dreams. (But please remember, there is a way to chase dreams successfully which is like chasing butterflies. Put yourself in the right energy field, and become a magnet for those butterflies. The more direct method of butterfly catching is so much harder).
Friends and colleagues of mine who work in hospices or help people who are dying tell me the same thing again and again. When people reach the end of their lives they never regret the things they’ve done. They always regret the things they didn’t do.
I heard something very interesting recently from Mark Zuckerberg (the guy who runs Facebook). This guy built a company worth billions and billions of dollars so he obviously knows a thing or two about abundance.
It was really interesting because somebody asked him the question about how you avoid disappointments. The person asked him: “When you’re building a business, how do you avoid disappointments? How do you avoid failures and that kind of thing?” and his answer was very clear…
“DON’T! Don’t avoid disappointments and failures, embrace them, because that’s how you really learn things”.
I think the suggestion he was making was that if people try and find a way through life where you don’t fall over and you don’t have disappointments, then you’re never really learning and you’re never going to get far enough along that pathway to get to where you want to be anyway.
The law of attraction wants you to stumble and make mistakes. It wants to lift you and be there on your journey of learning, improving and evolving. It wants to help you unravel your abundance like a flower coming into bloom after the storms have passed.
Abundance Tip #20: Turn energy sucking vampires into sugar mice instantly (The JK Rowling Secret)
Time to banish scepticism and negativity from your life?
If you’re surrounded by negative, energy sucking vampires, they must on some level believe they’re invited to your party.
Imagine if you had a party and you played chamber music and presented your guests with cucumber sandwiches. The uninvited Hell’s Angels guests would tend to leave don’t you think?
If, on the other hand, you played Metallica and heavy metal, they would probably stay.
It all comes down to living your life in your true energy.
When you do this, all kinds of wonderful people, opportunities and adventures show up for you.
In film and theatre production the concept is called “mise en scene” or arranging a scene.
When you decide how you want your life to be you can use the concept of “mise en scene” to set the abundance energy field up just the way you want it. That way, all the right things and people will show up automatically.
And how to get rid of the energy sucking negative vampires?
Well sometimes you can’t, so you make them irrelevant instead. You take away all of their power so they can’t affect you.
Whether you’re being negatively impacted by people today or from ghosts of the past…
Either way, JK Rowling has a great idea for you…
You remember the story of the Bogarts (the nasty things in the wardrobe)?
What you do is you take the negative person, or thing, or memory. And you turn it into something ridiculous using the magic of your mind.
And hey presto. It loses all of its power to affect you.
Take my colleague Steve. He felt that his boss was having a negative effect on him. Making him feel stressed and upset.
So he imagined him with a clown nose…clown shoes…a squeaky voice.
In his mind, he shrunk him to the size of a mouse.
From that moment onwards, Steve couldn’t think about his boss without giggling and coming alive with inner joy.
You should try this out. I’ve seen it work again and again. It can free you from things that felt almost impossible in the past.
Another reason to use this tip immediately?
Experience tells me that if we don’t master our minds in this way, they have a tendency to use the “Bogart trick” the wrong way around.
The mind actually takes nice things…nice people…exciting opportunities and turns them into scary things in the wardrobe.
As a side note, this tip on its own may not transform your life overnight. But use it every day, and combine it with the other 57 tips and you’re going to notice positive changes very, very soon ?
Abundance Tip #21: Attraction. The only 2 things you ever really need
There are only two things you need to get right in order to get a suggestion, affirmation or thought to manifest into reality.
The first is desire.
Do you really, really want it? (Like you’d crawl over broken glass to get it?)
The second thing is, do you believe it’s going to happen? Once you master these two dynamics, you’ll be able to build what I call a belief bridge, from where you are now to any parallel universe you choose.
I used to do a lot of work helping people to stop smoking. There are only 2 reasons people don’t stop smoking. One, because they don’t want to (often this is subconscious) Two, because they don’t believe it’s possible. Or they assume it will be incredibly difficult and painful, and they can’t do it without suffering forever. (Again, this is often subconscious and it is a flawed assumption).
If you approach every goal or wish with two questions:
1. What needs to change so that I desire this more? (or perhaps I don’t?)
2. What needs to change so that I believe the possibility of this more?
You’ll be just fine.
Abundance Tip #22: Make your affirmations twice as powerful and effective (in less than 5 seconds)
Turn your affirmations into questions. The universe LOVES questions. If you ask the correct questions, the answers show up like magic. And you can have any life you want.
A very clever person once said “If you ask the right question, you’re 50% of the way towards the answer.”
I agree and I also believe the universe and your own subconscious, creative power will take you the other 50% of the way there.
Could this be true?
How can you test it?
Image sourced from: http://goodfeather.net/
What life might you be living this time next year if you start mastering law of attraction the Ed Lester way today?
You get the idea?
Abundance Tip #23: Getting the universe to finally deliver your most precious wishes. (A very simple imagination “trick”)
I love the pictures in the Harry Potter school, Hogwarts. They move.
It’s very similar to the perfect goal setting practice.
Let me explain…
What you do to create, then start to manifest amazing goals, involves two steps.
Step 1 – Imagine yourself at the Olympic games standing on the winners rostrum. Hear the crowd roar. Feel the medal around your neck. See the glint of gold and the the winning flag being raised.
A quick side note: If winning Olympic gold isn’t really your big thing, then please feel free to swap this scenario for any that floats your boat, as it were.
Step 2- Now step off the rostrum and see yourself there.
This second step is key. It disassociates and makes your subconscious reach for the beautiful dream.
How do I know this works? Because scientists have proven it again and again.
If we spend too long associated in our goals, we just end up soaking our synapses in the kool aid and other happy chemicals, with nothing happening. It leads to frustration and pain and stuckness in life.
Train your mind to literally reach for your goals. Eventually your subconscious will chase them like a kitten chasing a ping-pong ball on string. And you’ll find yourself rapidly moving along the path to abundance.
Ever notice how travel magazines show a beautiful destination, maybe a white sand beach and azure blue sky? And, there is always a table and empty chair. Your mind is attracted to the empty chair. It wants you to be there. Goals are the same. The law of attraction is energised by the gap between here and there. So long as it is bridgeable (see tip 21).
I worked with a professional footballer once. He was getting very nervous about shooting goals. He kept missing even though he was very talented. I insisted that he kept watching himself on TV scoring goals and burned that image into his consciousness. I didn’t want him thinking about anything else. Every time he had a negative thought he was to switch that picture, either on the TV or on the TV in his mind. And he was to surround the thought with positive emotions of love and respect for himself.
It worked brilliantly. One of the reasons was that he didn’t imagine himself IN the picture. I didn’t want him to be a drugged, lotus eater. I wanted him to actually have to reach in his subconscious.
An example…
Don’t just imagine yourself counting money and feeling it in your hands. Don’t just imagine holding your soul mate in your arms in a loving embrace. For a change, stand back and imagine watching these things on a TV in your mind. Be the star of your own romantic comedy and see yourself in your mind’s eye giving the performance of your life.
Practice this enough and the law of attraction will be bloomin’ well forced to deliver the dream.
Abundance Tip #24: Are your wishes and dreams energized? (How to send a WOW vibration to the universe)
Your wishes and dreams need to be energized the same way a battery is energized. If you think of yourself as a rechargeable battery, then ask yourself “Do my dreams and goals fill me with charge?” If not, there are many ways to redefine and redesign your dreams.
It could be time for a new journey? A new vision board, perhaps?
Abundance Tip #25: Are you ready to tune into the millionaire frequency and make abundance inevitable?
“To know thyself is divine”. One of my favorite scenes in the movie “The Matrix” is when The Oracle tells Neo that he needs to know himself. No prophecy or psychic reading…in fact no “destiny” can unfold for you until you embrace the power of simply being you.
One thing that I’ve learned over many, many years of teaching personal development, is that the downright obvious is never obvious until after you get the breakthrough. (This is why I recommend embracing the power of the reverse paradigm shift).
Once, I was running a training seminar and I suddenly noticed a woman in the group with her jaw pretty much dropped onto the table in front of her.
It stayed there for the whole morning.
I asked her in the break if she was ok?
She replied…
“Yes, I’m more than ok. It’s just, you said “It’s perfectly ok to be myself. I’m perfect as I am”. And it was like a whole new world lit up inside of me.”
For the first time in her life, it dawned on her that she was perfect just as she was.
It’s not something you have to “try” to do. You simply need to see yourself as unique in the way a mother sees her newborn child. Love yourself just as you are and the universe will carry you on her shoulders. That’s the deal. It’s a thing of wonder and marvel.
All affirmations and self-suggestions, in order to work really well, should be flavoured with identity— in other words, they should always reflect who you are as a person.
In other words, don’t suggest to yourself that you will have wealth. Suggest to the universe that you’re going to be a wealthy person. Suggest you already are a wealthy person if you like. So long as it has truth to it.
Many years ago when I was going through a terrible time financially, I explained to Ruth that I was a wealthy person who just happened to have no money. She was stunned. She’d never realized that’s how I thought about the world. But it’s true and it’s a great strategy.
If you are broke or in debt, struggling financially, there is no reason for money to magnetize to you. However if deep down in your identity, you truly are a millionaire (with no money) you are still a magnet.
You can be a lover who hasn’t quite manifested true love yet.
You can be an astronaut who hasn’t quite learned to talk or get out of diapers yet.
This is a much more elegant and authentically powerful version of “fake it till you make it”. I hope you’ll agree.
Abundance Tip #26: Why you may have been hiding from the world and scared to succeed? (True inspiration)
Embrace the idea of crazy wisdom. Everything you do is simply an extension of who you are. Therefore you don’t need to concentrate on “What should I do?” or “How should I change my thoughts and emotions?”
Instead, you focus on “Who am I going to be and who will I be when I’m at my truest and highest level of self?”
Don’t be afraid to walk down to the ocean and yell something profound at the top of the voice.
Don’t be afraid to dance in the rain just because you feel like it.
Don’t feel you have to hide who you are from the world.
Sometimes, the key to a breakthrough is by breaking out of the day to day trance that we all sometimes find ourselves in.
Abundance Tip #27: The official rules of the universe. (The ultimate shortcut to your abundance)
To embrace crazy wisdom and make the universe deliver every one of your dreams, you must be prepared to set the rules. Any rules will do so long as they suit your style, strengths and source code.
The key is to live your life playing a game in which the person who wins just happens to be the person who follows your rules. (And that happens to be you, therefore the universe will declare YOU the winner every time).
“Give me an example”, you say?
One of my favorites is Richard Branson. He’s set up his entire business and life to suit his source code. He does nothing that isn’t fun. He has little involvement in day-to-day financial matters. He refuses to discipline or sack staff. Someone else takes care of those things.
Now, I’ve met people who preach that the above rule set isn’t possible:
“There will always be things in life that aren’t fun”.
“A business person MUST be good at financial accounts and be able to read a balance sheet”.
“A business owner must take responsibility for disciplining staff”.
Richard says “Baloney” to all 3. And do you think he’s a winner in his world?
You bet he is.
I wish the same kind of freedom for YOU… To be able to travel and live in peace…to sing your own song…to do as you damn well please…
Abundance Tip #28: Use kindness & compassion to finally get everything you want
You’ll hear me talk a lot about your source code. Here’s the thing…
Your source code is unique. And it shows up in its most pure form as energy.
When I was a child I used to wake in the morning charged with this creative energy. For me it was an energy which demanded that I do something original. Something that had never been done before.
I had a teacher once, Mr Fifield, who taught me that there was no such thing as an original idea.
He was a nice enough guy, but we were spiritual enemies. Our source code was opposed.
The great thing is that your source code is perfect for you. Think about it. It MUST be.
So can you use it to become rich, happy, loveable, enlightened?
Well, let’s say for instance kindness is part of your energetic DNA.
Then you need to take the kindness and compassion you show to the world around you and point it at yourself too. You deserve that don’t you?
If you’re like many of my clients, you have absolutely no idea of how valuable and powerful you are. YOU can help people in the most profound of ways. Ways which light you up and take their breath away. Make them cry with joy and delight in the possibilities. You can also get paid royally for doing it.
Also, an important note: Sometimes the kindness, compassion and respect you show yourself may need to be a little challenging. Don’t be afraid to call yourself occasionally. When you give yourself a much needed wake up call, the law of attraction will flow into your life effortlessly.
Abundance Tip #29: Live your way (and finally release all your energy blocks)
What is your Dharma – your “way” ?
Are you free to live your life in a way that suits you? Or, are you living your life trying to be what someone else taught you to be (their Dharma)?
It’s worth doing a bit of introspection on this occasionally. Take a pen and paper. Walk to a quiet spot by a lake or somewhere else tranquil. Now try and capture on that pen and paper some of the mental junk you’re carrying around (and we all carry around).
List all of these things and then commit to releasing them so that you can start to fly free as a bird.
And hey! There’s no rush. Remember the 1% rule?
If each day, you subconsciously release 1% of the drag and friction and mental clutter you’ve been carrying around for years, you’ll be feeling significantly better before you know it.
Many times, my clients have enjoyed this process so much they’ve just decided to let go of it all in one go. Can you imagine how freeing that feels?
There is nothing so powerful as feeling free to be yourself and to walk your path. Always remember, no matter how lost you feel, the distance between here and your true path is millions of times smaller than paper thin (interestingly this is the same for the gap between parallel universes).
Abundance Tip #30: Secrets of the rich and famous. (A subconscious shortcut)
Suggestions and affirmations always work best when you repeat them, not just consciously, but also subconsciously, through your moment to moment energy.
As John Lennon said, “Life is what happens to you while you’re busy making other plans”.
Most people carry a suggestion around like “Work is not fun and good jobs have to be hard. I have to work really hard and struggle just to get by”.
If you study the super-abundant people, you discover they are carrying around a different kind of internal program. They have chosen affirmations of a different nature. They make the rules. They don’t follow them. You can do this immediately. It’s simply a choice you may not have realized was available to you.
Eg most people = “My work is not fun”
Richard Branson = “I will only do it if it’s fun”.
Most people = “It won’t work”.
Steve Jobs = “It WILL work. Now we’ve made that decision, let’s start figuring out how”.
Most people = “People are difficult”.
Oprah = “People are incredible”.
Abundance Tip #31: The shocking thing about walking your true path
Once you decide to go on this journey, do NOT accept ordinary results for yourself. Do not accept anything less than extraordinary expectations and standards.
Knowing and understanding your source code is the single best discovery adventure you’ll ever embark on. People will try to knock you off your path. They always have been trying.
The shocking thing is that sometime those you love the most are inadvertently keeping you off your path.
Like people on a sinking ship, they’ll cling to you rather than let you escape.
It doesn’t mean they don’t love you or want you to be unhappy. It simply means they don’t appreciate your true power yet.
Stick to your journey. Know and respect and, ideally, learn to really love yourself and your mission here. Discover who you are and your body, mind and spirit will evolve beyond anything considered ordinary.
Abundance Tip #32: Mental biomechanics. Uncover and remove the ONE thing that’s really stopping you
Sometimes where we’re hurting, sad or in pain, the thing we think is the problem, is NOT the problem.
Once I thought I had a back complaint but it turned out I didn’t. It was a posture issue. I was locking my knees then pacing around all day at training events. I was like one of those old boneshaker bikes with no suspension, traveling over the old cobbled Victorian streets. I was aching at the end of each day.
Someone showed me how to tweak my posture very slightly and hey presto, the supposed bad back was cured instantly.
Likewise, an athlete or professional dancer with one small glitch in their technique can be coached to a much higher level by identifying and improving that one small thing which is hidden from their conscious mind.
So can YOU.
Imagine the idea that you could be one small energy shift or belief change away from transforming your life and achieving dramatic results.
In my experience you probably are.
It’s like your life is a jewellery chain with many precious stones and links. You’re a stunning work of art.
The only thing is, if one of those links is weak, the whole chain breaks and your feel in disarray. Everything in your life seems to be in pieces.
The thing is, although it may feel like you’re broken, you’re not. I don’t believe people break. I believe they are all vibrant beings full of potential and magical abilities.
The key is to simply find that weakest link in the chain and strengthen it. It’s actually a pretty straightforward process. I call it mental biomechanics.
So there it is…
The law of attraction is knocking on your door and you just need to figure out the small action which will open you to its full power and potential.
Again don’t forget. Small hinges really do open massive doors.
Abundance Tip #33: Why small baby steps are perfect for huge, positive energy shifts
Be open to small, regular baby steps and huge energy shifts. The two are like brother and sister. You don’t need to take a big action for the universe to know you mean business and to rush to your assistance.
I’m serious about this. You don’t need to build Rome in a day. Regular baby steps and huge energy shifts are like brother and sister.
Abundance Tip #34: The most powerful tip of all?
This tip is a short one. But don’t mistake it’s brevity for lack of power.
This tip can change your life. So if you like mediocre results, please ignore it.
“If you can’t do 100 things with maximum energy, don’t do them at all. Choose one thing which will make a difference and do that one thing with all the energy, emotion and belief you can muster.”
Abundance Tip #35: Spring clean your mind. (How to remove all negative energy from the past in the blink of an eyelid)
I hate bullying. My mission in life is to help remove the energy of bullying from society. I believe when it happens, it will change everything. Bullying is simply the witch burning of our day and it must be defeated.
With it will go scarcity, depression, suicide, even wars.
When will it happen?
It could take hundreds or thousands of years if we let it.
On the other hand, it could vanish in the blink of an eyelid. Things always happen remarkably quickly once a genuine tipping point is created through critical mass.
Abundance on a world scale is no different.
It starts with each of us making a loving commitment to ourselves.
My advice?
Remove every piece of bullying, negativity and every limiting belief you’re carrying in your subconscious mind.
Do it quickly, immediately and without any conditions in the same way you would spring clean your home.
Then, you’re in a most wonderful position to help others in ways that truly make a difference.
Abundance Tip #36: Reclaim your bliss (and abundance will stop hiding from you)
When I was a kid, my sister and I loved to play hide and seek.
I grew up in England where country pubs were a big institution.
Our parents would disappear into the pub. Us kids would all be left outside to play hide and seek.
I see the same game being played out in society today. But do you know what’s really funny?
The people who think they’re seeking happiness, wealth and abundance aren’t.
The truth is they’re ones actually doing the hiding.
Greatness and abundance are searching for you. I can say this with total certainty. I’ve never met anyone who didn’t have a light waiting to shine. Sometimes we go to enormous lengths to cleverly hide our wonderful, beautiful, talented genius and strength from ourselves.
But no worries, abundance will find you, the instant you leave the door open and show your true self to the universe.
Abundance Tip #37: Your “forgotten” secrets
Don’t think there’s just one secret.
Bring them ALL to the table.
If there are infinite unique souls in the universe, then likewise, there are infinite secrets and ways to make the laws of abundance work.
To ignite law of attraction to work in the real world, one thing you may need to do is to create multiple channels of how you do things. Bring everything you have, know and believe to the table and slam it there.
Just like many tributaries flow into a river, you can combine many different ideas, techniques and “secrets” into your flow of abundance. Why rely on just one secret when you have unlimited experiences, stories, tools and help at your fingertips?
Abundance Tip #38: Create a protective shield. (Only ever let love, respect and positive energy get through)
Refuse to be bullied, pressurized, or dictated to by other people and the world in general. Only accept love, respect and positive energy. Any compromise on this can slow down your journey, suppress your true source code and dim your light.
Allowing other people to dictate what you think…do…or believe is giving up your power.
Freedom is always worth the journey. Stay safe, stay authentic, stay in love…
And again let me repeat. You don’t have to build Rome in a day. One single penny of energy invested in yourself each day for 30 days = over $10 million coming back to you in terms of abundance, love and joy.
One other side note here. The elephant in the room I think I’m obliged to point out.
People accuse me of being a Pollyanna. A purveyor of the rose tinted spectacles. In fact, my friends use to call me the “Infernal Optimist”
The truth is I’m not a Pollyanna. I’m an optimistic realist. I know really bad things happen to people. I’ve had them happen to me. My principles and teachings were all born of terrible events and sadness.
But here’s the thing…
You show me one inspirational autobiography of a celebrity or successful individual in history in which there is not deep hurt and suffering.
Sadness and pain are always part of the story.
But how we authentically understand and deal with that pain…how we translate and perceive the bad feelings…and where we take the story next. That’s what makes the autobiography of our lives turn out great in the end.
Abundance #39: You’ve already won the lottery. (Become energetically reborn every day)
You’ve already won the lottery.
A few years ago, this guy’s body appeared in the middle of a street somewhere near London. It was so sad. Nobody knew who he was or how he’d got there.
Eventually it was discovered he was a stowaway who had hidden under the wheels of a jumbo jet. He’d frozen to death high in the clouds. When the wheels came out for landing, his body fell from the sky.
How desperate must that man have been?
How much he would have given to have your life or mine (even at the least abundant place we’ve stood on our path).
We truly are lottery winners already. Be your authentic self. Follow your source code and your bliss.
Claim your jackpot. I’m in the crowd shouting for you!
Abundance Tip #40: Listen to Bob Marley more (Free yourself in a heartbeat)
Bob Marley sang “Emancipate yourself from mental slavery. None but ourselves can free our minds.”
Choose to live in your source code as a free spirit who follows your own path not somebody else’s, and indeed, DO free your mind.
You know deep down, you have the power to step into a chrysalis…to metamorphosize…and to emerge as any butterfly you choose. Freedom is one simple, divine choice away from now.
Change can be a long, long time coming, but when it comes, it’s the work of a moment. I always act as if that moment will be today. This belief shift alone has proven priceless for me and for a great many of my clients and students.
Abundance Tip #41: How to turn your disappointments into your diamonds
An energy block simply represents a diamond hidden in a lump of dirty rock. Your blocks and bottlenecks in life are ALWAYS signposts to your next big breakthrough…to your abundance…Release your emotional and energy blocks and let the law of attraction flow through like water through a broken dam.
Abundance Tip #42: Rediscover the amazing beauty already inside of you (Your natural swing)
You came into this world with a natural way of being you. I call it your natural swing.
In my world, becoming abundant and making the law of attraction deliver BIG results is not about learning something new. It’s about re-creating and rediscovering something beautiful and amazing you already have inside of you.
When you learn to manifest, you are in fact reclaiming your birthright.
One of the most valuable tips I can ever give you is to stop trying to manifest things. Start with identity. Manifest from a sense of being.
Abundant people attract incredible things, like the ocean attracts beautiful sea birds. Having beautiful things however, doesn’t necessarily make you abundant.
First and foremost. Always “Be”. The rest follows like sheep into a paddock.
Abundance Tip #43: Play like a kitten (and enjoy every moment of the day)
Don’t be a cat when you can be a kitten.
In other words, turn life into a game and play for fun. Play for abundance.
Reclaim your right to be happy, joyful and adventurous. Don’t let ANYONE spoil your game. If you let them play, they play by your rules. The law of attraction bats for the captain of the game every time.
Abundance Tip #44: If you want to be heard, talk quietly
Advice for people who are not necessarily energetically designed like Donald Trump or Floyd Mayweather.
“If you want to be heard, talk quietly”.
Source code gets the law of attraction to work by creating a channel through your unique personality and optimal style and energy.
You CANNOT become abundant following somebody else’s path. There really isn’t a step by step guidebook. There’s no user manual. (Other than this document perhaps).
Abundance Tip #45: The perfect abundance plan?
A famous American President once said, “Planning is essential, plans are useless”. If you want to be an expert at abundance and manifesting, be prepared to change your plans – Flexibility = Personal Power.
When I first developed the Abundance Index software, I spent months of hard work…tens of thousands of dollars getting there. I emotionally bled to get it made and working.
It was going to be a bestselling product. One of the best abundance resources on the planet.
Then at the last minute I decided to give it away for free.
It was a great decision. I would never have been able to help as many people if I hadn’t put it out there as a gift to the wider community.
Speaking of which, you can sign up for free access and to find out your abundance “score” and current profile, right now.
Enjoy!
Abundance Tip #46: The most powerful and effective tool for abundance?
Meditate through energy and not conscious thought. The most powerful personal development tool in the world is energy. And your personal energy is perfect for unlocking your destiny. In other words, you already have everything you need. When you learn how to harness it and get into flow…Look out world!
As Tesla said “If you want to find the secrets of the universe, think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration.”
As soon as you start looking for logical, rational answers, you risk disconnecting from source code. At the very least, be sure to balance the two.
I can’t tell you how many times in my life I’ve walked away from a problem or difficult situation and reset my energy, only to find the answers and solutions showing up in that relaxed place.
The answer would be “An infinite number of times.”
Abundance Tip #47: How to make the Law of Attraction work slowly (and how to speed it up x1000)
You can discover what works TODAY and get magical manifestation results quickly and without struggle. WHY it works exactly, is a different story. Let the scientists figure that one out. They may take years or decades. Meanwhile, you can be very rich and incredibly fulfilled.
Abundance Tip #48: Like attracts like. (How your beliefs have been holding you back up till now)
Like attracts like.
Hypnotize your beliefs and your mindset and you’ll be an unstoppable law of attraction expert.
People are always asking me “What can I do to get better at manifestation?”
My answer is generally to pick a better set of beliefs. Choose beliefs that serve you rather than beliefs that have the power to turn you into a mental slave.
Abundance Tip #49: Do you really know who you are? (First things first)
There are times when it’s really important to do things in the correct order.
For instance, if you parachute out of a plane and the pull chord gets stuck, it’s NOT time to start pondering on what to have for dinner that evening.
No.
Getting the parachute to work is the first priority. This is the correct order of things.
Likewise, chasing your goals and dreams using the law of attraction is so much easier once you’ve used the very same power to discover and free your highest self.
In other words, unlock your source code and THEN you become a magnet for attracting other things.
Abundance Tip #50: Claim your personal freedom. (Become emotionally strong and powerful like an oak tree)
Consider for a moment what happens when you enter into a new romantic relationship, or you start a new business.
Both involve a step into the unknown. But both are usually very exciting.
You go into both situations very hopeful, but there is uncertainty too. What will it actually be like? Will everything be ok?
So why are those things exciting, yet so many people find the journey of life exhausting and full of fear and worry?
It’s really a personal question each individual needs to meditate on. But, the truth is you can frame a journey any way you choose.
Just when you think all is hopeless, you reframe. Personally, whenever I feel overwhelmed, even anxious in the evening, I remind myself that it’s my mind putting all the patterns together. All will be well in the morning.
And it always is well in the morning. So I start to embrace the negative feelings that sometimes pop up at the end of a busy day. That’s a reframe.
Another interesting way to look at this…
There was an ad on TV years ago.
It showed this menacing looking skinhead guy running along a road, crossing a bridge. He was clutching a handbag and running as fast as his legs could carry him. Everything about this scene said “Criminal!”
But then they changed the camera angle and you saw the entire scene from a different direction.
Puffing and panting, he ran up towards this woman and handed her the handbag. With a friendly smile he said to her “Here you are, you left this on the ground.” Turns out he was a good samaritan.
This shows you the importance of always keeping an open mind and a clean heart.
Also, one of the biggest breakthroughs my clients experience is when they extend their horizons. They start to see bigger possibilities in themselves and everything. Plus, they become comfortable with the idea that you don’t know what you don’t know. Therefore, tomorrow’s dreams will be even bigger. Even more fun.
Understand, abundance really does have no limits. It’s not just a catchy saying. In truth, it’s kind of the whole point.
Be like an oak tree and laugh at the idea of growing inside a small plastic pot.
Set your sights on the sky and beyond.
Abundance Tip #51: Choose happiness (and other magical filters you can manifest with)
When I was a young boy I used to be taken to the library by my mother. I remember one day picking up a book about photography.
I learned a fascinating fact about something called filters.
If you screwed a particular filter onto a camera the world would be seen very differently. Maybe a pink or blue filter. Maybe a fish eye view or something like that.
I later realized human beings were the same…
I noticed that I had an optimistic filter. Some other people I met had pessimistic filters.
We’d both look out at the exact same world. We’d both experience the same objective event.
Yet because of our filters, we’d process the experience differently. I seemed to be enjoying myself more than some of the people I met. Sometimes I felt sad and wanted them to see the world the way I did.
There’s something extremely empowering about choosing the filters through which you experience life. Don’t forget people who choose to label themselves as “happy” and “optimistic” and “grateful” tend to live longer, achieve more, earn more, report a higher quality of life.
You CAN choose happiness. You can literally hypnotize the universe to deliver it to you when you filter everything through the appropriate energy and beliefs.
Abundance Tip #52: Nobody is better or more talented than you (With the universe on your side, you can be sure to win every game you play in life)
I confidently predict I can beat Mike Tyson every time.
So long as we’re competing as personal development trainers or abundance coaches and NOT boxing.
There’s a mental bias or false assumption we humans experience. It causes us to assume that because a person is better than us at one thing, they are better than us overall.
It’s simply not true.
There are things you can do that nobody else possibly can. You are the number 1 undisputed champion of the world at being you.
Nobody is better than you…more talented than you…better at making the law of attraction work than you. When you unlock your source code and choose your beliefs, this whole universe is a level playing field and you can win any game you choose to play. (If you’re like me, that won’t be boxing).
Abundance Tip #53: The one critical thing the universe is asking you for?
Doing the things other people do, or searching for the rules where there are none. This is like wandering around hopelessly, looking for water in the desert.
You are one of a kind and you have a unique spiritual fingerprint. A unique abundance DNA. The universe just wants you to recognize and own your uniqueness. Then you can have anything you want because you’ll stop doing things the way you think you should. You’ll know without blinking that you’re the best in the world at being you. And that’s more than enough to attract an extraordinary and abundant life for you and for those you love.
The universe is simply saying “Show me your passport”.
Abundance Tip #54: Master the energy of money (and anything else you want to attract)
Visualize the energy dimension to every situation…every challenge…every opportunity…every new relationship.
Mastering energy will give you the equivalent of X-Ray vision. You’ll be able to change things and attract anything you desire.
For instance, next time you have an important decision to make, build a picture of the situation in your mind. Now remove the specific details of that picture and replace them with energy. What is the energy telling you to do?
This is a powerful technique for building intuition.
It’s also a powerful tool for unlocking financial abundance…
Let me explain.
When I lived in London, somebody once told me “There are millions of rats living in this city. Even if you can’t see them, you’re never more than a few meters from a rat.”
Yikes!
However, you can think of money in a similar way. Though hopefully it’s far more motivating and exciting for you.
Truth is, we’re all swimming in an unimaginably huge pool of money. It’s everywhere. There are millions of dollars floating around you right now. You’re never more than a few meters from a lot of money. Whether that money is physically in a bank or energetically being swished around the internet.
Now, if you try and work out logically how to make the $$$ figures start dancing towards you like the pied piper it can be frustrating, overwhelming even.
But when you start to shine at your brightest as an energetic being, when you start to become an Attraction Catalyst and add genuine value to the world and to others, you become a magnet for financial breakthroughs and all kinds of abundance.
It really is all about energy. I hope you’re seeing and feeling that now?
Abundance Tip #55: Expect it to happen and it will
Get used to hearing yourself declare your intentions to the universe. Just like this…
“The sun is shining. I’m amazing. Everything I deserve is magnetizing it’s way to me. I AM abundance.”
If it’s raining, change the first sentence to:
“It’s raining and it’s beautiful.”
Season everything with truth and emotion. If you believe it, it will show up.
There is also a deliberate element to make your affirmations everyday, or obvious.
If you’ve ever lived out in the country you know that people are often very friendly there. They have more time on their hands. Less crowds and city bustle.
This means they have time to say “Hello” to you. You confidently say “Hello” and they reply the same.
Likewise, when you say “I’m amazing” in a friendly, matter of fact way to the universe, it replies “of course you are”, like it’s the most obvious thing in the world.
Getting your powerful affirmations and self-suggestions to feel this natural can take a little time. But it really shouldn’t take too long.
When you buy some new clothes, they may be very appealing. However, for a short while, they feel like they’re not quite yours.
Same thing with shoes. Same thing with a new social scene.
Same thing, with the ideas and tips I’m sharing with you today. You might need to just put them on, internalize them, then walk around with them for a few days.
Wear them in until they feel totally natural.
Abundance Tip #56: Wake up to your abundance (Call upon a secret ability which you were born with)
This morning I got up to write at 5am. I usually do. It’s a great time to get lots done in a quiet space. It also allows me to meditate and affirm my way into the new day, long before the kids come screaming down the staircase, breaking my peace.
What’s interesting though, is I didn’t need to set my alarm clock. I often forget to do it, but somehow my mind, body and spirit know to awake. I don’t need to look at the clock. I KNOW it’s precisely 5am.
Isn’t it magical and inspiring to know that we have these inbuilt, natural abilities.
Another one is your belief thermostat.
It’s a profound piece of engineering in your mind which tells you what you believe and what you don’t. If you believe you can, you can…as they say.
My tip is to develop and evolve your belief “thermostat”. Find out where it is right now, then gradually move it upwards like an athlete gaining muscle strength.
In other words, say to yourself “I can grow my wealth by $1 next week, easily”.
Is that affirmation believable?
Keep growing the dollar amount, until your belief thermostat kicks in and you feel the belief overriding your doubt.
That’s your current setting. Maybe you believe you can grow your wealth by $10 next week. Maybe you believe that figure could be $10,000.
I don’t know. Your inner thermostat will kick in and let you know. All I ask is that you train it to expand its “belief power” every day.
When your belief muscle starts to grow you’ll feel very excited. This is genuine subconscious growth.
This is abundance actually happening. Just like when you see a tree sapling first appear above the earth.
Abundance Tip #57: Reconnect with something magical from childhood (which you probably went and forgot…until now:)
There’s something amazing I know for a fact to be true. I know it because I’ve tested it thousands of times with clients and students.
And there’s never, ever been an exception.
So I can say this to you with supreme confidence…
There is a special place inside of you which connects you to the majesty and limitless potential of the universe. That place is not like other people’s place. It’s based on your unique source code.
Understand this and acknowledge it. It’s the single most powerful tip I can share with you. It’s the masterpiece of the picture, just like the invisible hinge the sun uses to hold up a rainbow in the sky.
Acknowledging and owning your source code for abundance…your energy DNA is the moment an exciting shift happens for you. It’s when all the love and power in the universe rises up like a tidal wave from the ocean and becomes your partner on this exciting journey.
The connection you then create will deliver you a great prize. Health, happiness, purpose and financial abundance. Above all, true personal freedom. The greatest single wish I have for you and for all of our awesome team.
Thanks for reading…
I have another gift that will help you make a big breakthrough on your personal journey. It’s called the Abundance Index. Since releasing this new technology to the world, I’ve received many hundreds of positive testimonials from people who’ve used it to improve their lives and finally get the law of attraction to deliver amazing results.
You can get complimentary access to The Abundance Index and discover your abundance profile and attraction score plus download the full PDF version of the “57 Law of Attraction Tips” right here http://edlester.com/gift.html
About the author
Ed Lester has been a celebrated writer and trainer in the personal development world for the last couple of decades. He founded a successful hypnotherapy school and a life coaching school in his beloved home country of New Zealand.
He has helped many thousands of people experience more freedom, abundance and happiness in their lives.
He has taught across the world and has successful clients and students in nearly every continent. (Possibly not Antarctica)
Ed is well known and loved for his practical, serious results based approach to manifestation and the laws of abundance. He also created The Abundance Index, a powerful tool for understanding your abundance profile and creating positive changes.
Ed doesn’t believe in ordinary results. As he says:
“For the same amount of effort you’re spending getting your current results you could achieve so much more. Do Law of Attraction the right way and your whole life will change virtually overnight”
If you’ve been struggling to manifest the life you want then help is at hand!
If you’re expecting a child in 2019, there is no doubt you are already excited to meet him! But there’s one more reason to look forward to your baby’s arrival. According to Chinese astrology, 2019 is a good year for a new birth.
Babies born in 2019’s Year of the Pig are “robust, phlegmatic, and intelligent” (we had to look up “phlegmatic,” which means having an “unemotional and calm disposition”). It also says that their moms and dads will have a generally easy time getting them to obey as “the child Pig always listens to his parents because he has a deep love for those who gave birth to him.”
This child will also grow up to be quite likeable, TheChineseZodiac.org notes. “The child born under the Pig Year is lucky, courageous, joyful, undemanding, nice, patient, resilient, a skillful organizer and has the ability to get under everyone’s skin with ease.”
The list of positive traits does not end there. Children born in the Year of the Pig are said to be intellectually gifted, too. “The Pig natives are inclined towards domains that develop their intelligence, they always want to know, to read and they have great chances to become genuine intellectuals when they grow up. They will always aim as high as possible, and most of the time they will succeed in their plans.”
As a parent of a child born in this lunar year, know that he will need to be constantly reassured of your love for him. He is quite naive, and may be too trusting for his own good.
“The child Pig is someone who loves to eat, as his totem animal indicates,” but being full of energy, he may become interested in sports—so you can look forward to enjoying bonding moments with your child sampling your favorite food or engaging in fun, outdoor activities!
The list of Philippine celebrity moms and dads who were born in the Year of the Pig includes John Lloyd Cruz, Kristine Hermosa, Bianca Gonzalez, Precious Lara Quigaman, and Doug Kramer.
Famous celebrities’ kids born in the year of the Pig include Bimby Yap, Kris Aquino and James Yap’s son, and Santino Santiago, son of Claudine Barretto and Raymart Santiago.
Researchers who worked for 13 years in the Human Genome Project indicate that they came across an amazing scientific discovery: They believe that the so-called 97% of non-coding sequences in the human DNA is nothing less than the genetic code of extraterrestrial life forms. Originally referred to as “Junk DNA” its function remained a mystery for researchers. Now researchers believe that our DNA is extraterrestrial in origin.
After extensive analysis with the help of other researchers in diverse fields such as mathematics, chemistry and programming, Maxim A. Makukov of the Fesenkov Astrophysical Institute have ventured out and asked if there is a possibility that, what we call “junk DNA” is actually some sort of extraterrestrial code, created by an “Alien” programmer.
According to researchers from Kazakhstan, “Our hypothesis is that a more advanced extraterrestrial civilization was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth is just one of them.” The researchers indicate that “What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a giant structured code, and a simple or basic code.”
The team of researchers believes for a fact that the first part of our DNA code was not written on Earth and according to them it is verifiable. Secondly and most importantly, genes alone are not enough to explain the evolution/abrupt evolution process and there must be something more in ‘the game’.
According to Makukov “Sooner or later,” “we have to accept the fact that all life on Earth carries the genetic code of our extraterrestrial cousins and that evolution is not what we think it is.”
The implications of these scientific findings reinforce claims by other individuals and observers that claim to have had contact with aliens that look like humans. Human-like aliens could have provided some of the genetic material necessary for human evolution.
Quote from News.Discovery: This interpretation leads them to a farfetched conclusion: that the genetic code, “appears that it was invented outside the solar system already several billions years ago.” This statement endorses the idea of panspermia, the hypothesis that Earth was seeded with interstellar life. It’s certainly a novel and bold approach to galaxy conquest if we imagine this was a deliberate Johnny Appleseed endeavor by super-beings
Researchers in Kazakhstan believe that the human DNA was encoded with an alien signal for an ancient extraterrestrial civilization, and they refer to it as “Biological SETI”. The mathematical code in the human DNA cannot be explained by evolution. Basically, we are living and breathing holders of some sort of alien message that can be used, in a much more efficient way than using Radio-signals, to search for Extraterrestrial life.
Once the code had been set, it would remain unchanged in cosmological time-scales, in fact, researchers believe that our DNA is the most durable “construction” known, and that is why it represents an exceptionally reliable and intelligent storage for an alien signature, according to an article in the journal Icaurs.
Writing in the journal Icarus, they assert: “Once fixed, the code might stay unchanged over cosmological timescales; in fact, it is the most durable construct known. Therefore it represents an exceptionally reliable storage for an intelligent signature. Once the genome is appropriately rewritten the new code with a signature will stay frozen in the cell and its progeny, which might then be delivered through space and time.”
Scientists believe that the human DNA is arranged in such a precise way that it reveals a “set of arithmetic patterns and ideographic symbolic language”. These studies have led scientists to believe that we were literally invented “outside of Earth” several billions of years ago.
These ideas or beliefs are anything but accepted in the scientific community. Yet these studies have proven what some researchers have talked about for decades, that evolution could not have happened on its own, and that there is something extraterrestrial to our entire species. Is our entire history wrong?
One mystery that would remain as THE GREAT QUESTION is, if extraterrestrial beings did, in fact, create the human race and life on planet Earth, then “who” or “what” created these extraterrestrial beings?
A few brief hops in the Martian air two years from now could help open alien worlds to an entirely new kind of exploration.
An autonomous mini-helicopter will fly with NASA’s Mars 2020 rover mission, which is scheduled to launch in July of that year and land on the Red Planet in February 2021.
The bantam chopper is a stripped-down technology demonstration, and it will make a maximum of five short sorties in the Martian atmosphere. Success in this pioneering work would be a big deal, extending the reach of humanity’s robotic explorers, which are currently restricted to the surfaces of alien worlds or the dark realms far above them.
“We envision helicopters opening doors to new types of exploration on Mars,” Håvard Grip, flight-control and aerodynamics lead for the Mars Helicopter, said Wednesday (March 20) during a presentation with NASA’s Future In-Space Operations (FISO) working group.
One day, more-advanced versions could serve as scouts for rovers or explore the Red Planet on their own, added Grip, who’s based at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory and the California Institute of Technology, which are both in Pasadena.
“In the future, we could imagine doing things like [engaging in] regional exploration using multiple helicopters or going to inaccessible areas or biologically sensitive areas using small helicopters,” he said.
The Mars Helicopter weighs 4 lbs. (1.8 kilograms) and has a body about the size of a softball. It carries a range of avionics and communications gear, a small solar panel, rechargeable lithium-ion batteries, “survival heaters” to keep its electronics warm through the frigid Martian night, and a navigation camera.
The helicopter doesn’t have any science instruments, but it is outfitted with a high-resolution color imager.
“That’s, so to speak, the payload,” Grip said. “That’s what we [use to] take pretty pictures and send them back to Earth.”
The helicopter will travel to Mars attached to the belly of the car-size 2020 rover, which will hunt for signs of ancient Red Planet life and collect and store samples to return to Earth in the future, among other tasks.
A month or two after the rover lands on the Red Planet, the chopper will drop down and hit the dirt itself. The little vehicle will then make a series of short flights, each of which will last about 90 seconds and reach a maximum altitude of 16.5 feet (5 meters) or so, Grip said.
These sorties will be made between 330 feet and 3,300 feet (100 to 1,000 m) away from the rover — far enough away to pose no collision danger, but close enough to be in communications range. (The helicopter will talk to its handlers on Earth via the rover.)
Success would be quite an achievement, considering that the Martian atmosphere is just 1 percent as dense as that of Earth at sea level. Cruising just above the Martian surface is equivalent to flying at an altitude of 100,000 feet (30,000 m) here on Earth, more than twice as high as any helicopter has ever gotten. (The handicap imposed by the thin air is only partially offset by the Red Planet’s lower gravity, which is 38 percent that of Earth, Grip said.)
To generate enough lift, the Mars Helicopter sports two stiff rotors that measure 3.9 feet (1.2 m) long — pretty much as big as the team could make them, Grip said. And the rotors will spin at 2,400 revolutions per minute, about 10 times faster than the blades of a chopper on Earth, mission team members have said.
The team has put this design through its paces many times in Mars-like conditions here on Earth, Grip said. Indeed, the little craft is pretty much ready to go.
“The flight model is built and more or less tested,” Grip said.
The ultimate test, of course, will come on Mars.
“The Mars Helicopter’s initial flight will represent that planet’s version of the Wright brothers’ achievement at Kitty Hawk and the opening of a new era,” Susan Gorton, manager of NASA’s Revolutionary Vertical Lift Technology project, which has been working with the Mars Helicopter team, said in a statement last week.
“For those of us whose research revolves around all things related to flight, that would be a remarkable, historic moment,” Gorton added.
Such historic moments may not be limited to Mars’ skies. NASA is considering launching a quadcopter lander to Titan, Saturn’s huge, haze-enshrouded moon. This mission, called Dragonfly, would fly from spot to spot on Titan, investigating the complex chemistry occurring on the potentially life-supporting moon.
Dragonfly is one of two finalists for a mid-2020s launch slot under NASA’s New Frontiers program of medium-cost missions. The other contender is a comet sample-return mission called CAESAR. NASA is expected to announce its selection later this year.
The Mars Helicopter and Dragonfly teams have not collaborated to date, Grip said.
Mike Wall’s book about the search for alien life, “Out There” (Grand Central Publishing, 2018; illustrated byKarl Tate), is out now. Follow him on Twitter @michaeldwall. Follow us on Twitter@Spacedotcom orFacebook.
In brief, researchers explained that “…other intelligent, technology producing species is very likely to have evolved before us.” Scientists suggest that even one chance in a trillion indicates that our civilization on Earth has happened around 10 billion other times over cosmic history.
The million dollar question when it comes to aliens is of course: Is there life other than ours existing in the vast universe? This question leads to numerous other sub-questions like, if there is life elsewhere, how long have these alien civilizations existed, and can they communicate with us?
For Centuries, people have wondered and imagined whether or not there is life beyond planet Earth.
Giordano Bruno an Italian Dominican friar, philosopher, mathematician, poet, and cosmological theorist proposed that the stars were just distant suns surrounded by their own exoplanets and raised the possibility that these planets could even foster life of their own. Furthermore, he also insisted that the universe is in fact infinite and could have no celestial body at its “center”.
In 1593, Bruno was tried for heresy by the Roman Inquisition on charges including denial of several core Catholic doctrines, including eternal damnation, the Trinity, the divinity of Christ, the virginity of Mary, and transubstantiation.
Bruno’s pantheism was also a matter of grave concern.
The Inquisition found him guilty, and he was burned at the stake in Rome’s Campo de’ Fiori in 1600.
The Drake equation, proposed by astronomer Frank Drake in 1961 tackles the most important questions regarding alien life and addresses the outlines and variables that are needed for a technologically superior civilization out there to communicate up with us. We’d all probably agree that crop circles aren’t the best option, right?
A study, published in the journal Astrobiology indicates that with the sheer number of alien planets that have been discovered in recent years, it’s time to look at things from a different perspective, simplifying the equation proposed by Drake.
The study has shown that alien civilizations were vast although likely extinct, but which could hold clues as to how humans could extend our civilization.
Researcher and University of Rochester professor Adam Frank said that while we already have for a long time estimated how many stars exist, what is uncertain is how many of those had planets potentially harboring life.
Likelihood of ADVANCED ALIEN life arising on a planet
Interestingly, Adam Frank and his co-author Woodruff Sullivan of the University of Washington imagined space where mankind on Earth is the only surviving civilization out there. They applied this to the number of stars, they obtained a probability of one in 10 billion trillions, or just one in 60 billion if in the Milky Way alone.
“Other intelligent, technology producing species is very likely to have evolved before us,” researchers explained, suggesting that even one chance in a trillion indicates that our civilization on Earth has happened around 10 billion other times over cosmic history.
This means that unless a civilization lasts longer than Earth’s –approximate 10,000-year-old civ— over the 13-billion-year existence of the universe, others have likely become extinct.
“Don’t wait until you reach your goal to be proud of yourself. Be proud of every step you take.” ~Karen Salmansohn
One of the greatest ironies of being human is that we’re often hardest on ourselves right when we should be most proud.
Let’s say you finally find the courage to start a dream project you’ve fantasized about for as long as you can remember. You push through years of built-up fears, overcome massive internal resistance, and take the leap despite feeling like you’re jumping through a ring of fire, above a pit filled with burning acid.
It’s one of the most terrifying things you’ve ever done. It dredges up all your deepest insecurities, triggers feelings you’d rather stuff down and ignore, and brings you face to face with the most fragile, vulnerable parts of yourself.
The fact that you’re even willing to take this risk is huge. Monumental, really. Just getting on this long, winding path is an accomplishment worth acknowledging and celebrating. Most people avoid it. They do what they’ve always done and remain stuck in discontent, wishing they could know a life less limited.
But you? You’re trying. You’re taking a chance at being who you could be, knowing full well there are no guarantees. You’re a f*cking rockstar. A total badass for giving this a go. But you likely don’t see it that way.
You likely think you’re not doing enough, or doing it fast enough, or doing it well enough for it to count. You might get down on yourself for not learning more quickly, or having a perfectly honed vision and plan from the start.
Instead of giving yourself credit for every inch you move forward, you might beat yourself up for not leaping a mile.
Or maybe you’re not pursuing a dream for the future. Maybe you’re facing a pain from the past.
Let’s say you’re finally leaning into your anxiety or depression instead of numbing your feelings with booze, food, or any other distraction. Perhaps you’re in therapy, even, trying to get to the root of your complex feelings and heal wounds that have festered, untended, for years.
It’s intense, draining work that few can understand because there’s no visible representation of just how deep your pain goes. No way to fully explain how tough it is to face it. No way to show how hard you’re trying, every day, to fight a darkness that seems determined to consume you. So on top of being emotionally exhausted, you quite frequently feel alone.
Just acknowledging the pain beneath the mental and emotional symptoms is an act of immense bravery. And allowing yourself to face it, however and whenever you can—well let’s just say they should give out medals for this kind of thing. You’re a f*cking hero. A total badass for doing the work to save yourself. But you probably don’t see it that way.
You might think you aren’t making progress fast enough. Or you’re weak for having these struggles to begin with. Or you suck at life because sometimes you fall back into old patterns, even though on many other occasions, you don’t.
Instead of giving yourself credit for every small win, you might beat yourself up for being a failure. As if nothing you do is good enough, and you’ll never be good enough, because you’re not perfect right now.
Because if it’s not all happening right now—the healing, the growth, the progress—it’s easy to fear it never will. And it will be all your fault.
If it seems like I’m speaking from personal experience, that’s because I am.
I followed a decade of depression and bulimia with years of self-flagellation for not healing overnight and magically morphing into someone less fragile.
I responded to childhood trauma by abusing myself for acting insecure and emotionally unstable, even when I was actively trying to learn better ways to live and cope.
And I crucified myself for every cigarette and shot when I was trying to quit smoking and binge drinking, even though I quite frequently went long stretches of time without doing anything self-destructive.
Through all this internal whip cracking, I consistently reinforced to myself that I was weak for not changing overnight when really I should have acknowledged I was strong for making any progress at all.
It was like I was watching myself treading water, with broken limbs, while screaming at myself to hurry up and get stronger instead of throwing myself the rope of my own self-encouragement.
In retrospect, this makes sense. This is how most of us learn growing up—not through validation but punishment. We far more often hear about what we’re doing wrong than what we’re doing right. So instead of supporting ourselves through our deepest struggles, we berate ourselves for even having them.
Though I’ve made tremendous progress with this over the years, and I’m no longer in crisis, I still find myself expecting instant perfection at times.
I’m currently pushing myself far beyond the edge of my comfort zone—so far I can’t even see it from where I’m precariously floating.
I’m writing more here on the site after years of working through an identity crisis I’ve never publicly discussed.
I’m trying to get funding for a feature film I wrote, with themes that are deeply personal to me, knowing the “low budget” is still no easy amount to raise, and I might fail spectacularly.
I’m working on multiple new projects with third party companies—something I’ve avoided in the past because I’m a control freak who doesn’t easily trust others to take the reins.
And I’m doing it all while pregnant—six and a half months to be exact—at almost forty years old. So on top of all the usual fears that accompany big risks and changes, I’m juggling your garden-variety new parent concerns, with a few geriatric-pregnancy-related worries for good measure. (Yes, geriatric. My uterus could be a grandmother!)
I’m pushing myself into a new league, far outside my little work-from-home introvert bubble, while frequently feeling both physically and emotionally exhausted. I’m finally giving myself the leeway to evolve after years of saying I wanted to grow but refusing to let go of my comfort to enable it. And really, I should be proud.
Every time I take a meeting when I’d rather do only what I can accomplish myself, every time I send an email for a new opportunity when it would be easier to passively wait for whatever comes to me, every time I push myself to be the brave, fulfilled person I want to be for both me and my son, I should throw myself an internal parade. A festival complete with a float in my own image and endless flutes of the best champagne. (I know, I’m pregnant, but it’s internal, remember? Keep the bubbly flowing!)
But do I do this? To be fair, yes. Sometimes I do. And I’m proud of myself for that. I’ve come a long way from the self-abusive girl who only knew to motivate with intimidation and fear.
But other times I can be pretty hard on myself. It’s like I have this vision of how this all should work, and when, and I blame myself if I can’t meet my rigid expectations on my ideal timeline.
I don’t always step back and see the big picture: That there are many external factors I can’t control, and I need to be adaptable to deal with them. That it’s hard to learn new things, and no amount of willpower or dedication can make the process instant. That some things simply take time, and this isn’t a reflection of my worth or my effort.
I get impatient. I get frustrated. I get anxious and resistant.
And really it all comes down to attachment. I resist this slow, uncertain process, and bully myself into making things happen more quickly, because I want these things so bad I can taste them, and I fear they may never happen at all.
I want the freedom these new opportunities could provide. I want the creative fulfillment of bringing my vision to life. I want the things I tell myself I should have made happen years ago, and I want them now so I can focus on the joy of attainment instead of beating myself up for having “wasted time.”
But none of this internal drama is useful or productive, and it certainly does nothing for my motivation or focus. It’s nearly impossible to create from your heart when it’s totally eclipsed by anxiety and fear.
The only way to do anything effectively is to accept where you are, let go of the outcome, and throw yourself into the process.
So going forward, when my mind tries to bully me into doing more than I reasonably can or shame me for my pace or my progress, I’m going to remind myself I’m doing better than I think. We all are. And we all deserve more credit than we likely give ourselves.
We all deserve credit for facing our demons, chasing our dreams, and showing up every day when it would be easier to hide.
We all deserve acknowledgment for every tiny step forward, no matter how slow or timid, because creating change is hard.
We all deserve recognition for the many internal hurdles we overcome, even though they’re not visibly apparent to anyone else, because often they’re harder to tackle than even the most challenging external obstacles.
And we all deserve the peace of knowing that who we are right now is enough. Even if we have room to grow, even if there are things we’d like to achieve, we are good enough just as we are. And it’s okay to be right where we are.
It’s okay to be messy, inconsistent, and not always at our best. It’s okay to feel insecure, unsure, lost, confused, and scared. It’s okay to make massive advances on some days and just get by on others.
Would it be nice if we could instantly transport ourselves to the idealized future we see in our heads? Sure. But that’s not really what it means to “live our best life”—despite what our YOLO-promoting culture would have us believe.
Living our best is embracing what is, while working to create what can be. It’s doing the best we can with what’s in front of us, and accepting that nothing else is guaranteed. Because this is the only moment we know for sure we have.
I don’t know about you, but I don’t want to get to the end of my life and realize I missed most of it because I always felt it needed to be more—and that I needed to be more—to fully appreciate and enjoy what I had while I had it.
So today, I’ve decided to be proud. Of my strength, my efforts, my progress, and the fact that I keep going. Whether I’m wounded, weary, or worried, I keep getting back up. I keep moving forward. I keep evolving. I am doing the best I can. So are you. And that’s something worth celebrating.
Lori Deschene is the founder of Tiny Buddha. She’s also the author of Tiny Buddha’s Gratitude Journal and other books and co-founder of Recreate Your Life Story, an online course that helps you let go of the past and live a life you love. An avid film lover, she recently finished writing her first feature screenplay and is in pre-production now.
See a typo, an inaccuracy, or something offensive? Please contact us so we can fix it!
Around the year 1565, two men on opposite sides of northern Italy wrote down their thoughts about the moral lessons in the tarocchi deck. In the 1980s, both essays were discovered by playing card researcher Franco Pratesi, and were recently published in Italian and English as Con gli occhi et con l’intelletto: Explaining the Tarot in Sixteenth Century Italy. Generous footnotes and introductory material by Ross Sinclair Caldwell, Thierry Depaulis and Marco Ponzi put the essays in their historical context. This extremely important book shows us how a typical, well-educated Christian of the time would have seen the cards, without the distractions of occultism and Egyptomania that came a few centuries later.
Let’s look at each essay separately.
Francesco Piscina wrote Discorso in his early twenties while a law student in Piedmont. The material was presented as a public recitation then published by a local press. Only two copies exist, in a library in Piedmont and in a private collection. Piscina tells us his ideas came to him suddenly while watching a lady play the game of tarot — much like De Gebelin two hundred years later saying he was suddenly struck with the idea that the tarot trumps are Egyptian hieroglyphics while watching ladies play the game in a Parisian drawing room.
Piscina wanted to discover the moral lessons conveyed by the inventor of the game of tarocchi. To know this, the proper order of the cards is paramount, because the story in the trump sequence depends on knowing which cards are trumped by other cards. Piscina uses the trump order that was common in Lombardy and Piedmont and evolved into the Tarot de Marseille, with several exceptions that show the deck was still in flux in the sixteenth century.
While discussing the World card, he mentions the symbols of the four Evangelists in the corners as proof that the trumps are teaching us to be good, conventional Catholics. But we don’t know of any World cards from that time that contained the four Evangelists. They don’t appear until the Tarot de Marseille pattern emerged one hundred years later. Did he know of a TdM-like deck that’s lost to us? He discusses the Bagatto is an innkeeper, not a juggler or craftsman. I wonder if this is an old, possibly local, tradition that’s lost to us but emerged into the light of day with the soprafino Bagatto raising his wine glass. (Or is he just a cobbler who drinks on the job?)
Piscina admits the essay was written on a whim, and it reads as if he were speaking off the cuff, giving us a range of interpretations along with his own. This is a bonanza for historians, as we can get a sense of how the cards were interpreted by others, rather than being stuck with just one person’s idiosyncratic ideas.
Piscina devotes only two long paragraphs to the suit cards. He divides the suits into two categories, a common practice that survives in our red and black suits. He interprets the suits as two types of war and two advantages of peace.
At the end of his essay he does some wordplay on Taroccho, showing us the word means a fool or an idiot. It makes sense that the game may have been named after the most powerful and active card in the game.
The second essay is called the Anonymous Discorso. Presumably, it was never published, but five handwritten manuscripts are distributed among various libraries. From textual analysis, it seems the author was from central Italy and he used the Ferrarese card order, with a few variations.
The author’s aim was to fill a gap in the literature of moral interpretation of games by giving cards their due. Nearly half the essay is devoted to the suit cards, where the anonymous author follows a long tradition of finding moral allegories in the four suits.
He starts by telling us that games were originally idle pleasures, but they evolved into vices that fuel our greed when we play for material gain. The designer of the game wanted to teach us that all is vanity; that worldly possessions and pleasures evaporate, and we would be better off contemplating God.
The four suits depict lust for money, glory and gluttonous pleasures, with greed for riches underlying it all. He divides the trump suit into two sections with the Devil as the pivot. Trumps below the Devil show the usual human situation, inflamed with passions and heading for hell. Cards higher than the Devil show us the way out of entanglement in worldly vanity by contemplating God and rising to heaven.
These two essays are unfiltered voices from tarot’s distant past. They bring to light what certain thoughtful people of the sixteenth century read into the cards. We owe a huge debt of gratitude to Franco Pratesi for discovering these rare manuscripts, and to Ross Sinclair Caldwell, Thierry Depaulis and Marco Ponzi for their dedication to tarot history, making it possible for all of us to read these essays.
I strongly recommend reading the review of an earlier edition of this book by the late Michael J. Hurst. He puts these essays in their context of the long history of finding allegory in the four playing card suits, as well as in dice, chess and other games. He also provides a translation of the first discourse we know of, from 1377, on the moral meaning of playing cards.
According to a declassified CIA report, a troop of Russian soldiers—who managed to shoot down a UFO—were turned into STONE by surviving aliens. The declassified report is available at the official website of the CIA.
Yup, and it’s not an excerpt from an upcoming James Cameron science fiction movie. Although James might consider it.
According to a set of documents provided by the CIA, Russian soldiers gunned down an Unidentified Flying Object. After the craft crash landed, its occupants—of otherworldly origin—confronted the military resulting in human soldiers turning into stone.
The newspaper report composed from a 250-page KGB dossier on the alleged UFO attack includes images and witness testimonies, according to the Daily Express.
The UFO is said to have appeared during military unit training in Siberia. The Alien craft was shot down using a surface-to-air missile.
The declassified report states how: “Five short humanoids with large heads and large black eyes got out.”
2 soldiers are believed to have survived the attack.
As weird as it sounds, the report states how after the UFO was shot down, five ‘otherworldly beings’ emerged from the crashed UFO. The beings merged in what was described as a massive ball of light which eventually exploded, turning 23 Russian soldiers into stone.
The declassified document states:
“The KGB report goes on to say that the remains of the ‘petrified soldiers’ were transferred to a secret research institution near Moscow.”
“Specialists assume that a source of energy still unknown to Earthlings instantly changed the structure of the soldiers living organisms, having transformed it into a substance whose molecular structure was no different to limestone.”
At the end of the report, a CIA agent wrote: “If the KGB file corresponds to reality, this is an extremely menacing case.”
“The aliens possess such weapons and technology that go beyond all our assumptions.”
And while there are certainly many red flags surrounding the report, one of the biggest mysteries is why the CIA held a translation of the Ukrainian newspaper report on file.
It seems that the document—although available on the CIA website—first appeared in declassified KGB files.
I’m continuing with the subject of love, desire and attachment started in this article.
Our attachment can be very strong. We’re in love with the idea of love in this society. It sometimes seems as if our whole society is focused on finding the right person — we need someone to complete us. We can’t be happy on our ownsome. “I need someone to give me that security, to hold my hand in the movies. That person is waiting. I know there’s happiness waiting somewhere for me. The credits will roll for me.” (Don’t you find it interesting how the credits roll just at that point when people have finally landed in each other’s arms – they have to be quick about it, too, before the story proceeds any further.)
As time goes on in our search for the ideal partner, we are often willing to settle for less. This is because when we are young, half an hour in front of the mirror can make us look like a million dollars, but as we get older we need that half an hour just to make ourselves look vaguely presentable. In an article about baby boomers not too long ago, the implication was that we are not allowed to get old or stop searching for the ideal partner. No, we are simply “seasoned”, like a well cooked leg of lamb or a rusty frying pan. Apparently there are umpteen books explaining how you can attract someone even into your sixties, seventies, eighties… It isn’t all on the outside, but it does help if you take care of your appearance and, if you can afford the nips and tucks, go ahead! It doesn’t ever stop! You’re not even allowed to relax when you’re seventy, much less when you’re under forty. According to this article, you’re not encouraged to recall that you’ve already had a partner (or five) and don’t want to go through all of that again.
What might Buddha say about this? Not that people should never partner up, or should be scared away from love. Perhaps that seeking happiness so desperately from outside in any form is a fool’s game as it is incapable of giving us real or lasting happiness. Especially if the other person is as neurotic as we are! How are they going to give us security when they can’t even find it themselves?
Falling in love (again)
So let’s look at the kind of thing that happens when we fall in love. If our attachment comes on strong, it is like falling in a ditch — completely out of our control.
Let’s say we’re hanging out with good friends. We’re having a whale of a time, joking, affectionate, enjoying a great night out, until suddenly a really attractive person (to our eyes) walks into the restaurant. Suddenly our happiness is over there. We’re feeling a bit bereft. We’re fast forgetting about our friends because now it’s, “I’ve got to meet that person!” Then they walk out the door, taking our happiness with them!
The scheming begins. How to get their number, set up a date, have their kids. There seem to be three stages to this kind of desire—scheming, indulging, and recovery. Scheming – they are going to complete me, this is it! Maybe we’re lucky enough and we do get their phone number, their email. We wait by the phone – are people still waiting by the phone now? Well, in the old days, before we were plugged 24/7 into the cloud, it went something like this: “I’ll just go buy some groceries, I’ll be away for an hour or so, then by the time I’ve got home they are bound to have called.” But no messages. No emails either. Nowadays, maybe no texts, or FB messages. This is painful. We get a call from our best friend, “No, I can’t talk just now, I can’t tie up the line”, then another from our mom, and we try not to sound too disappointed, “Yes, I know you gave birth to me but ….” Any addiction we had to email and Facebook is now really overpowering, but at the same time none of our messages is of the slightest interest.
Then maybe the right caller ID or a relevant email does show up, and, ecstatically relieved, we do manage to hook up. We take a thousand photos of our happiness on our Smart phone, from every angle. Everything about them is delicious and special – their perfume, their eating habits, the way they drive… They can do no wrong. The fact that others don’t get it, or even see faults in our angel, is just a sad indictment on their lack of discrimination.
This phase of romantic indulgence goes on, they tell us from studies, for about six months.
Then at some point we say to this person, “Honey, I really love you and want you to be happy.” And they reply, “I’m really glad to hear you say that because I’ve been taking ballroom dancing classes and I’ve fallen for Giovanna, she’s Italian.” Suddenly everything goes pear-shaped. That wasn’t what we meant. We say, “But I didn’t want you to be happy if you’re not giving me happiness!”
Now all the objects of happiness are causes of suffering. The same perfume is now unbearable, the same car is a horrible reminder. All the things that seemed causes of our happiness are now causes of our pain. Maybe we take all their stuff and throw it out of the window. “Take all of your stuff and get out!” We think it’s all their fault, but really the scales have fallen from our eyes and we are realizing that they weren’t the source of our happiness to begin with.
With attachment, we are set up from the get go for disillusionment when that person inevitably cannot deliver the happiness we sought in them, when they cannot live up to our hype. We need time to recover because thwarted attachment is very, very painful. It can make people feel down for months. It can drive people to kill themselves. And it is very dangerous because when we’re in the indulging phase it can look so good that we forget its outcome and fall for it time and time again.
As mentioned, attachment is called “sticky desire” If you have hairy arms, you can try this experiment, if not you’ll just have to imagine it. Plaster a sticky band aid onto your arm, leave it for a bit, and then tear it off. How does that feel? At some point also we are separated one way or another from our object of attachment, and it hurts. Tears. We often want to lash out.
“If we are skillful, friends can be like treasure chests, from whom we can gain the precious wealth of love, compassion, patience, and so forth. For our friends to function in this way, however, our love for them must be free from attachment. If our love for our friends is mixed with strong attachment, it will be conditional on their behaving in ways that please us, and as soon as they do something we disapprove of, our fondness for them may turn to anger.”
Honey on a razor’s edge
Buddha used an exquisite analogy for attachment: it is like licking honey from a razor’s edge. If we want just the honey, we need to get rid of the attachment. But we don’t need to get rid of the intimacy or closeness. We can have that closeness without attachment. There is nothing wrong with wanting to be close to others but there’s everything wrong with trying to be close to others through attachment. In fact, strong attachment actually makes us hungrier, we can never get enough.
It is only with love that the gap between people is bridged. In attachment, it’s all about a dualistic “me and you”; we’re not actually in union. Because the object of attachment is necessarily “out there”, and we are “in here”, we can never get close to it any more than a donkey can catch up to the carrot on the stick. True intimacy, true “us”, comes from love – affectionate, cherishing, and wishing love.
Your turn: what do you think about Buddha’s analysis of love and attachment from your own experience?
Like this? Please share it:
Based on 37 years’ experience, I write about applying meditation and modern Buddhism to our everyday lives, and vice versa. I try to make it accessible to everyone who wants more inner peace and profound tools to help our world, not just Buddhists. Do make comments any time and I’ll write you back! View all posts by Luna Kadampa
Feng Shui is an ancient artform that allows us to replicate nature’s balance in our homes through the design and lifestyle choices we make every day, opening our space and our lives to an abundance of prosperity and peace. A Feng Shui bedroom should be able to develop and maintain good energy that helps you recharge and get the rest you need throughout the day, and deflect negative energy from getting into your private sanctuary.
Here are a few easy-to-follow tips on what you should and shouldn’t do when it comes to Feng Shui in your bedroom:
Get a Feng Shui-friendly Bed
When finding a bed that fits Feng Shui specifications, all you need to find is one with a solid headboard, a comfortable mattress with ample support, and a sturdy frame with enough elevation from the floor. It is highly recommended that the space under the bed is kept free to allow the good energy to flow. However, as space is a continuing issue with most residences, if you must utilize the space under your bed for storage, make sure that each compartment is organized. This way, your space is clutter-free inside and out.
Bed Placement
It’s best to place your bed as far away from the door as possible, while still keeping it at your vantage point. Directly aligning your bed with any doorway in your room, called the “coffin position”, lets the good energy flow out of the room too quickly, and is not good for Feng Shui. Also, make sure no sharp angles point at you while you sleep, whether it be from a sharp-ended side table or a chandelier hanging right above you, as sharp objects give off attacking energy or Sha Chi which disrupts your peace and can hinder you from sleeping well.
Placing your bed behind a strong supporting wall also protects your bed from negative energy and gives it more power to hold good energy. It gives you a strong sense of support, allowing you to let go and relax easier.
Two of Each
Having grounding and balanced energy coming form both sides of the bed is important for optimal Feng Shui. Get pairs of nightstands, the same table lamps, throw pillows, ottomans, you name it. From a Feng Shui perspective, pairs of items in the bedroom symbolize balance and equality, and promote warm, loving, and harmonious energy—yes, even if there’s only one person in the bedroom!
Don’t Place a Mirror Inside the Bedroom
Reflective surfaces in your bed room are thought to disturb your sleep, as they are considered to be activation cures. Activation cures promote Yang energy, the opposite of Yin energy that you would want to foster in the bedroom as it helps you achieve restfulness. Mirrors also tend to reflect energy all over the room, which you wouldn’t want to happen while you’re trying to get some good shut-eye. If you must have a mirror in your bedroom, make sure to cover it with a cloth when not in use, and definitely don’t position it in front of the bed.
Built for Rest
Yes, adults, put the phone down and get the meaningful rest you deserve. We’re all guilty of being tempted to get some extra work done at home while what we should really be doing is getting rest for the next day ahead. Ideally, televisions, work stations, and other gadgets should be kept out of the bedroom as they create an unhealthy magnetic field that keeps us from getting the rest we need.
It is also said that televisions in front of the bed could invite a third party into a marriage, so better be safe and keep it out of your bedroom completely. Do the right thing and put the gadgets away for awhile and spend quality time with your loved ones, even yourself. Live a little, relax.
Don’t Place Any Water Features Inside the Bedroom
For some, an aquarium in the bedroom may provide a source for relaxation. In the context of Feng Shui, however, having water features in this private space could potentially invite bad luck in relationship and finances. Fountains, vases with water inside, or even photos and paintings of oceans and rivers on the wall represent the element of water, which is used to kill fire. As the bedroom is associated with passion, having water inside the bedroom may bring about diminished warmth.
Breath, life and energy are intrinsically connected and yogis have a single word for all three of them – prana. Pranayama, where Breath is controlled, increases vitality and mental focus, and expands consciousness.
Breath acts as a bridge to our nervous system and by exploring pranayama practices we can observe how deeply it is connected to the mind. Just as our breathing alters depending on our mood, our psychological state can be altered by changes in our breath. Conscious breathing brings oxygen and energy to the cells and enhances all cellular processes. It’s a fantastic source of energy. It’s simple: when we breathe better we feel better. – Yoga Lily, Hatha Yoga classes in Milton Keynes
Alternate Nostril Breathing
Nadi Suddhi Pranayama – this pranayama practice purifies the energy channels (nadis) and balances the flow of energy between the left and right sides of the body. It is especially beneficial when you need to re-centre yourself and is useful in leading you into meditation.
1. Sit in a position that gives you a straight back and is easy for you to maintain. Allow the back of the left hand to rest on top of the left knee, with the arm extended. Touch the left thumb to index finger in Chin Mudra.
2. Bend the right arm and, keeping the elbow at chest height, bring the tip of the right thumb to rest on the bridge of the nose, just above the right nostril.
3. Have the tip of the right ring finger just away from the left nostril. The little finger lies along the ring finger. Index and middle fingers are folded down to touch your palm. This is called Nose Mudra.
Nose Mudra finger positioning
4. Follow these steps from 1 to 3 in a cycle (one round):
To start, press the right nostril lightly shut with the thumb and inhale through the left nostril.
At the end of the inhalation close the left nostril with the ring finger and release the thumb. Exhale and inhale through the right nostril.
At the end of the inhalation close the right nostril and release the left nostril. Exhale through the left nostril.
5.Continue for 7 to 12 rounds. If you like, use the thumb of your left hand to count the rounds against each segment of the fingers of the left hand. Bring the tip of the thumb to the tip of the index finger, then work down to the base of the finger. Moving up the middle finger and so on, until the 12th round takes you to the tip of the little finger.
6. As you become accustomed to this practice, you may like to do two more cycles of 12 rounds, resting the hand down and breathing naturally in between each cycle.
7. Once this technique is comfortable, gradually lengthen the breath. Silently counting the lengths of the inhalation and exhalation, making them even in length. Once even, increase the count by one beat and continue for a few rounds. If you still feel relaxed, increase it by another beat. As long as your breath remains smooth and even, add one more beat. If you notice any change or disturbance in the breathing, return to a lower count.
Once this technique is comfortable, gradually lengthen the breath
8. During the practice, don’t allow the elbow to drag upper body forward or take the head off centre. Have eyes closed, so it is easy to focus on the breath. When you have finished the practice, return the right hand to the right knee. Stay with your eyes closed with your normal, natural breathing for as long as you like, enjoying the sensation of inner spaciousness and 70 this practice can give you.
This practice involves deep investigation into the causes of anxious feelings. Through this practice, you can discover the story lines that tend to trigger and drive your emotions. Although it may sometimes feel as though your anxiety comes out of nowhere, it usually has a source—typically some combination of conditioning, self-stories, memories, thoughts, and buried emotions.
That said, when you practice this meditation, don’t try to force yourself to find the source or meaning of your anxiety. The crucial aspect of this meditation is forwarding your journey of discovery into yourself. Whatever you may find inside, simply acknowledging it will help you live with more ease. Then, rather than putting so much energy into fighting your anxiety, you can begin to change your relationship to it.
Because this practice involves intentionally exploring the experience of anxiety, it can be challenging. Before you do this practice, please take a little time to consider whether you’re feeling up to it, listening to your inner voice to determine whether it feels right for you at this time. Consider doing your first practice when you feel safe and curious and have the energy and time to explore your anxiety more deeply. If now is not the time, be sure to return to this practice later, when you feel willing to take it on.
Consider doing your first practice when you feel safe and curious and have the energy and time to explore your anxiety more deeply.
To allow you to fully experience this meditation, we recommend that you listen to the audio version. However, you can also simply read the text below. If you choose to do so, read through the entire script first to familiarize yourself with the practice, then do the practice, referring back to the text as needed and pausing briefly after each paragraph. Take about twenty minutes for the practice. You can do this practice in a seated position, standing, or even lying down. Choose a position in which you can be comfortable and alert.
A Meditation on Anxious Emotions
A Meditation on Anxious Emotions
The practice is simply to acknowledge whatever is in your direct experience and let it be. Whatever comes up in the practice is the practice.
Now gently shift your attention to the breath, becoming mindful of breathing in and out. Bring awareness to wherever you feel the breath most prominently and distinctly, perhaps at your nose, in your chest, or in your belly, or perhaps somewhere else. There’s no other place you need to go… nothing else you need to do…just being mindful of your breath flowing in and out. If your mind wanders away from the breath, just acknowledge wherever it went, then return to being mindful of breathing in and out.
Now reflect on a specific experience of anxiety, perhaps something recent so you can remember it more clearly. It doesn’t have to be an extreme experience of anxiety, perhaps something that you’d rate at 5 or 6 on a scale of 1 to 10. Recall the experience in detail, as vividly as you can, invoking some of that anxiety now, in the present moment
As you imagine the experience and sense into it, be mindful of how the anxiety feels in your body and stay present with the sensations. Your only job right now is to feel and acknowledge whatever physical sensations you’re experiencing in your body and let them be. There’s no need to change them. Let the sensations run their course, just like a ripple on a lake is gradually assimilated into the entirety of the body of water.
Now feel into any emotions that emerge…anxiety, fear, sadness, anger, confusion…whatever you may feel. As with physical sensations, just acknowledge how these emotions feel and let them be. There’s no need to analyze them or figure them out
If strong emotions don’t arise, this doesn’t mean you aren’t doing this meditation correctly. The practice is simply to acknowledge whatever is in your direct experience and let it be. Whatever comes up in the practice is the practice.
Bringing awareness to your anxiety may sometimes amplify your anxious feelings. This is normal, and the intensity will subside as you open to and acknowledge what you’re experiencing and give it space to simply be.
Continue feeling into the anxiety, just allowing any feelings in the body and mind and letting them be, cultivating balance and the fortitude to be with things as they are. The very fact that you’re acknowledging anxiety rather than turning away from it is healing.
As you continue to acknowledge your physical sensations and emotions, they may begin to reveal a host of memories, thoughts, feelings, and physical experiences that may have created limiting definitions of who you think you are. You may begin to see more clearly into how these old patterns of conditioning have driven your anxiety. This understanding can set you free—freer than you ever felt possible.
Now gradually transition back to the breath, breathing mindfully in and out… Next, slowly shift your awareness from your breath to sensing into your heart. Take some time to open into your heart with self-compassion, acknowledging your courage in engaging with your anxiety. In this way, your anxiety can become your teacher, helping you open your heart to greater wisdom, compassion, and ease within your being.
As you’re ready to end this meditation, congratulate yourself for taking this time to meditate and heal yourself. Then gradually open your eyes and return to being present in the environment around you. May we all find the gateways into our hearts and be free.
Mindful Journaling
Right after your first practice of this meditation, take a few moments to write about your experience. How did it go for you? How did you work with what came up within your body, thoughts, and emotions? And how are you feeling right now?
By exerting more conscious control over our behaviors and attitudes, we learn to work with our intention, wise effort, and capacity to be kind to ourselves.
Welcome, cosmic warriors. I’m astrologer Aliza Kelly Faragher, and this is Allure Astrology, a column dedicated to all things magick. Count it up, cosmic warrior. Today, we’re exploring the basics of numerology.
Have you ever found yourself gazing at the clock at exactly 11:11? Wondering why you so frequently meet people born on the same day of the month? Or why your lucky number turns up in the most unexpected places? The answers you seek, cosmic warrior, are embedded within the the esoteric powers of digits. Numerology is the mystical study of — you guessed it — numbers.
Just as astrology the planets and zodiac signs are connected to specific attributes within astrology, according to the teachings of numerology, certain numbers are associated with specific traits or themes. These numbers are used to offer insight on personality, future events, and even life’s greater purpose.
I chatted with Ophi Edut of the AstroTwins about the relationship between astrology and numerology. “Numerology is an awesome companion to astrology. It helps clarify the sign by providing additional nuance,” Ophi explains, adding that numerology enhances your understanding of self by revealing not just how you express yourself, but where you output your inherent energy. “Numerology reveals the age of your soul. If you’re a Leo sun with an 8 Life Path, you know that the Leo nature is being filtered more internally than externally.”
Numerology is also a great tool for making sense of recurring digits. “With numerology, you can use specific pieces of information, such as a home address, to derive details,” Ophi says. “You really start to see patterns everywhere.”
Numerical repetition and synchronicity have been observed for thousands of years. Chaldean numerology is based on ancient Babylonian practices, and Kabbalistic studies of Jewish mysticism explore recurring digits within the Old Testament. In fact, many occultists believe that the appearance of 11:11 is connected to the tetragrammaton — the unpronounceable four-letter name for the God of Israel.
Numerology is an awesome companion to astrology — it helps clarify the sign by providing additional nuance.
The numerology most frequently practiced today is based on the teachings of the ancient Greek philosopher, Pythagoras. Pythagoras was a brilliant mathematician, but he wasn’t just interested in quantitative solutions. He believed that the physical world was comprised of the energetic vibrations of numbers, and developed a system that corresponded letters with integers. His practice was a study of numerical interconnectivity.
But you don’t need to be a math person to explore the magick of numerology. All it takes to start uncovering the mystical properties of numbers is a pen, paper, and some simple arithmetic (or the nearest calculator).
How to Calculate Your Life Path Number
The easiest way to start working with numerology is by analyzing your unique date of birth. Numerology is all about getting to the root number. To do this, you simply reduce digits until you reach a single-digit number, excluding 11 and 22, which are considered Master Numbers (more on this later). This single digit is your individual Life Path Number.
The Life Path Number is similar to your astrological sun sign: It reveals your greater purpose, including strengths, weaknesses, talents, and ambitions. Your Life Path Number also exposes the tone of your experiences, and why events occur past, present, and future. Simply put, it’s the method to the madness.
Let’s say your birthday is December 15, 1992. To calculate your Life Path Number, you will reduce each component of this date to a single digit:
The month, 12, is reduced to 1 + 2 = 3.
The date, 14, is reduced to 1 + 5 = 6.
The year, 1992, is reduced to 1 + 9 + 9 + 2. This equal 21. Then, 21 is reduced to 2 + 1 = 3.
Then, we add the reduced month, date, and year numbers (3 + 6 + 3) and arrive at 12. Finally, we add 1 + 2, and reach 3. If you were born on December 15, 1992, your Life Path Number is 3. It may seem daunting at first, but once you see it all written out this way, it becomes far less intimidating, no?
Master Numbers
As mentioned above, the only time you would not reduce the final number is if you attain 11 or 22. These are considered Master Numbers and connote a more intensified version of their root numbers (2 and 4, respectively). Master Numbers suggest a high degree for learning, achievement, or success, but likely in a more stressful or high-pressure environment.
For instance, Sir Paul McCartney, perhaps England’s most famous Gemini, was born on June 18, 1942. When this date is reduced (month = 6, day = 9, year = 7), the sum is 22. Rather than simplify this to a single digit (yielding 4), the number 22 reflects the Master Number — the higher-octane iteration of 4, revealing McCartney’s strong “life mission.”
Converting Letters to Find Your Destiny Number
You can also use numerology to derive the root number of names or words — this is where our ancient buddy Pythagoras lends a hand. According to his theories, certain letters have specific numerical values, which are as follows:
Using this technique, it’s easy to find the root number associated with names, which numerologists refer to as your Destiny Number. To find your Destiny Number, calculate the root number of your full name (first, middle, last) by reducing each name to a single digit, and adding up the total.
For example, my full name reveals my Destiny Number: ALIZA (1 + 3 + 9 + 8 + 1 = 22, which becomes 2 + 2 = 4) KELLY (2 + 5 + 3 + 3 + 7 = 20, which becomes 2 + 0 = 2) FARAGHER (6 + 1 + 9 + 1 + 7 + 8 + 5 + 9 = 46, which becomes 4 + 6 = 10, then finally, 1 + 0 = 1), resulting in a Destiny Number of 7 (because 4 + 2 + 1 = 7).
Whereas your Life Path reveals your greater purpose, your Destiny Number offers insight as to how you will express your greater goals. So, as a Life Path 8 person, my mission is to cultivate abundance, and I will express this through my Destiny Number 7: analysis, research, and critical observation. Sounds about right.
Number Interpretations
So, now that you’ve calculated your Life Path Number and Destiny Number, it’s time to find out what these digits really mean. Let’s dig in.
Just as Aries, the first sign of the zodiac, is about action and initiation, in numerology, 1 is linked to forward motion. 1 symbolizes a pioneering spirit, independent nature, and innate leadership capabilities. On a bad day, 1 can be be a bit bossy or boastful, hiding any insecurities behind an over-developed self-importance. 1 must remember that although it is first, it can very quickly become the loneliest number. Even the most autonomous 1s need the support of their friends, family, and lovers.
2 is linked to sensitivity, balance, and harmony. Within numerology, the 2 vibration assumes the role of the mediator, creating harmony by bringing together dissonant forces through compassion, empathy, and kindness. 2 is linked to psychic abilities and intuition, and if this number appears as a Life Path or Destiny Number, the individual will be astute to subtle energy shifts and emotional nuances. Because 2 is so sensitive, it is very conflict averse, and can end up feeling under-appreciated or unacknowledged. 2 must avoid seeking external validation and, instead, realize that perfect equilibrium needed already exists within.
Communication is paramount for 3. Symbolically, 3 represents the output of two joined forces: It is the essence of creation. 3 is highly gifted at expression, seamlessly sharing innovative and pioneering concepts through art, writing, and oration. Your work inspires, motivates, and uplifts others, and 3 finds great joy making others smile. However, 3 is also known to be quite moody, and if 3 feels misunderstood, may withdraw entirely. The escapist tendencies of 3 are easily mitigated by practicing peaceful mindfulness: With such an active imagination, it’s important for 3 to find moments of quiet to reset, restore, and recharge.
Number 4 (13/4, 22/4, 31/4)
In numerology, 4 has an earthy-energy and is centered around fortifying its roots. 4 adamantly believes in the physical world, and knows that investing in a solid infrastructure is necessary for building a lasting legacy. Practical, hardworking, and responsible, the 4 vibration is focused on creating logical systems that can support scalable growth. There is a solidity to 4, however, that can quickly devolve into rigidity; 4 must remember that rules are meant to enhance, not inhibit. It’s easy for 4 to become stubborn, so 4 benefits from learning to loosen up and think outside-the-box. 4 will feel liberated and inspired by finding the bravery to take a few bold risks.
Number 5 (14/5, 23/5, 32/5)
Free-thinking, adventurous, and progressive, 5 is defined by freedom. 5 needs to experience the world by engaging its five senses: For 5, life lessons are acquired through spontaneous acts of bravery. Akin to Sagittarius energy within astrology, 5 is known for its playful, impuslive, and vivacious spirit. But on the other side of its signature joie de vivre, 5 can become restless and impatient. Since 5 is always seeking discovery, it has a difficult time accepting life’s day-to-day responsibilities — including professional and interpersonal commitments. 5 must remember that when it narrows its gaze, it will discover that the most rewarding exploration exists in its own backyard.
Number 6 (15/6, 24/6, 33/6)
6 is recognized for its nurturing, supportive, and empathic nature. A true healer, 6 has the ability to problem solve in both the emotional and physical realms, helping others through its straightforward, yet gentle, approach. 6 has a strong sense of responsibility, and cares deeply for its friends, family, and lovers. This number also can easily communicate with children and animals, displaying a soft tenderness and caretaker spirit. But not everything needs to be parented, and sometimes 6’s protective energy can become domineering and controlling. To avoid carrying the world on its shoulders, 6 must learn to build trust and understanding for others: Simply put, everyone must follow their own unique path.
Number 7 (16/7, 25/7, 34/7)
The detectives of numerology, 7 is known for its investigative abilities and analytical skills. Astrologically, the number 7 can be thought of as a blend of Virgo and Scorpio energy: 7 is extremely detail-oriented, but is driven by inner-wisdom as oppossed to tangible realities. 7 has a keen eye, and its astute observations fuel a quick-witted, inventive spirit. Because it can quickly find the flaws in almost any system, 7 is a bit of a perfectionist. 7 will often assume fault, so it’s important for this number to counterbalance its inherent skepticism with an open mind. Not everything will be foolproof — but that’s what makes life fun.
Number 8 (17/8, 26/8, 35/8)
8 is all about abundance. Within numerology, this number is linked to material wealth and financial success. Ambitious and goal-oriented, 8 can effortlessly assume leadership positions through its natural magnetism. 8 applies big-picture thinking to broaden its scope, racing up the top of any ladder to reach extraordinary heights. But with great power comes great responsibility: 8 breeds workaholics, and on a bad day, can become excessively controlling and possessive. However, its negative qualities can be lessen by giving back to the community. By using is success to help others, 8 realizes that there is nothing more valuable than contributing to the greater good.
Number 9 (18/9, 27/9, 36/9)
As the final single digit within numerology, 9 connotes an old soul. 9 is no stranger life’s ups-and-downs of life — been there, done that. Accordingly, 9 can effortlessly synthesize large quantities of stimuli, psychically connecting the dots to form a cohesive whole. The mission for 9 is to reach its highest state of consciousness, and to help others also achieve this spiritual awareness. 9 isn’t afraid to transform, and its malleable spirit inspires others to explore their own ranges of motion. Since 9, in many ways, has transcended the physical plane, it must constantly remember to anchor itself. 9 must learn to balance the abstract with the tangible, ultimately finding its place at the intersection of fantasy and reality.
Master Number 11 revs up the energy of Number 2; its purpose is to heal self and other through its elevated psychic abilities. Often times, Master Number 11’s intuitive gifts are a result of extreme life circumstances: Master Number 11 has no choice but to cultivate extrasensory talents. In numerology, Master Number 11 is connected to spiritual enlightenment, awareness, and philosophical balance.
Master Number 22, often referred to as the Master Builder, expands on the vibrations of Number 4. Master Number 22 is inspired to create platforms in the physical realm that transcend immediate realities — by fusing the tangible and intangible, Master Number 22 cultivates a dynamic long-term legacy. Master Number 22’s skills are usually a byproduct of early childhood instability that fuels innovative thought. Industrious, creative, and dependable, Master Number 22 is always on a mission to transform.
Read more stories on astrology and the occult:
I have the scoop on which sign you should date right here:
It’s mind-boggling to think that there’s a part of us inside that fights us on making positive changes in our lives.
If something’s going to make our lives better, happier, healthier, why can’t we just do it? What gets in the way?
Put your hand up if you’ve ever experienced this: there’s a change you’ve wanted or needed to make in your life for a long-azz time, but you just seem stuck or held in the same old place or repeating pattern.
You just can’t seem to make the change happen.
It could be losing weight, changing jobs or careers, shifting your pattern of relationships, breaking a bad habit, exercising more, eating better, creating more work/life balance, etc.
What you are experiencing, my friend, is inner resistance.
For whatever reason, something deep, down inside you just won’t budge. There will be excuses, obstacles, refusal, denial. Vagueness or a “lack of clarity” is one of resistance’s favorite defenses.
And two, five, ten years later, you’ll still be stuck in the same old place or pattern.
Resistance, ultimately, is a machination of your shadow self. Somewhen in your childhood you experienced a trauma or an upset, or you learned that in order to get something you had to behave in a certain way, and that programmed a belief in your psyche.
Committed to that belief, you’ll resist anything that goes against it. The program has been written, and it will keep playing out through your entire adult life.
UNLESS, you rewrite it, and rewrite it you CAN!
But first, you have to work through the resistance.
HERE’S A HEALING RITUAL YOU CAN DO WITH CRYSTAL ENERGY SUPPORT:
First, accept and surrender. Resisting resistance is futile. When you accept your situation, and surrender to the resistance, you get energy flowing again. Hold mangano calcite, moonstone, or rose quartz in your receptive (non-dominant hand). Breathe deeply but gently, and then meditate for at least 1 minute. Consciously decide to accept and surrender.
Mangano Calcite
Identify the cause of your resistance.
The key thing to remember is that resistance is seeking to serve a purpose, and inevitably, its purpose is in an effort to either protect you or provide for you in some way. Hold apache tear in your receptive hand and black moonstone or black obsidian in your dominant hand. These crystals help bring aspects of your shadow up to the light of your consciousness so that they can be seen and understood. Meditate for at least 1 minute, and then approach the resistance from a place of curiosity. Ask your inner self “How is this resistance keeping me safe?”, or “What am I gaining from this resistance?” Let the responses float up from your consciousness as opposed to trying to reason them out.
Apache Tear
Form a new, positive, empowering belief.
Once you’ve identified the cause of your resistance, you’re in a position to choose differently. Hold black kyanite or clear calcite in your receptive hand to help clear any residual blocked energy, and hematite in your dominant hand for fortitude, grounding, and commitment. Now close your eyes, and focus on the change you’d like to make. See or feel how it would benefit you, form some positive associations through visualization or sense memory. When you feel you’ve achieved this, take a deep breath, and imagine it settling into your psyche, forming a new, positive belief.
Black Kyanite
Keep your crystals on your altar or in a sacred place to remind you of your process, and so that you can connect with their energy when you feel the need. Or, you can clear their energy, and work with them again to help you address a different issue of resistance in your life.
“We don’t know what consciousness is, or what it does,” said Rupert Sheldrake, Ph.D. in his lecture The Mind is Not the Brain “There’s no known, obvious reason, why we should be conscious at all, or exactly how the mind works.” His conclusion, based on significant research, was: “…The mind is field-like. That it’s not constrained to the inside of the head.”
(See embedded video for this full lecture.)
There is growing scientific acceptance for Mr. Sheldrake’s thesis, some of which he outlines in his lecture. In fact, consciousness studies is one of the most exciting frontier areas of science today.
A growing group of scientists in consciousness studies theorize the mind as an energy-like field surrounding and separate from the body.
Mind is a separate entity not “reduced to brain cell processes”
Nobel Prize winning neuroscience Professor Eccles supports the theory that the mind is a separate entity and cannot be “reduced down to the brain cell processes,” according to the Horizon Research Foundation.
An article on the Foundation’s site, asserts “we will never be able to account for the formation of consciousness through the electrical and chemical processes of the brain.” For skeptics, it’s important to realize that all articles on the Research Foundation’s website are reviewed or prepared by scientists directly involved in research.
Photo of Professor John Eccles, Nobel Prize-Winning Scientist. Image courtesy of John Curtin School of Medical Research, Australian National University. Wikimedia Commons.
Professors Karl Popper and John Eccles demonstrated that research indicates a conscious event happens before the relevant brain event, in The Self and Its Brain.
These eminent scientists theorized not just mental and conscious events as separate from the brain, but a self-conscious mind distinct from both.
“Consciousness appears to be present in 10-20 percent of those who are in cardiac arrest.” The author explained, “brain cells need to communicate using electrical pulses… How is it then that we have a clinical scenario in which there is severe brain dysfunction, the worst possible type, with an absence of electrical activity in the brain, but somehow thought processes, with reasoning, memory formation and consciousness continue and are even heightened?”
Well documented near-death studies, together with research conducted on patients who undergo cardiac arrest, lead to a growing acceptance that the mind continues after the brain function ends.
Buddhist perspective: duality of mind and brain
From a Buddhist perspective, the duality of mind separate from brain has been accepted since the beginning, and, in some ways, seems a critical support for fundamental Buddhist beliefs in rebirth and karma.
“There are many explanations of what the mind is and of the different categories of mind,” said His Holiness the Dalai Lama in a speech in England in 2008. “For example, there’s a difference made in Buddhism between primary minds and mental factors.” His Holiness explains the two types: “One is brought forth by sensory perception as its immediately preceding condition and the other lacks sensory perception as its immediately preceding condition.”
His Holiness, the Dalai Lama.
Until recently, these beliefs have been treated as “faith” fundamentals, supported by authority of the Buddha, and eloquently championed in Dharma debate. Increasingly, there is more and more support amongst scientists specializing in consciousness studies. Promising research may allow us to also anchor our concept of mind, in convincing proofs.
Dr. Alexander Berzin, in his lecture The Conventional Nature of Mind, described it this way: “You can describe experiencing from the point of view of physically what’s happening – there’s the brain and the chemicals and electric stuff – or you can just describe it in terms of subjective experience of it. So we’re talking about the subjective experience of it when we talk about mind.” He went on to explain that the Four Noble Truths are experienced by the mind.
Where is Mind?
Dr. Sheldrake, in his lecture The Mind is Not the Brain, first touches on the important discussion of “just where is the mind?” He describes mind as field-like, similar to the gravitational field of the world, “which stretches out far beyond the earth.”
Mind, thought by many theorists to be separate from the brain, is often described as a field, similar to a gravity field.
Mind as fields around the systems they organize
In ancient Buddhist belief, the heart is the seat of the mind. Today, we think of the brain. Either way, science is shedding light on the real nature of mind — that these fields are within and around the systems they organize, according to Dr. Sheldrake. He uses examples such as magnets and gravity which expand beyond the source — for example, by metaphor, the Earth as the brain, and the gravitational field of the earth as the mind. “And I think the same is true of our minds.”
“If the mind is just the brain, which is the normal assumption within academic and medical worlds,” he continued, “then mental activity is nothing but brain activity,” a notion he then elaborately deconstructs as erroneous.
He uses an elaborate example of the mechanism of vision, or seeing, describing first the physiological and neurological mechanism, then the two clear options that explain how we actually “see”. Either the images are projected inside our skull or brain in a form of “virtual reality” or they are exactly where appear, because the mind is able to project or see beyond the brain exactly where it is.
Doctor Sheldrake, a leading scientist researching mind.
Can you influence something just by looking at it?
He illustrates this by asking the question, “Can you influence something just by looking at it?” He cites studies that indicate that over 90% of people can “feel” when people are looking at them, even when they have their back turned to that person. In scientific studies, there’s overwhelming evidence this is a genuine phenomenon. He illustrates with training examples from the security industry, where it is standard training to security personnel to never look directly a suspect’s back.
The Dalai Lama expounded on the nature of mind in a 2014 speech in Cambridge: “In general, the mind can be defined as an entity that has the nature of mere experience, that is, “clarity and knowing.” It is the knowing nature, or agency, that is called mind, and this is non-material.”
“Buddhist literature, both sutra and tantra, contains extensive discussions on mind and its nature. Tantra, in particular, discusses the various levels of subtlety of mind and consciousness… with references to the various subtleties of the levels of consciousness and their relationship to such physiological states as the vital energy centers within the body, the energy channels, the energies that flow within these and so on.”
Mind Field Theory
The concept of energy channels (often called chakras) and energy body—as described by his Holiness—has been well accepted for centuries in most parts of Asia. In Buddhist visualization, mind and energy are naturally visualized as separate from body in some practices. This aligns with newly emerging science in the field of consciousness studies.
Aligning with this ancient thought, Dr. Sheldrake—a pioneer in consciousness field theory—explains the mind as a field, similar to a gravity field. He supports this with extensive blind research studies, and illustrates with examples such as bird flocks and fish schools, who seem to almost telepathically communicate. He also delves into Quantum particle theories in support of his theory.
Symbolizing the cycle of life, the bud, blossom of a Lotus, and wilted blossom, then the new bud of new life—mind is thought of as transcending physical existence.
Why is this important?
The brain, in relative dualistic terms, is a physical, impermanent implement. The mind is not impermanent. This is plausibly theorized by research from Professors Popper and Eccles who describe “a Self-Conscious Mind” independent of the brain, that functions even after cardiac arrest.
Self conscious mind, surviving cardiac arrest, is reassuring to those of us who believe that mind survives death. Although rebirth is supported by various other research and near-death studies, the notion of conscious mind surviving physical death adds a new dimension to death meditation and daily practice.
Video Highlight: “Ask a Monk” Are the Mind and Brain Different
Two L-shaped detectors in the Laser Interferometer Gravitational Wave Observatories (LIGO) in Louisiana and Washington worked together in the first-ever observation of a gravitational wave. As the wave passed, each arm of the L-shaped detector, which measures 2.5 miles long, lengthened and shortened by a distance of about one thousandth the diameter of a proton. To give a sense of scale, that’s the equivalent to measuring the distance from here to the next star system Alpha Centauri with a precision of the width of a human hair.
Now, with the help of another facility in Italy called Virgo, scientists are studying the general properties of these black hole collisions and where they are taking place. Gravitational waves travel at the speed of light and so, as they pass through the Earth, there is a small delay between when each detector notes their passage. That delay is used to help determine the location in the sky where the collision occurred. The technique is similar to the way geologists use the arrival times of earthquakes at different seismographs to locate the earthquake’s origin.
With the LIGO and Virgo detectors, scientists can better understand what happens when very heavy astronomical bodies collide. The collision of neutron stars, which are husks of stars slightly smaller than black holes, can also set off gravitational waves detected on Earth. And, of course, a black hole could also merge with a neutron star.
In a recently released paper, gravitational wave astronomers detailed 11 of these collisions — four of which had never been announced before — since the detectors started operating in 2015. Taking into account downtime when the equipment was not operational, that works out to about one detection every 15 days. In the most impressive example, two massive black holes merged to create one that is about 80 times the mass of the sun, making it the heaviest stellar-sized black hole ever observed.
For a split second, the collision released more energy than all than of the light released from every star in the entire visible universe. This was a huge thing. And it all happened in a galaxy located 9 billion light years away.
Prior to LIGO’s first observation, scientists didn’t think that stars could form black holes with masses greater than about 15 or 20 times heavier than the sun. So, with just 11 observations, scientists have already been forced to reconsider their theories.
While the announcement of a super-massive black hole makes for a good headline, this recent paper has a less-breathtaking but more scientifically meaningful impact. The observation of a single thing may be a curiosity. But several occurrences later, scientists can begin to draw some conclusions.
By combining the known performance capabilities of the detector with the locations observed and the rate at which they are detected, astronomers can begin to say how often they occur. While scientists are working with a small sample size, they now estimate that in a sphere of space somewhere between half a billion and a billion light years across, we can expect to see one black hole merger per year .
And the story isn’t finished. The detectors are offline at the moment, undergoing upgrades that will allow them to peer twice as far away from Earth. This will allow them to investigate a volume eight times bigger than before. The days of gravitational wave astronomy is just in its infancy and there are no doubt huge surprises ahead.
11/11 is a massive Portal of Illumination and what has come through this week is already phenomenal.
Illumination can mean many things but in this case it is pure spiritual and intellectual enlightenment, for these two essences are now becoming entwined as the One Essence of Truth.
Through this Light of Truth, there is an uncovering taking place. We can understand this as the awakening of minds, the rising of consciousness, the thinning of the veil, the merging of worlds, all concepts of the same thing. But what is at the core of it all, is the expansion of our ability to see beyond limits. This Illuminance is creating within each of us a sequence of energy that activates our remembrance and recognition of the truth of our existence, our origins, our purpose and the original blueprints that created us.
For Truth to rise to the forefront, the un-Truths we have previously attached to have to be recognized and released. We can witness this happening at an accelerating rate as all that has been construed and manipulated to create the reality we live in is exposed and revealed and all not in alignment with our core truth falls away and dissolves.
As we expand into these higher perspectives, a recalibration takes place that shifts our Beingness into unchartered waters. It can feel like we have woken up in a brand new space with no memory of what passed. Everything appears the same on the outside but on the inside, our whole cellular and molecular systems have been, and are being, rewired to generate a whole new perception of awareness.
In this sense, this 11/11 Gateway can be thought of a Portal of Divinity. It comes with a huge shift in destiny as timelines collapse and coded information is triggered to breakthrough and retrieve what is our Divine Birthright. All we have been preparing for is happening now and these current events are the catalyst.
What is looming here is the full ignition of the Light. The power of the illuminance is palpable and it is pulling us into the field of Oneness. We are part of a Grand Divine Plan that has been playing out for eons and while our individual ascension process is essential to the outcome of the Divine Plan, we are also awakened to the staggering extent of support structures in place on the other side of the illusionary veil to usher in what will become a whole new way of living on this planet, in this solar system, in this galaxy. We are reminded here that we are participating in a highly regarded, supported and monitored galactic event.
What happens here and now is determined by our individual efforts to awaken our original blueprints, our collective efforts to shift the focus of our society towards a fair and just and prosperous framework for all, and our spiritual efforts in remembering our True Divine Nature, the True Divine Nature of the Universe we live in and context of the True Nature of Life on this Planet in all aspects of existence that are flourishing both on the surface and in the inner realms as well as in other dimensional realities.
The word I received for this Portal is Illuminosity. It’s not actually a word but holds the energy of what I feel. It is the illuminance of luminosity, or the perception of radiance streaming out from the Cosmic Heart.
It is all encompassing.
It is the intervention of Higher Consciousness for elevating life into the highest experience of Joy and the basis for our own empowerment in mastering our sovereignty and joining the journey back to the Golden Light of Oneness, the Divine Union at the core of the Cosmic Heart.
Beloved masters, it has been some time since we discussed the Cities of Light in the higher realms and the wondrous gift that has been made available to humanity. We have observed that many of you, as part of your earthly mission, are actively involved in anchoring the Creator Light (Adamantine Particles) within yourselves, into the crystalline grid of the Earth, and then radiating the remainder out into the world at large. However, even though discontent, fear and anger abound, the human majority is still not ready to accept the fact that great changes in every area of life on Earth are in the making and that time is of the essence. The masses are still in denial and resistant to change, and most are incapable of absorbing what they feel are far-fetched, radical teachings of the coming age of en-Lighten-ment. We have told you over and over again that you are the transducers, the receptacles, the human vessels into and through which the rarified frequencies of the future must flow in order to be anchored on Earth and made available to all earthly creations. That is why it is so important for you to balance and harmonize your personal frequency patterns and to “return to center,” in order to accommodate the greatest amount of the crystalline Creator Fire of Life/Love.
If you will remember, some time ago, we explained how, as the Earth was formed and made ready for human inhabitation, there were gigantic crystalline spires of Living Light implanted deep within the Earth that also extended high into the skies above ground. These sentient spires, which surrounded the world, were the receivers and senders of the sacred geometric codes of Light from the Great Central Sun, and the energetic codes/frequencies of the Earth were then radiated back into the higher realms so that the great Beings of Light could monitor the progress of Earth and humanity. These magnificent pillars of Light were also used to modify and refine the Divine blueprint and the frequencies of Light which were being sent forth onto the Earth and throughout the grid system. When the Earth fell into the density of the Third/Fourth Dimensions, there was a dramatic increase of cataclysmic events whereby most of these great spires were broken, shattered and buried deep within the Earth. Only a few of these magnificent sentinels remained; however, they are disguised by a cover of plant material or layers of soil and rock. Most all of the wondrous crystals that are returning to you during this miraculous age of transformation are fragments of those great spires. Is it any wonder that they have become so precious to you as they help you retrieve some of the wondrous memories of your ancient past and create visions of your home among the stars?
Many of you have diligently anchored the ascension stones as we instructed you to do in conjunction with information about how to visit the City of Light nearest you, and how to tap into the vibrational frequencies of the Fifth and Sixth Dimensions in order to begin the flow of Adamantine Particles into your etheric vessel in your Fifth-Dimensional Pyramid and down into your earthly physical vessel. We have explained how you may also tithe a portion of the Adamantine Particles of Light that you download and integrate to the World Pyramid in the higher Dimensions for the greatest good of all. You may also dedicate a portion to any other Pyramids that you have created or helped to create. A full explanation and procedure of how to do this have been given in the past.
It is time to give you a more detailed explanation regarding the ascension anchoring stones and why they are so important. The two clear crystal stones represent the crystalline Fire Light of the Creator, or the Adamantine Particles as we have named them for this coming era. Since it is not feasible to replace the great sentient crystal spires around the Earth, these stones will perform the same function as receivers and senders in conjunction with each of you as refined, conscious Light receptacles. The two small amethyst stones will draw forth the Violet Flame of transformation from the Seventh Ray, and will radiate it down into the many levels of the Earth, thereby activating the great amethyst clusters, and the etherically encapsulated Violet Flame chambers that were strategically placed around the Earth awaiting the appropriate time to burst into life and begin the uplifting, transformational process from within the Earth’s structure. This will also speed up the process of activating the crystalline grid system that surrounds the Earth which, in turn, will further accelerate the ascension process for the Earth and humanity.
Envision, if you will, a focused shaft of Light beaming down from the City of Light in your area directly into your personal ascension stone, diamond-pattern formation, and then down into the core of the Earth. This will also accelerate the process of anchoring the crystalline grid in your personal surroundings. This, in turn, will eventually result in creating a sacred space of beauty and harmony where peace and serenity prevail. There will come a time, after you have activated your own ascension column of Light, via your personal Pyramid in the Fifth Dimension, when the power of your magnetic resonance will draw forth and anchor an ascension column of Light to the crystalline grid system through your buried ascension stone diamond-pattern. In doing so, you will begin the process of radiating more and more of this transforming Light down into the Earth and out into your surrounding area.
To refresh your memory and to remind you of the extreme importance of become a bearer of Creator Light, we will repeat a brief excerpt from a past message:
The portals are now open, but you must rise up and enter, for this great gift of radiant Light is only accessible to those who are firmly on the path of ascension and are capable of being baptized in the Living Light of new Creation. The key to each Higher-Dimensional inner sanctum is vibrational, each one more refined and exquisite than the last. If you have been reading our messages over the past years, and have made an effort to integrate even a small portion of our teachings, you are ready to be a part of this grand mission and to enter a City of Light.
If you still have doubts, go into your Pyramid of Light and lie on the crystal table therein. Ask your angelic friends to assist you in harmonizing your frequency patterns both within and without, and then while in a meditative state, with pure intention, envision the double helix spiral of Light. See yourself being lifted up the spiral on the right and allow your Higher Self to orchestrate your journey into the Light City. Do not place any conditions on your journey or expect a certain outcome. Allow Spirit to be your guide and you will not be led astray. You will be infused with the appropriate amount of Creator Light, as much as you can integrate, process and project out into the world. No more, no less.
Gradually you, the ascending StarSeed of new Creation, will move further and further into the inner sanctum of Light as you bring more and more of the rarified Fire Light of the Creator, and the Divine Schematic of the future back to Earth with you. Remember, beloveds, in many ways, you are planting the seeds of ascension for humanity and the Earth. As has been said, “As you are lifted up, so are the Earth and all of its inhabitants.”
Dear ones, we are aware that these are times of great stress and momentous change. It is more important than ever that you do not let yourselves be dragged downward onto the spiral of fear and negativity that is building within the collective consciousness of humanity. You must be diligent in your determination to stay centered and focused on your personal vision for the future. Do not allow others to deter you from your path out of a false sense of duty, and old ties that bind you to the illusion of the Third/Fourth Dimensions. Promise yourself that from this moment onward you will only do that which excites you and brings a sense of satisfaction, for therein lies your mission and how you can best serve. As you bring more joy into your life, others will notice and begin to follow your example, and as you activate this inner power source more and more, it will trigger what is needed for others to open their heart center and begin the awakening process. You can be the catalyst that will help those within your sphere of influence to move more quickly through the process of healing emotional wounds, and through your words of wisdom you can inspire them to turn inward and begin to listen to the nudgings of Spirit.
Be aware that there will be people who come into your life who may try to discourage you from your path as you move further along the spiral of ascension, and there may be some that you will leave behind as you delve deeper into the complexities of enlightenment. As you learn the lessons that are presented to you, and you are ready to advance toward the Light, many of those around you will stay stuck in the illusion of the inharmonious lower dimensions. Do not judge. Bless them and allow them to follow their own path, but do not let them deter you from yours. Those like you are in the vanguard, the ones brave enough to step out and away from popular beliefs and the limited mass consciousness of the Third- and lower Fourth-Dimensional environment. Allow those visions that sometimes fill your consciousness to come forth, and allow yourself to speak the words of wisdom that often float through your mind. You are in the process of accessing more and more of your Sacred Mind – your own cosmic library where a great wealth of information, knowledge and ancient memories are stored.
You must remember that for these many past ages, almost every Soul born on the physical plane has been caught up in the mass consciousness belief system of the Third/Fourth Dimensions. As a result, the core issues from the past and the imperfections within the ancestral DNA have caused many symptoms to manifest whenever anyone allowed themselves to feel unloved or unworthy, or felt guilt, shame or resentments in any form. During these momentous times of transformation, the Light of Eternal Life will not be denied. It is delving into the deepest pockets of negativity within your multiple bodily systems. As these misqualified thought forms rise to the surface, they can create great discomfort in various ways, for they have been a part of your physical makeup for a very long time. They may not relinquish their hold easily, beloveds, but you must prevail. When the opposing forces of Light and shadow meet, the Light is always ultimately victorious. So do not become discouraged, for as you move deeper and deeper into your inner core, you are being given an opportunity to, once and for all, release to the Light all frequencies of a discordant nature which do not serve your greatest good. The process of transformation is speeding up exponentially; however, it will become much easier for those of you who are actively taking part in your own ascension process. Remember, always ask for ease and grace.
My faithful warriors, are you ready to step forward and accept the final phase of your earthly mission? For in these critical times you are needed as transducers and transmitters of this refined energy to help move humanity and the Earth through this important time of transition. That is why I have called my legions together once more, and why I am making my presence known to those of you who have agreed to play an important role in the great drama that is now unfolding on Earth. As you fill yourself to overflowing with the elixir of Love/Light from the Creator, your circle of influence will widen. First, you will be transformed, and gradually, those in your immediate environment – then it will radiate out further and further into the world. As you allow your Higher Self to guide you and to become more fully integrated within, more and more inspired thought will come to you. There are many ways to allow Spirit to manifest through you; just allow it to happen naturally, dear ones. Our Mother/Father God and the full company of the higher realms are here to support, encourage and love you unconditionally. I AM Archangel Michael.
During my first experience of true astral projection, I was warned by an Indian man outside of a forested temple that my mind was still connected to my Earth-body and so I was not “fully” in their world. He explained that he, on the other hand, was entirely in his world and it was a completely “true place” for him—solid as a stack of bricks.
The point was made that I would need to practice caution and discernment as Earth-plane explorers will not have pure experiences.
During a span of weekly, sometimes nightly, astral experiences from 2016 through most of 2017, I kept this principle in mind. I also became acutely aware of lucid dreams that differ from astral travel (and how easy it is to confuse them.) The lucid dream is entering an isolated, subjective world created by your own consciousness. Astral travel is either leaving your body and entering the next density in your own bedroom—or awakening to another life that you may be co-existing astrally.
The problem is that these two conditions can also intermix, especially as your Earth brain starts to regain more influence, filtering what it sees. An astral experience can therefore break down and become a dream, becoming mired by what we’d call hallucinations.
Lucid Dreams Serve Valuable Purposes, But They’re Limited
In a lucid dream, we explore deep into our own mental world, in a private personalized plane. The characters we encounter are created by our higher-self’s consciousness. They lack autonomy, are elements of our own minds, yet are convincing.
As out-of-body author Kensho discusses, this is an opportunity to communicate directly to your higher self. You can, for instance, ask a dream construct to deliver a message into your subconscious to quit smoking. Within the dreamscape, the faithful elemental entity of your own creation will assist the fragment of your higher consciousness that is “you.”
A lucid dream is not always private. In fact, a dream world can be shared by multiple souls. Through this way, groups can create ultimate “virtual reality” experiences by withdrawing together into a dream plane. Some advanced dreamers do this on our world, but it’s a common “hobby” on the astral side.
Of course, limitations exist. Namely, it’s more akin to a big computer game as the other entities you encounter are manifestations of your own mind. It’s almost more like interacting with NPCs (non-player characters). Therefore, a dreamscape is not a place to learn and experience from real people / real souls, but it is a way to enjoy a virtual experience and obtain whatever one desires to learn or enjoy through such a means.
Meanwhile, equally fantastical experiences occur in the “real world” too—and provides in this author’s opinion more substantial experiences and adventures compared to fictional realities.
But Here’s the Danger
It would seem that out-of-body explorers, and explorers of the mind, are confusing the lucid dream state and the astral state, and as a result are providing skewed, sometimes fearful information.
The most apparent example is Tom Campbell, author of My Big TOE (Theory of Everything.)
Tom’s background includes not only science but research at the Monroe Institute and a history of astral travel. Despite so much of Tom’s work being “spot on” in regard to sensible spiritual teachings, Tom also goes in some very odd directions that have left many with feelings of anxiety and even despair (I entertain e-mails by people who read Tom’s work on a near weekly basis, greatly distressed.)
What is Tom’s controversial idea? He believes the people we encounter when we astral travel—and actually die—are not the “real” family and loved ones. They are what he calls “Saved Entities.” [Correction, he doesn’t use a specific terminology, but we can use this term for lack of a better one.]
These are recreations of our loved ones duplicated by an Akashic power to look and feel like Uncle Bob, but it’s just a simulation put forward by our higher self to help us cope with death. The real Uncle Bob no longer exists as Uncle Bob but is beyond anything that once represented him.
… Of course, when we die we also completely abandon our prior existences, too, leaving behind a soulless, simulated doppelganger to greet out-of-body explorers and the recently deceased.
This theory is highly questionable because it flies in the face of endless near-death experiences and out-of-body experiences that report literal experiences with deceased loved ones—who are complete with their autonomy and essences intact. These deceased loved ones often report “I’m still here, I’m still alive and I still enjoy fly fishing down at the astral river.”
And, don’t get me started on the endless communications through legitimate mediumship, physical mediumship, daylight materializations and contacts, and advanced ITC and EVP practices. All these subjects involve direct communication with deceased individuals who assure us they are still who they were (even if they’ve evolved or are cognizant of their higher selves or countless other lives, they’re still ‘them.’) Gary Schwartzs’s advanced spirit communication experiments at the University of Arizona completely disprove the Saved Entities idea.
In an attempt to stretch Tom’s theory around contradictory information, I hear people make claims like the astral world is extremely temporary or a person who died may very briefly stay themselves. Neither point lines up to most actual experiences, such as meeting people who died hundreds of years ago but still live on in the afterlife as themselves.
Tom’s theory appeals to people who want to know the clever “real truth” behind a topic. All along, Tom via his OBEs, was clued in on a super juicy secret that’s been missed by, apparently, everyone else. This is an appealing way to posture a kind of intellectual superiority in a subject. It sells a brand and attracts followers but that doesn’t make it true.
So where did Tom get these ideas? The answer to me is simple: Tom began confusing astral travel and lucid dreams.
In a lucid dream the entities encountered are indeed Saved Entities, manufactured to look and feel like people you know, but it’s not them. This is apparent in any lucid dream where you meet people you know from this life.
However, their artificial constructions are apparent to one such as myself who can sense the energy of other entities. There just isn’t the true energy of that soul apparent. With a bit of casual awareness, I can reveal these entities for what they are: creations of my own mind that lack autonomy.
I’m willing to wager that Tom Campbell doesn’t understand when he’s in a lucid dream state. He encountered simulated family members in a dream state, realized they were artificial constructs, and then jumped to a harsh conclusion that all people on that side are this way.
Keep in mind, I also believe it’s possible that some people may only be capable of entering lucid dream states, and never truly astral travel at all! In that case, they are never entering the shared “other side” but are only going to subjective environments.
Yes, wisdom can be gained from one’s higher self in such an environment, but you won’t learn much about life on the other side. People who only lucid dream may even come to the erroneous conclusion that the astral world is just a big dream world rather than a real, living breathing higher density realm.
Could Tom be such an example of a lucid dreamer who thinks he’s astral traveling?
In Summary
Don’t let the odd ideas of Tom Campbell or other examples of fatalistic spirituality depress you or make you believe you’ll never reunite with your loved ones. Although I consider him irresponsible for peddling these ideas and causing so much worry, he’s also a consequence of a confusing and difficult world to understand and explore. It’s taken years of critical thinking and asking “deceased” people hard questions to figure some of these concepts out, and misinformation is almost to be expected.
For books by an experienced astral traveler who does NOT subscribe to this theory, see the works of Jurgen Ziewe (Multidimensional Man, Vistas of Infinity.)
Don’t forget to pre-order: “THE AFTERLIFE AND BEYOND” coming August 20th 2018 (see link below) and please share this article if you found it important.
Most of us have heard about the money plant, but there also exist a plant that is said to attract money like a magnet.
Though you need to work hard to earn money, still you may find a tight financial situation in life. There are many Vastu Shastra solutions for this problem, you may have received advice to keep money plant at home. It’s very common to find the plant in every home, but have you heard about “Crassula” plant.
It is also called the Money Tree. Let me tell you about it openly. As per Feng Shui, by just keeping the plant in the house, it starts attracting money in the house. It has mixed color leaves but not weak as other leaves, strong enough, not to get broken.
Like Money plant, Crassula is also low maintenance plant. Can be watered in 2 to 3 alternate days. It is a shade loving the indoor plant and easily adjustable and kept in almost any part of the house.
Speaking about its properties, this plant attracts money towards our house with its positive energy. The plant should be kept at the entrance of the house.In a few days, the plant will start to show its impact. Peace in the home of every kind will remain intact.
Disclaimer: This is a user generated content, and could be unusually better or worse in quality. You too can write your own suggestions, tips, experiences on plant & gardening. Content on this blog are the sole responsibility of their writers and the writer will take full responsibility & liability for issues / disputes that results from something written in or as a direct result of something written in a comment. The accuracy, completeness, veracity, honesty, exactitude, factuality and politeness of comments are not guaranteed.
Award-winning American actor Jon Hamm (Mad Men, Baby Driver, Bridesmaids) will be joining the cast of Good Omens, the forthcoming series for Amazon and BBC Two in the role of the archangel Gabriel – the primary messenger of God. The 6-part television adaptation by BBC Studios of the best-selling novel by Neil Gaiman and Terry Pratchett is currently in production and will be released on Amazon Prime Video globally in 2019 followed by a run on BBC Two in the UK.
The character of Gabriel has a fleeting role in the original novel but showrunner Neil Gaiman explains why he is being developed for the screenplay:
“Once we had finished writing Good Omens, back in the dawn of prehistory, Terry Pratchett and I started plotting a sequel. There would have been a lot of angels in the sequel. When Good Omens was first published and was snapped up for the first time by Hollywood, Terry and I took joy in introducing our angels into the plot of a movie that was never made. So when, almost thirty years later, I started writing Good Omens for TV, one thing I knew was that our angels would have to be in there.
The leader of these angels is Gabriel. He is everything that Aziraphale isn’t: he’s tall, good-looking, charismatic and impeccably dressed. We were fortunate that Jon Hamm was available, given that he is already all of these things without even having to act. We were even more fortunate that he’s a fan of the books and a remarkable actor.”
Commenting on his casting, Jon Hamm adds: “I read Good Omens almost twenty years ago. I thought it was one of the funniest, coolest books I’d ever read. It was also, obviously, unfilmable. Two months ago Neil sent me the scripts, and I knew I had to be in it.”
Good Omens was commissioned for Amazon Prime Video and for BBC Two by Patrick Holland, Controller, BBC Two; Shane Allen, Controller, BBC Comedy Commissioning and BBC commissioning editor Gregor Sharp. It is being produced by the comedy team at BBC Studios, the BBC’s commercial production arm, Narrativia and The Blank Corporation, in association with BBC Worldwide.
Good Omens will launch globally on Prime Video in over 200 countries and territories in 2019 including in the UK, where it will also air on BBC Two at a later date. BBC Worldwide distributes rights for Good Omens internationally, after the series premiere on Prime Video. The series will be brought to the screen by the highly acclaimed director/executive producer Douglas Mackinnon, whose credits include Knightfall, Dirk Gently, Doctor Who, Outlander and the standalone Victorian episode of Sherlock: The Abominable Bride, winner of the Primetime Emmy Award for Outstanding Television Movie last year.
No idea what to wear all Halloween season? Just let the stars guide you and masquerade through October as a glamorous Libra. That’s right: We’ve entered scales season, stargazers, so get ready to pump up the drama with your wardrobe, among your unsuspecting friends, and of course in your pop culture consumption. Here are the movies, TV shows, books, and music releases that will thrill you throughout the next month.
Miss last month? Check out your September horoscopes here — and be sure to subscribe to our Snapchat Discover channel for your lyrical horoscope here!
ARIES (March 21 to April 19)
It’s almost redundant to say that on March 28, 1986, a star was born — obviously that person was born a star, because they were born an Aries — but we’re saying it anyway, because that’s when Lady Gaga entered the world. We might be in the direct opposite astrological season right now, but this October will burn with the brilliant, courageous fire of the ram, because Gaga will be reborn once again — this time as a big-screen leading lady in Bradley Cooper’s A Star Is Born (Oct. 5).
TAURUS (April 20 to May 20)
Do you know how long a single baseball game can stretch — or a single half-inning, or one lone at-bat? And for what? One measly win out of 162 games in a year? Three tiny outs out of 54 in a game? One lonely base out of a full four needed to make just one run in one inning in one game in a long season? Being a baseball fan requires no less than Taurean levels of patience and commitment, but it pays off at this time every year, when the World Series (Oct. 23) unfolds as if for you alone, beautiful bull. Because you’re steady, Taurus. You’re reliable as ballpark hot dogs and old-fashioned as “Take Me Out to the Ballgame” — and you’re so romantic! And what game on earth is more romantic than baseball?
GEMINI (May 20 to June 20)
It’s double, double toil and trouble for all you star-twins this month (though isn’t it always?) with a pair of witchy entertainments. The TV remakes of Charmed (The CW, Oct. 14) and The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina (Netflix, Oct. 26) will spell both trickand treat for Geminis this Halloween — and if you really want double the frights, you can revisit the originals along with the new incarnations.
CANCER (June 21 to July 22)
You’ll be looking to your ruling planet this month, little crab — as a matter of fact, visiting it — when you catch Damien Chazelle’s First Man (Oct. 12), which chronicle’s Neil Armstrong’s voyage to the moon. In addition to the trip to your home sweet home, you’ll connect with the film’s sensitivity to the astronauts’ intense emotional journey. And of course while Armstrong himself was a Leo and Ryan Gosling, who plays him, is a passionate Scorpio, the film finds its dramatic climax in its protagonist’s 1969 “giant leap for mankind” — which took place, naturally, in the waning days of Cancer season.
LEO (July 23 to Aug. 22)
You know what it’s like to feel like royalty among commoners, regal lion, so you’ll identify deeply with the plight of the characters at the center of The Romanoffs (Amazon, Oct. 12), Mad Men creator Matthew Weiner’s new anthology series about a variety of people around the world who believe that they are descended from the doomed Russian royal family. Say dasvidaniya to boring TV.
VIRGO (Aug. 23 to Sept. 22)
October is always bittersweet, lovely as it is. But as much as you’re sad to leave your birthday season behind, and to anticipate the long winter that follows the all-too-fleeting fall, you’re not about to make a spectacle of yourself by failing to be seasonally appropriate in any way. Lean into the feeling, Virgo, with Honey (Oct. 16), from that most melancholy of pop songstresses, glittering Gemini Robyn. It’s been eight years since her last album, so you can trust that it’s really ready and perfect (you do hate when something isn’t properlyfinished) — and you can dedicate“Missing U” to sweet September.
LIBRA (Sept. 23 to Oct. 22)
Happy birthday, beautiful scales! You’ll get all the drama and glamour you could wish for this year with Elite (Netflix, Oct. 5), a new Spanish teen soap about three working-class students who are chosen to attend a prestigious high school, where they become unwitting players in the outrageous dramas of their wealthy classmates. Yes, that’s right! It’s like murder-y international Gossip Girl! What more could you possibly want?
SCORPIO (Oct. 23 to Nov. 21)
We know you’ll spend the next month just sighing through flashy Libra time, Scorpio, impatient for the dark intensity of your own birthday season to swallow us up. Also: Did you know that Suspiria (Oct. 26) is a Latin word for ‘sighs’? Luca Guadagnino’s moody remake of Dario Argento’s 1977 horror classic, about a ballerina (Dakota Johnson) who joins an elite dance company run by a mysterious director (Tilda Swinton, legendary Scorpio), will speak directly to your autumnal angst. And also, you know, scare the hell out of you.
SAGITTARIUS (Nov. 22 to Dec. 21)
Rosellen Brown took her Taurean time (18 years!) writing her most recent book, but the wait for The Lake on Fire (Oct. 16) will be worth it, Sagittarius. The epic novel — a tale of 19th-century immigrants, courageous dreamers trying to change their lives — will fill the corners of your expansive mind, and change the way you think about the world we live in even now.
CAPRICORN (Dec. 22 to Jan. 19)
All the silly spooky crap people get into for Halloween is, like, half-cute to you, for a minute. We get it. You can only sit through stupid costumed episodes of network sitcoms and sing along to The Nightmare Before Christmas soundtrack and pretend to laugh at jokes about virgins lighting the black flame candle so many times before you break. But The Haunting of Hill House (Netflix, Oct. 12) is different, Capricorn, grounded in the realistic drama of five siblings who grew up together in a creepy manor house, and still bear the weight of it. Just because it’s Halloween doesn’t mean you have to celebrate with something stupid.
AQUARIUS (Jan. 20 to Feb. 18)
Brilliant water bearer! You’ll celebrate a love of literature this month with — what else? — more literature. Scorpio Susan Orlean is back with The Library Book (Oct. 16), which chronicles the history of libraries (which features a lot of characters who are singular to a truly Aquarian degree), investigates the 1986 Los Angeles Library Fire, and argues for the importance of the institution. It will fire up your journalistic mind all month.
PISCES (Feb. 19 to March 20)
The allure of Halloween-time for the final sign in the zodiac is how it allows us all to escape, however briefly, to someplace fantastical. You’ll embrace that October spirit, and indulge your tastes for nostalgia and romanticism, with the Criterion Collection’s fairytale-perfect new edition of The Princess Bride (Oct. 30), packaged in a storybook box and including a near-inconceivable number of special features. To all the Pisces dreaming of running away to a land of magic, miracles, true love, sports (!), and Rouss, we say: As you wish, sweet astro-fish.
We know that “narcissist” has become a bit of a buzzword recently, and some folks are quick to apply it to an ex-lover or family member or friend. While awareness of this concept is healthy, so is remembering that it is, in a mental health context, a serious condition that shouldn’t be applied to someone you’re mad at because they stole your mirror. ~ Eds.
I am an empath. I discovered I was an empath after I got involved in a very deep and highly destructive relationship with a narcissist.
I am writing this article from the perspective of an empath, however, would love to read the view from the opposite side if there are any narcissists that would like to offer their perception on this.
Through writing about the empath personality type I have connected with many other people who class themselves as an empath and time and again I have heard people tell me how they have also attracted relationships with narcissists. There is a link. So, I decided to explore it further.
For a detailed explanation of both the narcissist and empathy personality types, please click here and here.
This is my theory…
From my own experience and studies on the narcissist personality type, there is always one core trait: A narcissist is wounded.
Something, somewhere along the line, usually stemming from childhood causes a person to feel worthless and unvalued and, due to this, they will constantly and very desperately seek validation.
Here comes the empath, the healer. An empath has the ability to sense and absorb other people’s pain and often takes it on as though it were their own. If an empath is not consciously aware of boundaries and does not understand how to protect themselves, they will very easily and very quickly bond with the narcissist in order to try to fix and repair any damage and attempt to eradicate all their pain.
What the empath fails to realize is that the narcissist is a taker. An energy sucker, a vampire so to speak. They will draw the life and soul out of anyone they come into contact with, given the chance. This is so that they can build up their own reserves and, in doing so, they can use the imbalance to their advantage.
This dynamic will confuse and debilitate an empath, as if they do not have a full understanding of their own or other people’s capabilities, they will fail to see that not everyone is like them. An empath will always put themselves into other people’s shoes and experience the feelings, thoughts, and emotions of others while forgetting that other people may have an agenda very different to their own and that not everyone is sincere.
The narcissist’s agenda is one of manipulation, it is imperative they are in a position whereby they can rise above others and be in control. The empath’s agenda is to love, heal and care. There is no balance and it is extremely unlikely there ever will be one. The more love and care an empath offers, the more powerful and in control a narcissist will become.
The more powerful the narcissist becomes, the more likely the empath will retreat into a victim status. Then, there is a very big change—the empath will take on narcissistic traits as they too become wounded and are constantly triggered by the damage being in the company with a narcissist creates. Before long, an extremely vicious circle has begun to swirl.
When a narcissist sees that an empath is wounded they will play on this and the main intention will be to keep the empath down. The lower down an empath becomes, the higher a narcissist will feel. An empath will begin to frantically seek love, validation, confirmation, and acceptance from a narcissist and each cry for help as such will affirm to the narcissist what they are desperate to feel inside—worthy. A bitter battle can ensue.
As an empath focuses solely on their pain, trauma and the destruction of their lives, they become self-obsessed and fail to see where the damage is coming from. Instead of looking outwards and seeing what is causing it, the empath will turn everything inward and blame themselves.
An empath at this stage must realize the situation they are in and wake up to it, as anyone who is deeply in pain and has been hurt can then become a narcissist themselves as they turn their focus onto their own pain and look for others to make them feel okay again.
Any attempt to communicate authentically with the narcissist will be futile as they will certainly not be looking to soothe and heal anyone else. Not only this, they are extremely charismatic and manipulative and have a powerful way of turning everything away from themselves and onto others. A narcissist will blame their own pain on an empath, plus they will also make sure the empath feels responsible for the pain they too are suffering.
An empath will know that they are in a destructive relationship by this stage and will feel so insecure, unloved and unworthy and it can be easy to blame all of their destruction onto the narcissist.
However, an empath should not be looking to blame anyone else. An empath has a choice, to remain the victim, a pawn in the narcissists game or to garner all strength they can muster and find a way out.
Emotionally exhausted, lost, depleted and debilitated an empath will struggle to understand what has happened to the once loving, attentive and charismatic person they were attracted to.
However we allow ourselves to be treated is a result of our own choices. If an empath chooses to stay in a relationship with a narcissist and refuses to take responsibility for the dynamic, they are choosing at some level what they believe they are worth on the inside. An empath cannot let their self-worth be determined by a narcissist. It is imperative they trust and believe in themselves enough to recognize that they are not deserving of the words and actions the narcissist delivers and to look for an escape.
In an empath’s eyes, all they searched and looked for was someone to take care of and love and to ultimately fix.” That is where the trouble began and that is the most profound part of this that an empath must realize.
We are not here to fix anyone. We cannot fix anyone. Everyone is responsible for and capable of fixing themselves, but only if they so choose to.
The more an empath can learn about the personality of a narcissist the sooner they will spot one and the less chance they have of developing a relationship with one. If a relationship is already underway, it is never too late to seek help, seek understanding and knowledge and to dig deep into one’s soul and recognize our own strengths and capabilities and do everything we can to build the courage and confidence to see it for what it is and walk away—for good.
The chance of a narcissist changing is highly unlikely, so we shouldn’t stick around waiting for it to happen. If a narcissist wants to change, then great, but it should never happen at the expense of anyone else. They are not consciously aware of their behavior and the damage it causes and in their game, they will sacrifice anyone and anything for their own gain—regardless of what pretty lies and sweet nothings they try to whisper.
An empath is authentic and is desperate to live true to their soul’s purpose and will very likely find the whole relationship a huge lesson, a dodged bullet, and painfully awakening.
A narcissist will struggle to have any connection to their authentic self and will likely walk away from the relationship very easily once they realize they have lost their ability to control the empath. The game is no longer pleasurable if they are not having their ego constantly stroked, so they will seek out their next victim.
The ability for these two types to bond is quite simply impossible. The narcissist’s heart is closed, an empath’s is open—it is nothing short of a recipe for a huge disaster, and not a beautiful one.
There might be times when you feel drained, exhausted, bored, anxious, threatened, over-whelmed or depressed after spending some time with a particular person, i.e. the very company of the person makes you feel sick inside out.
Also, you might feel guilty of thinking negatively about that person, however, if you encounter one around you then make yourself strong enough to spot him or her as an energy vampire.
Energy vampires are people who drain your energy. They can be anyone around you- your colleagues, family members, friends, classmates or even someone you have encounter with chance.
This term has been mooted by a Hindu priest who is also an entrepreneur, former monk and an international speaker- Dandapani. He categorizes the energy vampires into two types.
First, who are temporary, i.e. those people who suck out the energy within you for a short period of time as they might have been facing hard times themselves presently. They might have been going through divorce or some family spats, loss of loved ones or jobs, etc.
Second, those who are inherent energy vampires. They are the ones who are always like this. They do not look for any changes in their attitude or personality. It is very easy to spot this kind as the moment you walk away from them you start to feel negative.
Some common features of energy vampires are as follow:
1. They either victimize themselves or blame external factors for shortcomings of their lives. They try to make others feel guilty for the troubles they face rather than taking responsibilities themselves.
2. They always try to acquire the position of attention in a meeting. Being the centre of attention is their ultimate goal in any gathering they attend.
3. This brings their narcissist attitude. Everything in the world is about them. For them others are just the insignificant ones.
4. They are inherently either drama queens or kings. They love to indulge into drama every now and then.
Thus, now you know how to spot one and deal with them. The best way is to avoid them as much as you can. However, it is very challenging as they can be your friends, family members or your colleagues whom you have to face every day right from the morning.
If you want to save your limited energy for a prolific day, start ignoring them nonetheless.
I am disappointed with the Ashtanga community. Which is hard to admit.
Struggle is polished by a fake glow of expensive leggings and post-practice diet talk. An image of non-suffering, of, “ it’s all behind me now. “
Seriously.
And what was it like when it wasn’t? Why aren’t you telling me? Did it just all happen in one night? Of course not. Then how long? What helped?
I want answers.
I’m 23, recovering from eating disorders, severe insomnia, paralyzing anxiety and, on top of that, I smoke.
Soon I will have had three years of practice. Former rock-climber, now in the circus, I am hyperflexible and in good physical shape. Asana is not a problem for me. I completed primary after two years and do dropbacks on my own. I even catch my calves now. I know it’s uncommon. For me it’s easy. For me, asana is pretty easy.
What isn’t easy is the crap in my head that I still cannot manage and no one seems to be willing to help. I don’t know if the solution is to carry on trying harder to control myself or just give in to the waves. I know that when you are drowning, resisting the currents makes you more likely to die.
What happens when you have a bad 48 hours? When you just get caught in the rip current of darkness? When you don’t know whether you should resist or give in? When deeply rooted patterns send you spiraling into a whirlwind of self-judgment and self-loathing?
I’m a Gemini built on paradox. I love my dark side. I call it, “the punk me”. Where is the punk side of the Ashtanga community? All I see is an obsession with presenting a false sense of perfection and purity. This makes me feel like my punk/dark side is not compatible with the practice of Ashtanga.
But what if it is?
How does this perfect path make me, and I’m sure plenty of others, feel somehow like we are unworthy of it?
This can’t be true.
Yoga is for everyone.
I am worthy of Ashtanga. If you are currently facing the darkness, you are worthy too.
When I look online, I feel alone in my struggles. And by struggles, I don’t mean “Oh, I can’t bind in Marichyasana D. Please help me.” Or, “I’m soooo tired. Is it okay to just do Sun Salutations?” By struggles I mean, spending a whole day in bed watching TV, eating chocolate, and scrolling through Instagram because I am so overwhelmed by my thoughts that I have to hide until the darkness recedes. My practice in those times, if I am lucky, is three sun salutations, and a one-minute savasana.
Sometimes, my life isn’t a mess. But regularly, I happen to fall back into those patterns when I know the goal is to be transcending them. This is when the judging starts. This is when I start looking online for people who “just can’t”.
I know those people exist but don’t speak up. Will you?
What if the goal is to befriend our dark side instead of denying its existence or just trying to control it?
This is why I want you all to tell me about the real SHIT. I know I am not the only one going through this. I can’t be. WHERE ARE YOU ALL?
Can we have a community with people who are honest with themselves? In the end, we all want the truth, right? The truth of impermanence. I know my patterns won’t go on forever. I know in a couple of days I will feel awesome again. I know in a couple of years I will handle my thoughts a lot better. Today things are better than two years ago. Things are changing, nothing lasts, this is the only thing I know. It has been a while since I stopped looking only for wellbeing and started facing the dark messy part of me.
Is there anyone else trying to come out of this constant judging, of hiding the bad and exhibiting the good only? Can we share the real SHIT too? Instead of just videos of success, show me when you fall, tell me why you fell, how you felt and how you got back on your feet. Who helped you and why?
Let’s just stop pretending our darkness doesn’t exist. I am tired of the fake Instagram filtered, curated profiles that many in the community are trying to pass off as real. I know it’s not real. I’ve been to Mysore. I practice in a shala with an authorized teacher. I can see through the superficial physicality that many in the Ashtanga community are trying to pass off as yoga. I cannot and will not hide behind my able body. No matter how many people congratulate me on my back bendings, I want to shake their hand and say, “ thanks, but you know this whole week I stayed up extremely late eating refined sugar and rolling cigarettes because there are things in life I still find difficult, and those deep backbends are not helping .” Knowing that I can befriend this dark side, will. Because every time I just give in and shake my darker twin’s hand, we make peace. I get a break from that stupid voice in my head telling me I am a bad person and unworthy of being in the Ashtanga community.
We need to talk about the darkside. Because if we don’t, it will scare away the very people who need this practice. They don’t want to be a part of a fancy pants, goodie goodie community of problem-less mannequins. They do not want to be part of a community that expects you to magically be all love and light. A community that feels like you shouldn’t be angry or feel depressed. It’s extremely hard to extract this misconception from people’s minds because EVERYTHING EVERYWHERE says the opposite.
So tell me about the real shit in your life, please ?
Hi, I’m Aude, little french (aspiring) clown with a lot of hair. Born and raised in Paris, studied in London at the Central Saint Martin’s School of Arts in the Fine Arts section, then had a pretty nomad lifestyle. Now, I mainly write poetry but also draw, make collages, and sometimes, bind books. Currently based in Paris (again) working on several projects within a company in the giant puppet field.
As flexible in my life as I am in my body, but also as unstable, to each his or her own challenges ?
Mail: aude.moatti@gmail.com
You can also contact me on instagram: anomalipstick (or Aude Moatti).
I only read love letters because my heart is like a sponge.
Multiple documents from the CIA electronic reading room shed light on the agencies, and other countries use of ‘astral projection’ and other parapsychological phenomena.
Why are these capabilities always weaponized? Why are such discoveries hidden from the public domain and used for selfish purposes? Is humanity ready to collectively learn these techniques?
The astral body appears in many different cultures throughout time and throughout the world. In Egypt, the “KA was not the soul of man . . . but its vehicle” (Muldoon & Carrington, 2011, p. xxii). In the Qur’an, Muhammad’s astral body travels in the Isra and Mi’raj story. And, among other sacred and secular texts, the astral body appears in Hindu scripture, Taoist practice, and even Christianity. In his article regarding the afterlife, Woolger (2014) notes that “in such journeys in the world religions and innumerable tribal practices” scholars have “described a common pattern of ‘ascent’, which is to say an ecstatic, mystical or out-of body experience, wherein the spiritual traveler leaves the physical body and travels in his/her subtle body into ‘higher’ realms” –Daniel Miller
What is astral projection? According to Wikipedia , it’s “a term used in esotericism to describe a willful out-of-body experience (OBE) that assumes the existence of a soul or consciousness called an “astral body” that is separate from the physical body and capable of travelling outside it throughout the universe. This time, Wikipedia seems to have gotten it right.
Astral projection falls into the realm of parapsychology, which includes ESP, telepathy, clairvoyance, psychokinesis, hypnosis, remote viewing, and more. When it comes to these topics, all of them are interconnected and relate to the study of human consciousness and quantum physics.
I’ve written multiple articles providing a number of sources showing how this phenomenon has been studied extensively and is used at the highest levels of governments. I’ve also presented peer-reviewed research, some of which is linked within this article, that shows extremely significant results, which is also emphasized by the quote below. The reality of such things is no longer a myth or pseudoscience, but scientifically confirmed. A great place to start your research if interested is the Institute of Noetic Sciences.
For many years I have worked with researchers doing very careful work [in parapsychology], including a year that I spent full-time working on a classified project for the United States government, to see if we could use these abilities for intelligence gathering during the Cold War… At the end of that project I wrote a report for Congress, stating what I still think is true. The data in support of precognition and possibly other related phenomena are quite strong statistically, and would be widely accepted if it pertained to something more mundane. Yet, most scientists reject the possible reality of these abilities without ever looking at data! And on the other extreme, there are true believers who base their beliefs solely on anecdotes and personal experience. I have asked debunkers if there is any amount of data that would convince them, and they generally have responded by saying, “probably not.” I ask them what original research they have read, and they mostly admit that they haven’t read any. Now there is a definition of pseudo-science-basing conclusions on belief rather than data!” – Professor Jessica Utts, Chair of the Statistics Department, UC Irvine (DeanRadin, Real Magic)
The truth is,these concepts are very real and have been scientifically proven, the only thing that gets in the way are human belief systems. No matter how strong the evidence is, it won’t be accepted by the collective or the scientific community simply because it’s either unexplainable given our limited parameters, or it’s just too much for the mind to handle. These concepts can be too much of a shock, too much of a game changer, and too much of a paradigm shifter.
These fields of study change everything we think we know about reality.
That being said, many concepts that don’t fit into the accepted framework of reality have also been subjected to official campaigns of ridicule. This, in my opinion, is purposefully done. While governments around the world have been studying and using such phenomena for intelligence collection purposes, these same entities use their influence over entertainment, mainstream media and academia to ridicule and ‘debunk’ these topics.
Thankfully, things are now changing, and the collective mind is opening up more and more every year. The introduction of new concepts and fields of study that challenge our reality have always received harsh backlash throughout human history.
When it comes to astral projection, a decades-old document prepared by the U.S. Army Office of the Surgeon General Medical Intelligence Office states:
“According to Pullman, Director of the Southeast Hypnosis Research Center in Dallas, Texas, before the end of the 1970S, Soviet diplomats will be able to sit in their foreign embassies and use ESP (in this case a form of the apport technique) to steal the secrets of their enemies. Pullman states that a spy would by hypnotized, then his invisible “spirit” would be ordered to leave his body, travel across barriers of space and tie to a foreign government’s security facility, and there read top-secret documents and relay back their information. Such “astral projection” already has been accomplished in laboratory settings.”
These are fascinating claims, and we’ve seen confirmed results of related phenomenon like Jupiter.(source) Not many people know this, but STARGATE remote viewer, Ingo Swann, was the one who discovered the rings around Jupiter.
Another document from the Defense Intelligence Agency, dated 1975, states that two Soviet scientists had:
“Reported that the Soviets were studying out-of-body phenomena in Yogis; no details of the research were given. In 1973, the US newspaper National Enquirer reported that the Soviets had accomplished astral projection in the laboratory and cited the opinion of a US researcher that the technique would be in use for espionage before the end of the 1970’s; once again, no details of the Soviet work were furnished.”
The Defense Intelligence Agency concluded in 1972 that this tactic and other related abilities were used by the soviets to discover the contents of top secret US documents, the movements of their troops and ships, and the location of their military installations. (source)
This is interesting because after the US government declassified the STARGATE program, they revealed that this is exactly what the US was doing to the Russians.
Another document goes on to emphasize that they (the Russians) could also be using these techniques to influence key US military personnel and other leaders from a distance, cause instant death of any US official from a distance, and/or disable US military equipment from a distance including spacecrafts.
It’s safe to assume that the US military was also using these tactics for similar purposes. Who knows how far this field of study has come since these documents were first drafted?In all likelihood, the literature that has been declassified is not even the tip of the iceberg.
Based on my research into the black budget world, this wouldn’t really be surprising.
And then there are documents like this one, proving that the US has done the same thing as the soviets, successfully. (See full document here).
If you can’t read that last part, it states:
Sheet of paper, continued on another sheet, and continued this process until several separate sheets had been filled in, and subject had returned to his starting point. When the pages were joined together, the result was an exact match and an absolutely accurate topographical map of the island. Subject also described exactly what was going on on the island.
The subject mentioned in the above document is Pat Price. I previously wrote an article about Pat Price and their relationship and discovery of extraterrestrial beings, something that is very common among other STARTGATE remote viewers. You can read that article below.
The same document in the screenshot above also mentions Ingo Swann. I recently published an article about him that you can read below.
The thing is, these were all remote viewers, not astral projectors. Remote viewing is the ability to describe remote locations (regardless of distance) through some type of perception channel that possibly exists within the brain. You are not actually ‘flying’ outside of your body using another ‘spirit’ body like astral projection. Although these two fields of study are similar in nature, it’s important to note that they are different
What Does This Mean For Humanity & Human Consciousness?
The day science begins to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence – Nikola Tesla
Is humanity ready for this type of information? Parapsychology represents the next step for ‘science,’ as it correlates to quantum physics. It’s one of many ways we can confirm the metaphysical world and ‘supernormal’ human capacities that have existed for centuries and have been studied all over the world.
The only problem is that today it’s being weaponized and used for motives that are not beneficial to humanity as a whole. This is odd, because these abilities really show us another way in which we are all connected, that we are all one.
Humanity has a poor track record of using our technological advances and discoveries for ulterior motives, benefiting only militaries and governments. We need to start being transparent about these fields of study so we can further advance civilization as a whole, not only the elite groups of society.
So, I ask again, is humanity really ready for this stuff? Well, it seems that many more people are becoming aware of parapsychological phenomena and are beginning to use it to better themselves. Mind-body healing techniques are one example, and healing at a distance is another.
The more people work on cultivating inner peace, the better our planet will be. Change starts from within, and these abilities go hand in hand with human impact. Hate, war, violence, etc. are not the best ways to use these abilities.
The Takeaway
There is a lot of good we could do with these capabilities, and I believe that there are a lot of good people on Earth who would never use them to cause harm.
Imagine an entire planet full of people who would never cause harm to anybody else. I believe this is our human nature, and that we are all born with a moral compass, but that doesn’t mean we are not capable of corruption. Some have lost touch with that moral compass, and there are several reasons for that.
Service to others goes hand in hand with these types of abilities. However, as much as they can progress the human race and our overall understanding of reality, they can also be used for ulterior motives.
When the human race is ready, I believe that all of these techniques and understandings will play integral roles in our society.
If you would like to learn more about astral projection you can check out our new show on CETV called Waking Realm here.
The demand for Collective Evolution’s content is bigger than ever, except ad agencies and social media keep cutting our revenues. This is making it hard for us to continue.
In order to stay truly independent, we need your help. We are not going to put up paywalls on this website, as we want to get our info out far and wide. For as little as $3 a month, you can help keep CE alive!
The demand for Collective Evolution’s content is bigger than ever, except ad agencies and social media keep cutting our revenues. This is making it hard for us to continue.
The Astrology Signs that Need to Take a Deep Breath this Holiday Season
Posted on December 17, 2018
The holidays are meant to be a time of festivities, gathering with friends and relaxing, but for some zodiac signs, relaxing comes harder. We want to help you become more aware of your own sign’s tendencies so you can nip stress in the bud if you tend to get anxious or over-plan.
The holidays can be a time that helps us remember how to enjoy ourselves. Parties, good food, giving gifts to show love, and taking vacations are all things that revive us – but not if we are obsessed with looking perfect, having the perfect gifts, or hitting every single event we are invited to. If you are someone who has trouble saying no or listening to your body, that’s where we come in. Believe it or not, astrology can reveal a lot about why we approach the holidays the way we do so we can learn to balance our helpful and unhelpful instincts and learn to enjoy the holidays.
The Holidays are Stressful for Everyone, but Some Signs Especially Need to Safeguard Their Me-Time
Fire signs who love to throw parties and go out to social events to make friends are especially at risk for burnout or a weakened immune system; they are so fueled by their passions and having fun that they don’t realize when they’re running on empty. Air signs are the most social and talkative people of the zodiac, and they can forget to focus on the basics like getting enough sleep, managing their budget, and taking time to relax and stay balanced. Those hardworking Earth signs are prone to overwork or trying to take care of everyone else on the holidays. As for Water signs, the holidays are often a particularly emotional time. As the empaths of the zodiac, it’s easy for Water signs to become overwhelmed by a mixture of feelings of their own and from those around them.
Anyone of any sign can suffer from increased stress during the holidays, but the following 7 zodiac signs are particularly prone to severe holiday stress.
Capricorns have a tough time not being over-stimulated during this time, because the Sun moves into Capricorn right before Christmas. Capricorns are known as the hardest working sign in the zodiac, which means that they push themselves to work long hours and take on huge projects regardless, of how much stress it might mean for them. If they don’t take time to wind down, they can get sick. They also need the love and affection of humans to maintain balance and remind themselves what they work so hard for. Take a vacation, Capricorn! It will fuel you for the year to come.
Capricorns are driven to succeed and be the best. You’ll find the way they think is all about stability and growth. They tend to have long-term plans that take up all of their focus, time and interest. If they don’t see how it adds to their goals, they tend to think it’s childish or not take time for it but this can mean they miss out on experiences that can allow them to live through their senses and even find ways to improve their emotional state that will lead to more success!
When it’s time for holidays about myths and traditions, a Capricorn may be the first person called a Scrooge. They tend to be practical and grounded. However, it’s important for Capricorns to develop their imaginations and let their emotions live. Loosen up, Cap, you won’t regret it.
Virgo is one sign that tries to make everything perfect. They want their clothes ironed, their Christmas lights hung and on a timer, and their house clean and spotless for company. But where does the preparation end? It’s important for Virgos to stop cleaning, stop fussing, and let themselves enjoy the scenery instead of feeling like they need to do everything. Go to someone else’s party, don’t worry about cleaning up, and don’t spend too much time thinking about what to bring or wear.
Virgos are so detail-oriented that the holidays often stress them out because they try to control things a little too much by having every moment of every day planned out. It’s important for a Virgo to remember that being spontaneous and in the moment is healthy, fun and it’s how a lot of the other signs operate.
Virgo’s also need to make sure they don’t get too caught up in other people’s problems because they can have helper syndrome. If you see a Virgo running around, tell them to stop and watch a Christmas movie, take a bubble bath with a peppermint tea or have a hot chocolate and cookie without doing anything else. Let them have permission to turn their brain off.
A Scorpio is a person of extremes. If they do something, they put all of their focus and energy into it. You’d rarely see them walk away from a Christmas shopping trip with one small gift. They want to push everything to the limits and are prone to get so lost in the joy of the Christmas spirit that they forget about their responsibilities. You’ll see them dive into holiday parties, spending time with people who usually are unavailable or even finding themselves obsessing over the perfect gift. Their addictive personality needs to be kept in check so they can maintain balance when other people are throwing caution to the wind.
A Scorpio will rarely just show up to a party for a short time. They will get into deep conversations and a party can last well into the night. They don’t know how to just be acquaintances with people and want to get to know everyone well because that’s how they feel safe with people. That can take a long time especially if there are 100 people at the event. Taking time to stop thinking and just relax with a good movie or nap will help.
When it comes to sweets, they don’t stop at one. Make sure if you’re a Scorpio you keep to a healthy diet during the holidays. Scorpios are a water sign and love to explore emotions. They live through their emotions and understand the world through feelings. They are drawn to places and experiences that evoke feelings which can mean they never stop during the festivities that are full of heartwarming games, people and performances. It’s important to remember to do everything in moderation.
When a Taurus decide to do something, nothing will stop them, even if it takes years. Taureans go after their goals relentlessly, which can mean if they have set unrealistic expectations, they could run themselves dry. When it comes to gathering with the family, they want things to be a specific way and can drive other people up the wall trying to make it that way. Make sure you realize that you don’t have to be in control dear Taurus.
Taureans love to decorate and what a great opportunity to do so but just don’t go overboard trying to make things festive to the point where you are falling off the roof trying to get a Santa figurine perched on the chimney. Sometimes a Taurus wants everything to look so good that they will obsess over what they look like and find they spend too much money on their hair, nails, clothes, and makeup. Remember your energy and heart is the most attractive and romantic thing about you!
They can worry themselves sick taking care of people and not remember to stop and separate from others. It’s important to take time away from people and not feel like you need to be there to soothe everyone all the time. Don’t answer every call. Don’t show up to every holiday event or leave early if you want to.
An Aries thrives on stress in certain ways. They put pressure on themselves and soak up the adrenaline of getting people to work together to figure out how to get things done quickly. They love to plan parties, do things at the last minute and follow their ideas no matter how wild. This means that they can quickly eat up the time in the day without taking time to decompress which leaves their body in fight or flight mode compromising their immune system making them susceptible to sicknesses.
Aries are confident and can take on a lot of work, vacation planning, party hosting, and relative visiting. But if they have kids, pets, a company and the in-laws in town, they often can spin into an emotional outburst of anger which resides in the fire of their sign. In order to not resent the holidays, they need to learn when to say no. Let the family rent a hotel, take off early from work and don’t take on new projects before the end of the year. In short, don’t be the hero.
When it comes to holiday parties, decorating, gifting, and tacky sweaters, well, an Aries wants to be the best. They always bring a fun sense of competition to holiday gatherings and oh, did we mention they love to dress to the nines? Just make sure you don’t compare yourself or the amount you spend on gifts to anyone else. Holidays are not about who can out-gift, out-cook or out-decorate anyone else. It also doesn’t add to feelings of inclusivity and love when someone is trying to outshine the rest. Have fun but don’t take yourself too seriously.
Geminis are mental creatures which means they need mental stimulation and often find it through their work which allows them to constantly learn. But this also means they aren’t that good at sitting and relaxing. They are active people who feel like they constantly need to be doing something and hanging with grandparents or sitting around having meals can be a stretch for them. Find time away from work and just let your mind relax and enjoy music, laughter and games.
Geminis can get stressed because they want to know everything and understand all new topics. This means they can get caught in a million conversations and not take time for their basic needs. During the holidays when people are more chatty and sociable a Gemini actually needs to work to be less sociable and more grounded.
A Gemini loves to go try new things and meet new people because they are always interested in how people think and why things happen. They can find themselves going here and there and one thing leads to another but before you know it, they have overdone it and are overtired, hungry, and forgot to feed the cat. To keep stress low, remember to do less.
Leos have a bright personality and love conversing, engaging, and getting attention. They will usually take attention anywhere they can get it even if someone doesn’t deserve it. They may find they crave social environments even when they should be doing something for their health or taking care of much-needed errands and bills. To keep stress low, keep a to-do list of the important things and make sure your ideas aren’t coming from the ego and are coming from the heart.
A Leo doesn’t want to let anyone down. If someone invites them and they say yes I’ll be there, they have trouble not going even if they are dead tired. They accept every challenge even if it’s one too many shots of tequila at times because they want to be the life of the party and thrive on positive energy. People aren’t going to hate you if you say you really don’t feel like doing something. That’s a big lesson for a Leo.
A Leo often seeks validation and someone to tell their dreams and life story to. This means they want to make sure to hit all the events, family gatherings and tree lightings. But no one can be everywhere and it’s a great way to stress yourself out because you’ll always be late and feel one step behind. Choose to go to 1 out of every 5 events and you’ll find your stress goes way down. Sometimes the best decision is no decision.
Why Are the Holidays So Stressful for Them?
Some people have a lot of energy that starts to spin during the holidays. They need to be aware that they interact with people obsessively so that they can say no to social invites. They also need to realize that it’s just as important to be able to say no as it is to say yes. It’s not always necessary to accommodate requests people make, and often people ask too much. Most important for these signs is to remember to check in with how you’re feeling and don’t feel guilty if you don’t do everything you feel obligated to do.
It’s great to have energy, but for the signs that forget to relax, the flu season will force you to if you don’t take care of yourself. There’s nothing wrong with loving people, parties, and gatherings but no one can do it all, right? Don’t worry about telling your aunt you’re staying in, she will still love you!
Signs to Learn From
5 Tips to Relax During the Holidays
1. Take a Breath!
Literally just take more deep breaths! Your stress instantly reduces and your body relaxes. It helps balance your stress hormones and even reduces muscle tension. This is the first thing to do if you feel anything but joy from the holiday time. Make sure it’s a deep breath and do it as often as possible until it becomes natural for your body to calm you down without thinking just by expanding the lungs and taking in more oxygen. It’s amazing that breathing is the most effective, free and fast stress reliever on the planet.
2. Plan Fewer Activities
You’ll actually enjoy yourself much more if you don’t have two parties to attend each evening. That means fewer gifts to bring, less wine to show up with and less dry cleaning to get laundered. Also, don’t throw too many gatherings yourself even if people are used to it. Go for quality, not quantity.
3. Take 15 Minutes For Yourself Before Entering a Party
Before you set foot in the door, decide how long you probably want to stay, how much you want to eat and remind yourself what you’d like to get done the next day. Identify the people you know will try to tempt you to go overboard and mentally prep yourself. Also, check in with yourself and make sure you actually want to go because you don’t have to do anything.
4. Remember the Holidays are About Friends & Loved Ones
When you get frazzled about having the perfect wrapping paper, going to ten stores to get everything on your list or feeling like you have to make ten kinds of cookies for every dietary concern under the sun, just breathe and remember a hug is more valuable than anything. Just show love through words and listening and don’t go broke or stress yourself out last minute with the unnecessary hassle.
5. Get Into the Holiday Spirit
Find ways to incorporate your own version of holiday spirit into this time. Spend time with people you love. Bake cookies. Volunteer your time with a local organization to make someone else’s Christmas a little brighter.
Did you enjoy this article? Please share it with your friends!
Shannon Yrizarry has taught metaphysical subjects since 2013 including the deeply esoteric lineage of kundalini yoga. She has worked as a healer, clairvoyant and card reader and be…Read More »
“Down Dog,” the teacher says. It’s the last one of class; by now my body is dripping in sweat and my muscles are particularly loose. With 10 minutes until beloved Savasana, I know which pose is coming next.
“Lift your right leg to the sky and pull it through for Sleeping Pigeon. Keep your right thigh parallel to the mat, and make sure your foot stays flexed.”
I glide my foot forward just as she says, anticipating what I’m about to feel. Sleeping Pigeon, a deep hip opener, is one of those love-hate poses for lots of yoga enthusiasts, but I presume even more so for runners like myself who have notoriously tight hips. I bend forward, the yoga pose directly targeting the part of my body that always feels like it’s taking the brunt of my daily runs on road or trail. I inhale deeply, trying to watch my exhale like the teacher often suggests, as I feel the effects of my 50-mile week.
I’ve been a runner for 15 years and a yoga practitioner for two. In those two years, yoga has become an irreplaceable complement to my training. When I started doing yoga more regularly (three to four times a week) I simultaneously became both stronger and faster. I’m not sure yoga can take all the credit, but I know it must deserve some.
Yoga can strengthen particular muscle groups that may get neglected when you run.
To find out, I hopped on the phone with one of my favorite yoga teachers from Colorado, Peter Michaelsen. With a B.A. in yoga studies from Naropa University, I figured he’d know a thing or two about how the practice might benefit other runners like me.
“One of the things that running does in our body is strengthen particular muscle groups,” he says. Most runners primarily use their quads and hamstrings, he says, which over time can lead to fatigue and pain from overuse. It can also lead to imbalances: If you’re only ever working a few muscle groups, other areas may end up a lot weaker and more prone to aches and injuries.
This makes sense to me; before I did yoga I often experienced lower back pain, which was due to a lack of hip mobility and core strength. I’m happy to say that doing yoga regularly has helped with this discomfort.
“Yoga is comprehensive,” Michaelsen adds. When you do this sort of total-body strengthening work, it can have a big impact on your running. “You can become faster because your [core] is [contributing to your run] as much as your legs, and your shoulders are now helping your arms swing.” Yoga helps get the whole body involved while running, he says.
Like any good patient (and writer), I decided to get a second opinion. I spoke with yoga instructor and running coach Cara Gilman. She was an all-in marathon runner until she suffered consecutive injuries and found her way onto a yoga mat. Interestingly, she echoed many of Michaelsen’s statements:
“Yoga is a great way to activate the muscles we don’t typically use when running alone,” she confirms. “As runners, we’re not used to activating our glutes and hips. Many key poses and postures in yoga force us to strengthen those muscles.”
Gilman asked if I ever found standing in one-legged postures in yoga, like Warrior III and Airplane, particularly challenging. I shake my head vigorously, saying yes. The reason, she suggests, is because those poses require me to use my hips and glutes, muscles that are often a runner’s biggest weakness.
It also helps to increase range of motion—something many runners may need to work on.
I wanted to run this concept by someone who wasn’t a yoga instructor. I was curious to hear from someone who was trained in exercise physiology.
Enter Alex Harrison, Ph.D., a sport performance coach who works with triathletes, runners, and weightlifters. I wanted to know: If a runner only runs, what happens? And how could inserting different types of movement—such as yoga—impact their performance?
Harrison explains that devout runners will most likely have limited ranges of motion for doing non-running kinds of movements. This is because when we run, our bodies are only moving forward and backward (also called the sagittal plane). This means that moving in other ways, say, laterally to do a side lunge, or diagonally to do a wood chop, might feel difficult and unfamiliar. If you only ever run and don’t do exercises that get you moving in other directions, you end up not only overworking the muscles you are using but also making it difficult to move in other ways, potentially increasing your risk of injury on the rare occasions you do.
This is where yoga comes in; it requires the body to move in frontal and transverse planes in poses like twists, lunges, and Warrior II.
Still, I wondered (and asked): So what? How does having better hip mobility and a larger range of motion affect my running performance? Harrison argues that a larger range of motion might not make you faster, but it will certainly help you avoid injury. That’s because if we’re used to staying stuck in one type of motion, any small change we make to our running form, from wearing new shoes to opening up our legs during strides, can cause the body to go beyond our typical range of motion, which could lead to strains, sprains, and tears galore. When you’re more used to working in a broader range, there’s less of a chance you’ll do something outside of your body’s capabilities.
Learning to breathe mindfully in the studio may also help you on a run.
OK, so the muscle stuff made sense to me. But you can arguably target ignored muscle groups and planes of movement with other activities besides yoga. So I wanted to dig deeper and find out: What other benefits can yoga provide runners that you can’t necessarily find in a weight room?
One particularly interesting physical benefit of yoga for runners has to do with breathing. I’m a big fan of Baptiste Yoga, which emphasizes ujjayi breathing, in which you inhale and exhale out of your nose. Many forms of yoga utilize specific breathing techniques, teaching you how to breathe in a purposeful way. “There is a focus on diaphragm breathing and expanding your lungs and the space around your chest,” says Michaelsen.
This can be helpful for a few reasons, says Marta Montenegro, M.S., C.S.C.S., adjunct professor of exercise science at Florida International University in Miami. When you focus on your breathing pattern during exercise, you’re actively connecting your mind and your body. This, she says, will help you better control your respiration rate, so you can maintain your pace for longer. Being acutely aware of your breathing (and not just zoning out for the duration of your run) will also get you focusing on other things like your body positioning and core engagement, both of which can help you run more efficiently.
“Also, yoga focuses on working the core, and the respiratory muscles are part of the core,” says Montenegro. When these muscle are stronger, it takes longer for them to tire out. “If yoga is training you to keep your core engaged and your respiratory muscles expanding and contracting, you will use less energy doing those things and that will improve your running economy.”
The mental benefits of yoga can help you stay focused when things get challenging.
I would argue I’ve personally experienced more mental gains from yoga than physical ones. As a runner, my mental game used to always be my biggest weakness; my brain would give up way before my body. During a race, as soon as I started feeling fatigued, I’d convince myself why it was OK to ease up and not chase a new PR. Instead of embracing a runner’s beloved nemesis—the pain cave—I ran (slowly) away from it. Yet my normal yoga practice has forced me to get comfortable with being uncomfortable, through sitting in the poses that incorporate a lot of hamstrings or core strength, focused on just noticing what it feels like versus reacting to the discomfort and trying to get out of it. This has translated to my running; now when I traverse up hills, I notice where my mind is going versus freaking out right away and slowing my pace down to that of a snail’s.
“Your body is capable of doing so much more than the mind thinks. In yoga, we try to be in each breath, which is like being in each step of a running practice. That’s the freedom of the ‘now, here’ moment. Not the one we think is going to come up in a mile or two from now,” Michaelsen says.
Another basic element of the mind-practice in yoga is concentration, or directing our mental awareness in a certain direction. “The mental component with yoga translates to all parts of our life, but especially when things start to get tough,” Michaelsen describes. In his words, the practice of yoga brings us to more of a central space of listening.
Gilman says that mental strength from yoga is crucial when it comes to running. “Your mental game during speed work, a hill workout, or balancing in half-moon pose [hinges on] what you’re thinking while these things are happening. [Yoga] allows you to practice mindfulness and to simply show up, no matter how hard a hill or holding a pose may be.”
You can add yoga to your routine in a couple different ways.
Yoga can definitely be a great item in a runner’s toolbox for both your physical and mental self. I for one have found immense value in it, and have more mobile muscles and mind because of it. There are so many different types of yoga too—from restorative Yin to vigorous vinyasa—so don’t hesitate to try a few different styles out to see what works for you, your body, and your training schedule.
Whether you’re a newbie or seasoned yogi, Gilman recommends that runners hit their yoga mats two to three times a week. The best part? Every class is guaranteed to end in Savasana.
Senior Bikram Yoga Teacher and owner of Global Yoga San Fransisco joins OMB with a story of practicing with Bikram in the early days of Bikram Yoga. Find out more about Mary by clicking here…
I started practicing what is now called “Bikram Yoga” over 24 years ago. It was not “BIKRAM YOGA” back then. It WAS yoga. When asked about it by friends and acquaintances, I would say, “yoga is 26 postures,practiced twice in a 90 minute class,in a heated room …There is no exercise in the world that makes me feel as great as I do when I practice this yoga…Yoga kicks running and weightlifting’s ass…”
“Bikram?!??…what’s a Bikram?!??”
Bikram is my teacher from Calcutta,India. His guru told him to come to America to ‘Heal the bodies and lives of the people of The West’ with his yoga. He has a school in San Francisco and Beverly Hills”.
Mary Jarvis in Standing Bow-Pulling Pose
“WHAT!!!….the room is heated??!!?”….yep…that freak out statement has been going on for a long time.
When I first started practicing, there were no Hand Towels in the room. There were no water bottles in the room. The Yoga Mat companies didn’t even exist.
We used to cut open large black garbage bags and put them under our towels to try and keep the sweat off the rug….which was a failure, by the way. When you stepped out into a triangle you would slide or surf on the carpet. We did use baby crib liner mats for awhile….still not very long but no surfing.
I bought yoga mats for my school in 1996 and it was a big deal . We could choose dark ugly blue or dark ugly green for colors. They were NOT to be used for a prop. It was only to keep the sweat off the carpet. I still hold true to that even today.
When taking class….YOU DID NOT MOVE !
Hold still in the posture….
Hold still NOT in the posture.
If you moved around in class, Bikram would kick you out. He wouldn’t even tell you why.
So I left in shock, not knowing what I did and bummed because that yoga made me feel so good.
After a few days I went back afraid…Had to go though…
Bikram looked at me and said,”WHERE HAVE YOU BEEN?”
…”uhhh…you kicked me out??”
“Only for THAT DAY!” “Don’t ever leave again”
So I kept my eyes way wide open when I took class after that …I was looking for anything that would indicate getting kicked out.
And then it happened….a girl in front of me wiped her face after a Triangle Set.
Bikram saw it and faster than I can type, “GET OUT!!!”, she moved.
AH HAHH! SHE MOVED!…..you cannot move in class!…that must have been what I did.
Don’t move in class….Good to know.
I was standing still after a posture one time and bug flew up my nose. I did not go after it. I was not going to move. He was dead by that time anyway and All Bugs are Edible! Pure protein…number one survival rule (besides pee on a cut or gash).
The discipline in the Yoga Room was amazing. The energy was so high. The concentration and focus of the students…I do not even have a good English word to describe it.
I sometimes get nostalgic for those years. I miss those yoga classes…
Hand towels, yoga gloves, “yoga paws”, five bottles of frozen water surrounding all the yoga mats….the running in and out of the class, laying down….pink drinks,orange drinks,green drinks…”neutronium” blue drinks!……
If you come to my school,you will see very few water bottles in the room. Most of the time, the people who have them are Drop-In students from other schools or new students who read somewhere that they should bring water.
I admit that I have a couple of regular practicing students that drink in class. It is a little embarassing to me that they do. I am NOT going to yell at them or anyone for that matter…I just take note of who does and who doesn’t. I do not like it, though!
None of my teachers are ever allowed to drink water while taking or teaching class. Somebody has to hold the high vision! I love it when visiting teachers come to my school…it’s our Yoga Family. They can come for free but they may not drink water or use hand towels in class and they have to stand in the last back row of the yoga room and learn humility.
Three of my students just practiced 8 yoga classes in one day! They never sat down in any of the classes and they never drank water in any of them either. They looked fantastic. They glowed for 15 and 1/2 hours of yoga! To Rebecca Rankin, J-Wong, and Frossie ‘the Aussie’, I say CONGRATULATIONS.
They know how to breathe through their nose and slow their breathing down in Asana and in relaxation after Asana.
They feel neither heat nor cold in the yoga room. They are out of emotional prison in their minds, hearts and energy souls.
I know that my students and I have the best life in the orange room.
Throughout our days, we are often overwhelmed by , caught up in our thoughts and everything we have to do. Studies show that depression and anxiety are on the rise. It’s not surprising that millions of people are struggling just to find happiness in their day-to-day life (, 2).
We live in a spotlight culture. What does that mean, exactly? Think about social media for a minute. If you scroll through your Facebook or Instagram feed, what do you see? Dozens of people living their “best lives,” getting engaged, traveling the world, celebrating the launch of another business. We’ve become conditioned to only care about the big moments. The day-to-day is just a means to an end. In Buddhism, the opposite is true.
The Buddha we know today was born in Nepal sometime between the 6th to 4th century BC as Siddhartha Gautama (3). Like many of us, Buddha pondered the deeper meaning of life and struggled to find purpose in the ordinary. He tried multiple religions, but nothing gave him the sense of contentment he needed, so he turned to meditation. Many of the Buddha quotes we still repeat today came from his personal experiences during this time.
The Buddha was raised luxuriously in a palace, but all the riches in the world didn’t bring him any sense of fulfillment or deeper meaning. At 29, he left his family and ventured into the wilderness. He encountered many different people, who opened his eyes to the universal suffering in the world.
There are many different theories as to what inspired the Buddha to begin teaching, but his great wisdom has inspired millions of people around the world for centuries. One of the most alluring aspects of Buddhism is that you don’t have to practice it as a religion to gain peace from its founder’s words. An inspiring Buddha quote can carry you through your day and not only give you reassurance but also something to think about.
31 Buddha Quotes to Change Your Life
1. “Happiness never decreases by being shared.”
The longer form of this quote compares happiness to the light of a candle. A signal flame can light a thousand others. Likewise, we can change so many lives simply by sharing some of the happiness in our own.
Studies show that even the simple act of smiling, forced or not, releases feel-good hormones that lift our spirits (4).
2. “No one can save us but ourselves. No one can and no one may. We must walk the path alone.”
The ultimate purpose of Buddhism is to reach a state of being called “enlightenment.” According to the Buddha, when an enlightened person transforms, they reach Nirvana, a paradise that is free from the endless cycle of human suffering through rebirth.
The exact definition of “enlightenment” varies among different sects of Buddhism (5). Whichever you choose to believe, the point stands that we must go through life’s journey on our own. Comfort in others is wonderful, and humans were designed for companionship. However, no one can ever truly bring us the sense of love, security, and purpose we crave except ourselves.
3. “We are shaped by our thoughts; we become what we think. When the mind is pure, joy follows like a shadow.”
There’s no shortage of scientific research that proves our thoughts influence our happiness. In fact, there’s an entire branch of psychology dedicated to changing thought patterns and living better lives as a result: it’s called positive psychology.
The Buddha wants to teach people to clear their minds and develop a healthy inner-monologue. In Buddhism, this is often achieved through loving-kindness meditation, but you are free to find your own way as well.
4. “Do not dwell on the past. Do not dream of the future. Concentrate the mind on the present moment.”
We can’t be happy if we’re going through our lives plagued with guilt or regret from the past and anxiety about the future. The present moment is the future you once craved, and someday, it will be your past. Every day, you’re writing your own personal history. Choose to change and make it a good one.
5. “There is no fear for one whose mind is not filled with desires.”
When you stop thinking about what you don’t have, you liberate yourself from the fear of what you will never achieve. Rather than absence, you can direct your energy to the present and develop a sense of gratitude.
6. “Better than a thousand hollow words is one that brings peace.”
Have you ever struggled to find the words to comfort a friend or loved one in despair? You yourself may have felt burdened by the well-intentioned but misguided advice of others. Choose your words wisely, and understand that sometimes, people only speak because they need someone to listen, not to advise them.
7. “People with opinions just go around bothering each other.”
In today’s politically charged society, it’s impossible to say anything that angering someone. Opinions do not have to be expressed at every opportunity. You can hold your own beliefs and find validity in them without trying to convince others to see everything your way.
8. “Purity and impurity depend on oneself; no one can purify another.”
This is one of the Buddha quotes many people might struggle to accept. We are so rooted in our jobs, friendships, and relationships that we often fail to take accountability for our own happiness and sense of purity.
Ask yourself where you feel a lack in your life. Whether it’s spiritual or mental, consider addressing your inner child and uncovering where you need to be nurtured most.
9. “If you propose to speak, always ask yourself, is it true, is it necessary, is it kind?”
Being conscientious of our words builds empathy and helps us form more meaningful relationships. Many people act as if they have to either choose between honesty or kindness, but you can choose both. Buddha quotes encourage us to dig deeper and become more conscious of our actions toward ourselves and others.
10. “If you find no one to support you on the spiritual path, walk alone.”
If you’ve been damaged by religion, there is room for spiritual healing on your own. This inspiring Buddha quote calls everyone to follow their heart and seek truth, peace, and happiness in their own ways. As long as you do no harm unto others, there is no wrong path.
11. “All that we are is the result of what we have thought.”
Your thoughts don’t define you, but we can’t help but identify with them. You don’t have to believe every thought you think, but you do have to make an effort to cultivate a healthy mind. It takes time, but we can learn to restructure our brain’s pathways and think more positively.
12. “The ultimate truth is not even to think.”
It’s hard to imagine not thinking. If you’ve ever tried to meditate, you know first-hand how obstructive thoughts can be. Daily practice can help you learn to slow down and detach from your thoughts.
13. “Endurance is one of the most difficult disciplines, but it is to the one who endures that the final victory comes.”
14. “An idea that is developed and put into action is more important than an idea that exists only as an idea.”
If you need an inspiring Buddha quote to motivate you, this is it. Go after your dreams, and don’t be afraid to fail. It’s the only way you can learn and improve.
15. “Chaos is inherent in all compounded things. Strive on with diligence.”
16. “The tongue like a sharp knife; it kills without drawing blood.”
17. “A jug fills drop by drop.”
This simple yet inspiring Buddha quote helps you remember to pause and celebrate your progress, no matter how seemingly insignificant.
18. “The way is not in the sky. The way is in the heart.”
19. “Peace comes from within. Do not seek it without.”
This is one of the finest examples of the poetry in Buddha quotes. The double entendre suggests that we shouldn’t seek peace in others, nor should we do anything in the name of peace without having peace within ourselves.
20. “You can only lose what you cling to.”
21. “As you walk and eat and travel, be where you are. Otherwise, you will miss most of your life.”
22. “If your compassion does not include yourself, it is incomplete.”
23. “A dog is not considered a good dog because he is a good barker. A man is not considered a good man because he is a good talker.”
Buddha quotes often deliver serious judgments that many people are afraid to acknowledge themselves. Quotes like this remind us that we can’t believe everything we hear, and we must judge people based off their actions and character, not their words.
24. “If we destroy something around us, we destroy ourselves.”
25. “Doubt everything. Find your own light.”
This inspiring Buddha quote encourages you to ask questions and go against the grain. You aren’t weighed down by society’s standards. You create your own destiny.
26. “In the sky, there is no distinction of east and west; people create distinctions out of their own minds and then believe them to be true.”
27. “What you think, you create, what you feel, you attract, and what you imagine, you become.”
28. “There has to be evil so that good can prove its purity above it.”
Positive affirmations can provide comfort in times of stress, chaos and confusion. Using Buddha quotes like this can help us remember the duality of life and maintain balance even in times of turmoil.
29. “It is better to travel well than to arrive.”
Life is a journey, and we should embrace every opportunity to explore, change and grow. Our plans will ultimately change to accommodate our minds as we evolve and realize what we really want out of life.
30. “Every morning we are born again. What we do today is what matters most.”
31. “In the end, only three things matter: how much you loved, how gently you lived, and how gracefully you let go of things not meant for you.”
If you listen to mainstream media, you might think it’s money or fame. We’re taught to believe that “celebrities” have the perfect life.
But are they really happy? Not exactly.
In fact, according to Buddhist philosophy, attaching our happiness to outside factors like material objects and money will actually make us unhappy.
So, what can we do?
According to Buddhism, we need to focus on our inner peace first, and then everything else will fall into place.
Here are 10 lessons from Buddhism that will help us achieve true happiness.
1) Never lose hope
According to Buddhist philosophy, it’s crucial to keep hope, even in tough times.
Buddhism says that change is built into the nature of things: nothing is inherently fixed, not even our identity.
Therefore, no matter bad the situation, it’s important to remember that change is only the law in the universe and it will eventually pass.
According to Buddhist monk, Thanissaro Bhikkhu, the nature of karma also gives up hope:
“In the five reflections, the reflection on karma is the one that gives hope. You realize that you’re in charge of your actions. You’re not simply a victim of fate or of the stars or of some other being acting through you. You’re the one who’s making the choices. That’s what gives you hope.”
2) Help others as much as possible
Beautiful words from The Dalai Lama. Sometimes it can help to stop focusing on your own problems and instead help people with theirs. Not only will you help them out, but it might just make you feel better about yourself.
Compassion is one of the most revered qualities in Buddhism. Compassion is also about understanding the basic goodness in all people. It helps you connect wholeheartedly with others, which can be a great source of joy.
Seek to live in a way where you treat everyone as you would yourself. Once you begin doing this, you’ll realize the true power of compassion.
Master Buddhist Thich Nhat Hanh offers some great advice:
“When we come into contact with the other person, our thoughts and actions should express our mind of compassion, even if that person says and does things that are not easy to accept. We practice in this way until we see clearly that our love is not contingent upon the other person being lovable.”
3) Letting go gives us freedom
We don’t need to rely on outside factors to make us happy. By clinging onto anything, we remain fixed and unable to change. True freedom means accepting the transient nature of everything.
Only then can we understand the liberating notion that it’s impossible to hold onto anything. What we can do is embrace the present moment as best we can and allow ourselves the opportunity to grow and improve.
Master Buddhist Thich Nhat Hanh says it best:
“Buddhism teaches that joy and happiness arise from letting go… There are things you’ve been hanging on to that really are not useful and deprive you of your freedom. Find the courage to let them go.”
4) Progress can only occur through understanding
Brilliant words from Buddhist master Thich Nhat Hanh. There’s a huge divide in society because opposing sides refuse to listen to each other. But this has no positive effect at all.
We need to understand and show compassion for people who have different views than us. Progress will only come from dialogue and understanding.
The Dalai Lama also says that understanding is critical for our own happiness as well:
“Only the development of compassion and understanding for others can bring us the tranquility and happiness we all seek.”
5) If we are going to change our life, it’s up to us
Your life is yours, and yours alone. There is no way for anyone to experience the world from your unique perspective. Instead of leaning on others to guide you through life, be brave and blaze your own path.
The Dalai Lama offers some potent words on this point:
“There is only one important point you must keep in your mind and let it be your guide. No matter what people call you, you are just who you are. Keep to this truth. You must ask yourself how is it you want to live your life. We live and we die, this is the truth that we can only face alone. No one can help us, not even the Buddha. So consider carefully, what prevents you from living the way you want to live your life?”
6) Trust your own common sense
In a world of fake news and algorithmic newsfeeds we have no control over, it’s more important than ever to exercise our critical thinking skills.
We don’t need some expert to tell us what to think. We can think for ourselves.
7) Holding onto anger isn’t useful
Buddhism teaches us that directing anger at others doesn’t really lead to anything positive. There are better ways to get your point across.
Take a step back and act with reason and common sense. You’ll thank yourself later.
According to the Dalai Lama, instead of getting angry, we should use it a stepping stone in our own development:
“Hard times build determination and inner strength. Through them we can also come to appreciate the uselessness of anger. Instead of getting angry nurture a deep caring and respect for troublemakers because by creating such trying circumstances they provide us with invaluable opportunities to practice tolerance and patience.”
8) Don’t stoop to anyone’s level
Buddha was one of the first people to teach that you can only conquer hate with love.
So, remember, you don’t need to stoop to someone else’s level if they’re acting toxic. By upholding our values, we will get the desired result we’re seeking and keep our integrity intact.
9) To be beautiful means to be yourself
We can all agree that the most awesome people are authentic people. They are who they are and they know what they want in life. There’s no BS. You can feel comfortable around them because they’re not trying to be manipulative.
Buddhism teaches us that through self-compassion and acceptance of ourselves, we’re able to become the beautiful human beings we know we’re all capable of being.
10) The moment is the only thing that exists
One of the cornerstone teachings of Buddhism. The future hasn’t arrived. The past is over. The only thing that matters is the present moment. It’s the only place where happiness resides.
Looking to reduce stress and live a calmer, more focused life? Mindfulness is the easy way to gently let go of stress and be in the moment. It has fast become the slow way to manage the modern world – without chanting mantras or finding hours of special time to meditate.
In Hack Spirit’s new eBook, The Art of Mindfulness, we explain how you can use mindfulness practically to help you clear your mind, let go of your worries and live peacefully in the present moment.
By devoting full attention on what we are doing in the moment, we can alleviate suffering, fear and anxiety.
With the power of mindfulness at our fingertips and the beauty of looking deeply, we can find insights to transform and heal any situation.
Contrary to popular belief, the “Ancient Aliens” show is actually a documentary on the history of the Earth. Critics have said that the hypotheses put forward on the show are “absolutely absurd” or “fucking ridiculous,” however it turns out that there’s far more truth than fiction. After all, the show is on the “History Channel,” a TV station dedicated to education and promotion of historic facts, so they wouldn’t air a show on their network that was completely and totally full of shit, right?
Now YOU can join the Space Force, too! Get this shirt, poster, coffee mug, and more from our store!
The move is consistent with other positions currently held by Trump appointees. After all, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development Ben Carson has said the following:
Some people believe in the Bible, like I do. And don’t find that to be silly at all and believe that God created the earth and don’t find that to be silly at all. The secular progressives try to ridicule it anytime it comes up and they’re welcome to do that.
I think that’s a plausible explanation to how they got built…I happen to believe a lot of things that you might not believe because I believe in the Bible. The pyramids were made in a way that they had hermetically sealed compartments. You wouldn’t need hermetically sealed compartments for a sepulcher. You would need that if you were trying to preserve grain for a long period of time.
The Ancient Aliens star is famous across the internet for exposing many truths that the liberal media won’t tell you. Not even Hollywood is immune from his skepticism:
At a press conference, Trump also announced that he would have William Shatner, formerly Captain Kirk of the USS Enterprise and former host of the hit series Rescue 911, installed as Inspector General of the Space Force.
Tsoukalos may not be the space philosopher we expected to get nominated, but he’s certainly the intellectual we deserve.
Kudos to President Trump for being such a forward-looking visionary!
(In case you need it explained, and didn’t read the “satire” category at the top of this post, this is satire. That means it’s a joke. It’s not real. Except the stuff about Ben Carson. That’s completely and totally real.)
This archangel fights Satan with the challenge of his own name: Micha-el, meaning Who is like God?
With so much evil confronting us in seemingly every new piece of breaking news, here are three prayers to St. Michael the Archangel, the great archangel-antagonist of Satan.
Bishop Robert Barron recently described St. Michael the Archangel thus: “Michael is invariably depicted in the armor of a warrior, for he is the general of the angelic army that stood athwart the legions of Lucifer, who had dared to arrogate to himself the prerogatives of God. He fought, not with sword and spear, but with the unanswerable challenge of his own name: Micha-el (Who is like God?)”
In our battle against evil — that in ourselves and that in the world — let us call on these prayers.
A Litany of St. Michael
Lord, have mercy on us. Lord, have mercy on us.
Christ, have mercy on us. Christ, have mercy on us.
Lord, have mercy on us. Lord, have mercy on us.
Christ, hear us. Christ, hear us.
Christ, graciously hear us. Christ, graciously hear us.
God the Father of Heaven, have mercy on us.
God the Son, Redeemer of the world, have mercy on us.
God the Holy Spirit, have mercy on us.
Holy Trinity, one God, have mercy on us.
[Repeat pray for us after each invocation]
Holy Mary, Queen of the Angels,
St. Michael, the Archangel,
Most glorious attendant of the Triune Divinity,
Standing at the right of the altar of Incense,
Ambassador of Paradise,
Glorious Prince of the Heavenly armies,
Leader of the Angelic hosts,
The standard-bearer of God’s armies,
Defender of Divine glory,
First defender of the Kingship of Christ,
Strength of God,
Invincible Prince and warrior,
Angel of Peace,
Guide of Christ,
Guardian of the Catholic Faith,
Champion of God’s people,
Guardian Angel of the Eucharist,
Defender of the Church,
Protector of the Sovereign Pontiff,
Angel of Catholic action,
Powerful intercessor of Christians,
Bravest defender of those who hope in God,
Guardian of our souls and bodies,
Healer of the sick,
Help of those in their agony,
Consoler of the Souls in Purgatory,
God’s messenger for the souls of the just,
Terror of the evil spirits,
Victorious in battle against evil,
Guardian and Patron of the universal Church,
Lamb of God, Who takest away the sins of the world,
spare us, O Lord.
Lamb of God, Who takest away the sins of the world,
graciously hear us, O Lord.
Lamb of God, Who takest away the sins of the world,
have mercy on us.
V. Pray for us, O glorious St. Michael,
R. That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ.
St. Michael the Archangel,
defend us in battle.
Be our defense against the wickedness and snares of the Devil.
May God rebuke him, we humbly pray,
and do thou,
O Prince of the heavenly hosts,
by the power of God,
thrust into hell Satan,
and all the evil spirits,
who prowl about the world
seeking the ruin of souls. Amen.
Act of Consecration to St. Michael the Archangel
Oh most Noble Prince of the Angelic Hierarchies
valorous warrior of Almighty God,
and zealous lover of His glory,
terror of the rebellious angels,
and love and delight of all the just ones,
my beloved Archangel Saint Michael,
desiring to be numbered among thy devoted servants,
I, today offer and consecrate myself to thee,
and place myself, my family,
and all I possess under thy most powerful protection.
I entreat thee not to look at how little, I,
as thy servant have to offer,
being only a wretched sinner,
but to gaze, rather,
with favorable eye at the heartfelt affection
with which this offering is made,
and remember that if from this day onward
I am under thy patronage,
thou must during all my life assist me,
and procure for me the pardon of my many grievous offenses,
and sins, the grace to love with all my heart my God,
my dear Savior Jesus and my Sweet Mother Mary,
and obtain for me all the help necessary to arrive to my crown
of glory.
Defend me always from my spiritual enemies,
particularly in the last moments of my life.
Come then oh Glorious Prince and succor me in my last struggle,
and with thy powerful weapon cast far from me
into the infernal abysses that prevaricator
and proud angel that one day thou prostrated
in the celestial battle.
Saint Michael, defend us in our daily battle
so that we may not perish in the last Judgment.
A strange and mysterious unidentified flying object hovered over the well known alien hot-spot known as the Wright-Patterson Air Force base, located in Ohio. The UFO hunters have not only seen it, but released a video about the incident.
Strange and bizarre footage has been uploaded to YouTube. Within the clip, there are reports displaying a dark UFO hovering in the cloudy skies just over the United States military base. And yes, it has gone completely viral all over the Internet.
The footage in the film below was filmed Wednesday, May 25th. A couple, who happened to be watching the sunset from the comfort of their own home, and according to the ‘professional UFO YouTube hunters’ known as “Secureteam10,” uploaded the clip on May 28th, 2016.
The SecureTeam10, one of the biggest UFO conspiracy theory YouTube channels, has described themselves as “the research team bringing exposure of the alien phenomenon and those trying to hide it back to the masses.”
The Wright-Patterson Air Force base, is indeed considered that of a UFO hot spot, mostly due to the long history of sightings reported, dating as far back as the Second World War.
Other conspiracy theorists have actually claimed that the local base did in fact possess a top-secret alien tech storage hanger labeled “Hanger 18,” which was off limits to the general public, so much so that not even Senator Barry Goldwater, who holds a top-security clearance, was not allowed to enter.
We can see other conspiracy theorists allege that this so called “above-top-secret” facility had also, at the time, held several alien corpses.
This alleged ‘fact’ follows the UFO crash in Roswell,1947. The story suggests badly burned remains of unknown alien astronauts salvaged from a mangled UFO; then moved by flatbed truck to the popular Area 51 facility, located in Nevada. The conspiracy theorists have claimed that these aliens, in which are described as small beings possessing large heads and gray tinted skin, had supposedly been flown to Hanger 18 for more postmortem analyses’, as well as scientific studies.
Open Minds TV had reported back in July 2014, that a related grandchild of a specific woman that had happened to reside at Dayton, Ohio, had come forward with a full testimony. This case was filed as “Case 58327,” which remains in the archives of the many Mutual UFO Network (MUFON). The testimony states that her grandmother had indeed confirmed that a senior ranking official located at the base of the crashed UFO, did possess these alien bodies recovered from the famous Roswell crash, to be stored at the Ohio military base.
The witness also stated that her grandmother had obtained the secret information back in 1960 from a close friend, which happened to have been a high-ranking officer working at the base. Her friend had retired from the base shortly afterwards. “A close friend retired from Wright Patterson Air Force base, he was high ranking. My grandmother asked him it if were true about the alien craft and possibly the alien bodies being stored at the base” said the witness.
“If the public knew what was at the base from the Roswell incident, there would be a general panic amongst the public,” was the official alleged response.
A study of UFO Phenomenon that was conducted from 1952 onto 1969, revealed that the top-secret Wright-Patterson Air Force Base had recorded more than 12,500 strange aerial sightings between the years of 1947 and 1969.
The exact details of this Project Blue Book program had finally arrived to the general public in 2015; over 100,000 pages of documentation related to the project had been released following a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request.
The UFO with the latest alleged sighting that had been reported by the SecureTeam10, has an oddly shaped and very sharp pointed lower end. Strange markings line its sides. It hovers in the air for several minutes.
The women that had filmed this bizarre footage with her cellphone, appears to be in shock.
You can clearly hear the woman stating in the footage, “What the f**k is that?” She continues to add “It looks like it is moving with the clouds.” She continues by stating “That’s f**king crazy.”
As she tries to zoom in on the camera for a closer view of the floating object, the UFO appears to sense that it was being observed. It suddenly moves and proceeds to hide behind the thick clouds, doing nothing more than conjuring more expletives from the several viewers from down below.
The woman screams “Oh my God, it f**king disappeared.”
The SecureTeam10, with narrator Tyler Glockner, had described the footage as “mind-blowing.” He also claims that the “three separate” witnesses had also filmed the exact same UFO, and oddly enough, at the exact same location just before the latest sighting. Thus, providing a corroborating of the testimony from the latest witnesses.
“It’s the same UFO. I am simply amazed; we have someone corroborating this sighting,” Glocker says, “There is no doubt in my mind this is either an alien craft or a very, very strange drone – which I highly doubt.”
He also goes on to suggest that it could be a top-secret USAF Black Project craft, which is being reverse-engineered from strange alien technology.
Glockner’s speculations on the video did in fact spark some online discussion, mostly with loyal and faithful followers of his channel agreeing, as they usually do, that the revealed footage does likely provide details of an unknown alien aircraft and that it does provide the viewers with evidence of a government attempting to cover up some sort of evidence of alien visitations to planet Earth.
“This is the best footage and something is about to go down,” stated a fan enthused by the video clip. “Did you see the face as the camera zoomed in? Oh man…The government is not your friend.” He continues.
The video belo “Alien Saucer UFO jumps Dimensions over Military Base” below is of another source of this incident.
Other fans of the YouTube channel had spotted other UFO’s within the footage that the SecureTeam10 had “missed.”
“They are coming everyday more and more! They have already been here forever but more aliens are coming every day!” Stated a fan in excitement.
While a few of the Christian-based fans declared that the UFO’s were that of demons and had warned UFO hunters to “place their faith in Christ” rather than in that of aliens.
However, both critics of the SecureTeam10 have, alleged that the newest leaked footage from this remarkable prolific UFO hunter is that of a fake. A very skeptic person commented “video editing and bad acting”
This article (Mysterious UFO has been Spotted hovering over the alien Hotspot Wright-Patterson Air Force Base) is a free and open source. You have permission to republish this article under a Creative Commons license with attribution to the author and AnonHQ.
In the course of looking for possible signs of Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (ETI), scientists have had to do some really outside-of-the-box thinking.
Since it is a foregone conclusion that many ETIs would be older and more technologically advanced than humanity, those engaged in the Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence (SETI) have to consider what a more advanced species would be doing.
A particularly radical idea that has been suggested is that spacefaring civilizations could harness radiation emitted from black holes (Hawking radiation) to generate power.
Building on this, Louis Crane – a mathematician from Kansas State University (KSU) – recently authored a study that suggests how surveys using gamma telescopes could find evidence of spacecraft powered by tiny artificial black holes.
The study, “Searching for Extraterrestrial Civilizations Using gamma Ray Telescopes“, recently appeared online. This is the second paper published by Dr. Crane on the subject, the first of which was co-authored by Shawn Westmoreland (a physics grad student with KSU) and published in 2009 – titled “Are Black Hole Spacecraft Possible?”.
In the first paper, Crane and Westmoreland explored the possibility of using Hawking radiation from an artificial black hole. They concluded that it was at the edge of possibility, but that quantum gravity effects (which are currently unknown) could be an issue.
In her most recent paper, Crane took things a step further by describing how the resulting gamma-rays such a system would produce could aid in the search for ETIs.
The concept of a black hole-powered spacecraft was first introduced by famed science fiction author Arthur C. Clarke in this 1975 novel, Imperial Earth. A similar idea was presented by Charles Sheffield in his 1978 short story, “Killing Vector”.
In both cases, Clarke and Sheffield describe how advanced civilizations could extract energy from rotating black holes to meet their energy needs.
Aside from being pure science-fiction gold, the ability to harness a black hole to generate power would offer some pretty hefty advantages. As Dr. Crane described to Universe Today via email:
“An advanced civilization would want to harness a microscopic black hole because it could throw in matter and get out energy. It would be the ultimate energy source. In particular it could propel a starship large enough to be shielded to relativistic velocities.
None of the starship concepts NASA studied turned out to be viable… It might be the only possibility.”
In addition, the signatures associated with this sort of technological activity (aka. “technosignatures”) would indicate a very high level of advancement. Given the sheer energy requirements for creating an artificial black hole, plus the technical challenges associated with harnessing it, the process would be beyond anything less than a Type II civilization on the Kardashev Scale.
“To produce an artificial black hole we would need to focus a billion ton gamma ray laser to nuclear dimensions,” said Dr. Crane.
“It’s like making as many high tech nuclear bombs as there are automobiles on Earth. Just the scale of it is beyond the current world economy. A civilization which fully utilized the Solar System would have the resources.”
That’s not even the least of the technical challenges, most of which well are beyond what humanity is capable of. These include the sheer amount of power it would take to power the gamma-ray laser, where this energy would be stored, and how these emissions would be focused onto an atomic-sized space.
As Crane indicated, there are suggestions for how this could be done, but they remain highly speculative.
Aside from the concept itself, the idea of a black hole-powered civilization is also interesting because of the possibilities that it presents for SETI research.
As with other signs of technological activity (a.k.a. “technosignatures”), a civilization harnessing tiny, artificial black holes created with gamma ray lasers could be detectable thanks to a little thing known as “spill-over”.
This concept was described by Prof. Philip Lubin in a 2016 study, where he suggested that evidence of ETIs could be found by searching for signs of directed energy.
Consistent with Lubin’s own research involving lasers for planetary defense and laser propulsion (for NASA and as part of Breakthrough Starshot) Lubin suggested that errant flashes of laser energy (aka. “spill-over”) could indicate a technologically-advanced civilization.
In the same way, SETI researchers could rely on gamma-ray telescopes to search for signs of spill-over from gamma ray lasers. As Dr. Crane put it:
“If some advanced civilization already had such starships, current VHE gamma ray telescopes could detect it out to 100 to 1000 light years if we were in its beam.. They could be distinguished from natural sources by their steadily changing redshift over a period of years to decades. To investigate this astronomers would need to keep time series of frequency curves of the point-like gamma ray sources. This does not seem to be something they currently do.”
What is perhaps most exciting though is the fact that astronomers may have already found signs of some Type II Kardashev civilizations that use this type of method for energy production.
As Dr. Crane explained, several point-like gamma ray sources have been detected in our Universe for which no natural explanation has been given.
Coupled with next-generation instruments that have greater resolution and imaging capabilities, gamma-ray laser spill-over and other potential technosignatures could be out there, just waiting to be identified.
In the meantime, humanity still has a LONG way to go before it can begin to contemplate building this kind of technology.
Much like Dyson Spheres, Alderson Disks, Space Elevators, and the ability to move stars, this kind of Type II megaproject is just going to have to wait humanity can tackle a few smaller challenges. Something more our speed, like finding ways to settle on other planets in our Solar System, or learning how to use Earth’s resources sustainably!
Also, be sure to check out this cool and informative video by our friend, Isaac Arthur!
It is a big news, set to shock, amaze, and entertain the world. But unfortunately, it’s got nothing to do with extraterrestrial stoners melding with Earth’s plants. However, since you’re now reading, you’ll almost certainly be interested in this research that looked into the clicking and sharing behaviors of social media users reading content (or not) and then sharing it on social media.
We here at IFLS noticed long ago that many of our followers will happily like, share and offer an opinion on an article – all without ever reading it. We’re not the only ones to notice this. NPR shared an article on their Facebook page which asked “Why doesn’t America read anymore?” The joke, of course, is that there was no article. They waited to see if their followers would weigh in with an opinion without clicking the link, and they weren’t disappointed.
We’ve been hoping for a chance to try it ourselves, and this seemed like the perfect opportunity. Yackler had some fun with the same article and managed to fool a bunch of people. A group of computer scientists into a dataset of over 2.8 million online news articles that were shared via Twitter.
The study found that up to 59 percent of links shared on Twitter have never actually been clicked by that person’s followers, suggesting that social media users are more into sharing content than actually clicking on and reading it.
“People are more willing to share an article than read it,” the study’s co-author Arnaud Legout said in a statement, Washington Post reports. “This is typical of modern information consumption. People form an opinion based on a summary, or a summary of summaries, without making the effort to go deeper.”
This study looks into the psychology behind what makes people want to share content. Research conducted by The New York looked into what motivates people to share information. Just under half of the people asked in the survey said they share information on social media to inform people and to “enrich” those around them.
Conversely, they found 68 percent share to reinforce and project a certain image of themselves – in a sense, to “define” themselves. In the words of one participant from the study: “I try to share only information that will reinforce the image I’d like to present: thoughtful, reasoned, kind, interested and passionate about certain things.”
It also raises the question of whether online media is just a massive “echo chamber”, where we all just like pages and viewpoints that reinforce our own beliefs and are not interested in information for the sake of information. Even the algorithms of social media sites mean that individuals or pages that you tend to click on, like, or share – which are most often the articles or viewpoints that you agree with – will more frequently turn up on your News Feed.
As a user of online media, you’re probably quite aware of this. Take a look at any comment on social media pages, including those, of course, on the Sci-Tech Universe Facebook page. It’s particularly noticeable on the more “emotive” and controversial of subjects; think climate change, GMOs, vaccinations, aliens, and a lot of our articles on marijuana, where the top comments often repeat or question something that is fairly explicitly in the article, but not the headline.
Just this week, our article about capuchins monkeys entering the stone age was met with many of the top comments on the Facebook post pointing out they’ve done this for hundreds of years, despite that being the first thing the article said if you read it.
Although from our analytics it’s impossible to see which users did not click through to the article yet shared it, there is fairly often a slightly fine discrepancy between shares and page views which doesn’t quite add up, especially on those buzz subjects.
So, if you are one of the lucky few who managed to click and read this article, we congratulate you! Although we do apologize for the misleading headline. In the meanwhile, have fun sharing the article and seeing who manages to chair a discussion on marijuana genetics, without ever reading it.
The curious object known as the Roswell Rock was found near the Roswell crash site in New Mexico. The rock displays a curious pattern together with magnetic anomalies: when magnetic influence is placed over the thickest part of the Roswell rock, the object turns counter clockwise. However, when placed above the lower crescent and circle, the thinnest part of the rock, the object reverses and turns clockwise.
An enigmatic object—found near the alleged Roswell alien crashsite—called the Roswell Rock has created confusion among those who have studied it. Said to possess mysterious properties, many believe the curious artifact—discovered in 2004—belonged to an alien race that visited Earth.
On September 4, 2004, a man named Robert Ridge went out hunting. During the day, as he explored the territory near the Roswell crash site he came across a curious object protruding from the ground, with a curious pattern embedded on its surface.
After picking up the artifact and cleaning it, he noticed a set of patterns and symbols on its surface that immediately caught his attention.
The Roswell rock has a curious symbolism: Two crescent moons joined at the corners, a pattern eerily similar to those that tend to appear on Crop Circles.
The design of the Roswell rock is fascinating. Anyone who has had a chance to see it will notice that it seems as if it had been crafted with incredible precision. According to Mr. Ridge, the Roswell rock is evidence of perfect machinery.
Interestingly, the design depicted ontop of the Roswell Rocked perfectly matches with Crop Circles that appeared in Liddington, England on August 2, 1996.
This, together with the fact that the mystery artifact was discovered in extreme proximity of the alleged Roswell Crash site.
So what is it?
The Roswell Rock could be two things. Either it is in fact an alien artifact that was ‘left behind’ by Alien visitors, even possibly those ‘little green guys’ who managed to travel across the universe and then crash near a farm in Roswell, or it is a very intricate forgery.
In order to find out what the object really is, Ridge contacted two ufologists, Chuck Zukowski and Debbie Ziegelmeyer, at the 2007 Roswell UFO festival.
Chuck and Debbie were trying to find out over the next year if it could be a souvenir from one of the stands at Roswell.
They noticed that the color of the rock was the same as that of the carved surface, so they assumed that it was not a recent work.
In addition, after studying the artifact under the microscope, researchers could not see the marks of the tool that was used to make the engraving. Curious right?
What kind of tool was used to make the engravings but did not leave any marks behind?
Anyway, as they dug deeper and investigated the mystery rock further, experts found that the Roswell rock had magnetic properties, it attracts the needle of a compass, and rotates in the presence of a magnet. Hmm…
Comparing the Roswell rock to the crop circle found in Liddington, England you’ll notice that even though they may seem identical, they are not.
Many believe that the engraving on the Roswell Rock depicts the existence of parallel universes, offering clues about portals and wormholes that we are yet to find.
That, of course, varies from person to person. For me, it just looks like a really cool rock with weird magnetic properties.
Anyway, researchers found that the Roswell rock has a strong magnetic attraction, narrowed down to the presence of magnetite. Furthermore, an energy dispersive fluorescence spectrometer, or (EDXRF), confirmed the presence of this strange iron material.
Strangely, when magnetic influence is placed over the thickest part of the Roswell rock, the object turns counter clockwise.
However, when placed above the lower crescent and circle, the thinnest part of the rock, the object reverses and turns clockwise.
Many have concluded that these strange properties have something to do with magnetism, free energy, and portals waiting to be opened here on Earth. Others believe that the curious patterns, and magnetic properties are just some of the curious characteristics of the Roswell rock and that it has still many secrets to give up. Is it a cosmic map?
The Black Knight Satellite, a 13,000-year-old Alien Satellite?
Space Junk or alien “Satellite”, the black knight as it’s called today– has been around for quite some time now. It has been identified as an Alien Satellite and even though there are images of this object, many remain skeptical about its purpose and origin.
The discovery of the Black Knight Satellite is perhaps one of the most (in)famous space objects to orbit our Planet. This “Artificial Satellite” has caused major media interest since the late 50’s, and it has become one of the most talked about objects in space. First thought to be a Russian spy satellite, the Black Knight has gripped the interest of millions worldwide.
According to monitoring agencies around the world, The Black knight has been transmitting radio signals for over 50 years now.
The USA and Soviet Union have shown particular interest in this “unidentified space object”. Since its discovery this satellite has interested countries such as Sweden and enthusiasts worldwide. One of them is a Ham Radio operator who apparently had decoded a series of signals received from the UFO Satellite and interpreted it as a star-chart centered on the Epsilon Bootes Star System and that the Black Knight originated from this System 13.000 years ago. (The Epsilon Boötis is a double star in the northern constellation of Boötes. It has the traditional names Izar and Pulcherrima. The star system can be viewed with the unaided eye at night, but resolving the pair with a small telescope is challenging; an aperture of 76 mm (3.0 in) or greater is required. — Wikipedia)
But according to many, this discovery was made much earlier than we thought. Rumors are that it was Nikola Tesla the first man to “intercept” a signal from this otherworldly satellite in 1899 after building a high-voltage radio device in Colorado Springs. After Tesla’s discovery in the next 30 to 50 years the signal was being intercepted more frequently until it was apparently “decoded”. Since the 1930’s Astronomers worldwide have been reporting strange radio signals which allegedly come from the “Black Knight”.
In 1957, Dr. Luis Corralos of the Communications Ministry in Venezuela photographed it while taking pictures of Sputnik II as it passed over Caracas. The strange thing was that unlike the Sputnik one and two, The Black Knight Satellite orbited Earth from East to West. Sputnik one and two orbited West to East using Earth’s natural rotation to maintain orbit.
The story of the Black Knight made its media debut in the 1940’s when the St. Louis Dispatch and The San Francisco Examiner wrote about the “Satellite” on May 14th, 1954. The Time Magazine wrote about it on the seventh of March, 1960. Here is what they said about it.
Three weeks ago, headlines announced that the U.S. had detected a mysterious “dark” satellite wheeling overhead on a regular orbit. There was nervous speculation that it might be a surveillance satellite launched by the Russians, and it brought the uneasy sensation that the U.S. did not know what was going on over its own head. But last week the Department of Defense proudly announced that the satellite had been identified. It was a space derelict, the remains of an Air Force Discoverer satellite that had gone astray. Read the complete story by visiting the Time Magazine website.
The Articles of 1954:
On August 23, 1954, the technology magazine Aviation Week and Space Technology released a story that angered the Pentagon, who were trying to keep the information secret. The short article stated:
Pentagon scare over the observance of two previously unobserved satellites orbiting the earth has dissipated with the identification of the objects as natural, not artificial satellites. Dr. Lincoln LaPaz, expert on extraterrestrial bodies from the University of New Mexico, headed the identification project. One satellite is orbiting about 400 miles out, while the other track is 600 miles from the earth. Pentagon thought momentarily the Russians had beaten the U.S. to space explorations.
Interest in the Black Knight was higher each year, in 1957, an unknown “object” was seen “shadowing” the Sputnik 1 Spacecraft. According to reports, the “unidentified object” was in Polar orbit, at that time The United States nor the Russians possessed the technology to maintain a spacecraft in Polar Orbit. According to our research, the first Polar-orbiting satellite was launched in 1960.
Polar orbits are often used for earth-mapping, earth observation, capturing the earth as time passes from one point and reconnaissance satellites. This would put the Black Knight in the category of an observational Satellite, the only question here is, who placed The Black Knight in a polar orbit and for what purpose?
The Object continued to amaze Astronomers World Wide. In the 1960’s the Black Knight was located once again in Polar Orbit. Astronomers and Scientists calculated the object’s weight to be over 10 tons which would be at that time the Heaviest Artificial Satellite to orbit our Planet. The Black Knight’s Orbit was unlike any other object orbiting Earth, as it was moving twice as fast when compared to any other man-made Spacecraft.
There are also several reports that the Grumman Aircraft Corporation gave much importance to this mysterious “Satellite”, On September 3, 1960, seven months after the satellite was first detected by radar, a tracking camera at Grumman Aircraft Corporation’s Long Island factory took a photograph of the Black Knight. At that point, people all over the world started identifying the object in the sky, which could be seen as a red light moving at higher speed compared to other satellites in an East to West orbit. The Grumman Aircraft Corporation formed a committee to study the data received from the observations made, but nothing was made public.
In 1963, Gordon Cooper was launched into space. On his final orbit, he reported seeing a glowing green object in front of his capsule in the distance moving towards his Spacecraft. The Muchea tracking station, in Australia, which Cooper reported the object to, picked up this Unidentified object on Radar traveling East to West. NBC reported this, but after Cooper had returned to Earth, the Reporters were not allowed to ask Cooper about the unidentified object. The official explanation given to Coopers sighting were “high levels of carbon dioxide, which caused hallucinations“.
The Black Knight has been a topic of interest all around the world. Until today, most of the “official” information on the mysterious object is kept safe and away from society. No one has answered some of the most simple and logical questions to ask, who placed that “satellite” in Polar orbit? To what purpose?
Is the Black Knight an Extraterrestrial satellite sent to Earth to study the Human race? Did the Satellite attempt to communicate with the human race? Have we ignored attempted communications? One thing is for sure; The Black Knight remains as one of the most mysterious objects to orbit our planet. Is there a connection between this (in)famous space object and ancient mankind’s achievements?
Let us know what you think and post your comments below.
Here are the images of the Black Knight and links to the RAW NASA images.
Check out the official NASA images of “The Black Knight” by visiting these links:
Images captured by NASA satellite show what many believe are ‘Alien spacecraft’ using our sun as a ‘cosmic refuel station’. In the past couple of years, a great number of images and videos have been posted of strange objects—some of them the size of Earth—which appear to be manipulating our sun.
UFO hunters claim to have spotted an extraterrestrial spacecraft ‘extracting’ energy from the Sun. According to them, images posted by NASA show an unknown object connected to the star through a ‘straight line’, evidence that alien spaceships use our sun as a ‘cosmic refuel station’.
According to UFO hunters, the process seen in the images is ‘star lifting’, a technology used by advanced civilizations used to extract material from a star and use it for different purposes, even as a fuel.
A video uploaded to YouTube by Alien Hunter Streetcap1 asks where a massive UFO is feeding off of our Stars energy.
In the footnote, the author points out that he had noticed that the colors of the supposed ship and the rest of the line are different, so decided to publish this video online, to see what other people think.
“I did not think much about the theory of Solar plasma energy, but this made me think,” he adds. However, another UFO expert, Nigel Watson, does not believe the images are evidence of extraterrestrial life.
“These can be objects that shoot from the surface of the Sun and may seem sinister given the poor quality of the images, so we use our imagination to find aliens in them,” Watson was quoted as saying by the Daily Mail.
Apparently, there are mixed feelings about the possibility that UFOs are using our sun as a refuel station.
‘Professional’ Ufologists have not ventured out and said that’s something they consider possible, showing signs of skepticism when it comes to the matter, which is why many others who believe something like this is entirely possible say that mainstream UFO researchers need to open their minds to new possibilities, if we are to understand these phenomena.
In the past, countless videos and images have been posted by different people on social networks suggesting alien ships are using our sun as either a refuel station or cosmic doorway.
Physicist Nassim Haramein talked about alien ships that could be using our sun in different ways to travel around the universe.
Nassim Haramein has spent over 30 years researching and discovering connections in physics, mathematics, geometry, cosmology, and quantum mechanics.
Many scientists refuse to take into consideration what Nassim Haramein has to say, mostly because he has no problems speaking about anything from the construction of the pyramids to UFO’s and alien life.
However, despite the fact that many have dubbed him as a fringe scientist, Haramein has written a number of extremely interesting papers—backed by serious research, and built on solid existing theories and experimentation. Haramein theorized about Black Holes or Singularities which according to him exist at the center of atoms. Interestingly, a number of articles have come out covering research with similar conclusions after he presented his work. You can see examples here, and here.
Psychologists at Arizona State University studied how humans are likely to respond to the discovery of alien microbes. (Monica Akhtar/The Washington Post)
Germs stuck to the outside of the International Space Station are not from around here, cosmonaut Anton Shkaplerov said in an interview last week with Russian state-owned news service Tass. Microbes “have come from outer space and settled along the external surface,” Shkaplerov said. “They are being studied so far, and it seems that they pose no danger.” Russia’s space agency, Roscosmos, has not weighed in on this extraordinary claim.
The odds are not on the side of aliens. If microorganisms are tucked away within the space station hull’s crannies, as Shkaplerov says, they probably hitchhiked the 250 miles from our planet’s surface.
But imagine if scientists found alien microbes. How would humanity react to the news?
Michael Varnum, a psychologist at Arizona State University and a member of its new Interplanetary Initiative, is trying to anticipate this response. “One of the initial questions [of the initiative] that we’re curious about is how might we respond if we discover evidence of extraterrestrial life,” he said.
The moment when humans meet E.T. is a staple of fiction and speculation, as well as armchair science and conspiracy YouTube. No one has predicted the psychological reactions to extraterrestrial microorganisms in a “systematic, careful way,” Varnum said.
Varnum teamed up with planetary scientists and conducted three experiments. The study, published online in November on a preprint server, is still under review, Varnum said. Two psychologists not involved with this research told The Washington Post that the study’s methods were robust.
The psychologist and his co-authors “make a critical distinction between reactions to the discovery of extraterrestrial intelligence and finding evidence for microbial life beyond Earth,” said Douglas Vakoch, president of the nonprofit group Messaging Extraterrestrial Intelligence, who was not part of the study. This work is unusual, he said, as studies past have focused on intelligent life.
In the first experiment in the study, Varnum and his co-authors analyzed how the media covers extraterrestrial discoveries. They looked at five events: the discovery of pulsars in 1967, which were not immediately recognized as natural; Ohio astronomer Jerry Ehman’s detection of the “Wow!” radio signal in 1977 (the signal’s source remains disputed); the 1996 announcement of fossilized microbes in a Martian meteorite; the strange behavior of Tabby’s Star reported in 2015; and 2017’s discoveries of exoplanets that exist within distant habitable zones.
The psychologists fed 15 articles — by the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, The Post and others — through a program that analyzes written content for positive or negative words. Journalists described these events using words with “positive affect” significantly more frequently.
“The reaction seemed to be much more positive than negative,” Varnum said.
Gordon Pennycook, a Yale University psychologist who studies beliefs about religion, health and fake news, said the technique was solid but argued that the results were not particularly illuminating. “I’m not sure that the language analysis reveals anything special,” Pennycook said, because “there is some evidence people do use more positive than negative words generally.”
The researchers also paid online participants to respond to announcements about extraterrestrial microbes. The scientists asked 500 people to describe their reactions to a hypothetical discovery of alien microorganisms. Respondents also had to predict how humanity at large would react. Like the journalists, people in the study used positive words. There were no characteristics that set responses apart, not a person’s income, ethnicity, political orientation or traits such as neuroticism or agreeableness. But people felt that the rest of the country would be generally less agreeable.
That may be because “most Americans tend to think, on any desirable trait or ability, that they’re better than the average person,” Varnum said.
In a follow-up poll, the researchers presented more than 250 people with a 1996 New York Times article, stripped of its date, reporting evidence of fossilized nanobacteria in a Martian meteorite.
The meteorite was a piece of Mars that had been knocked off its home planet and landed in Antarctica. Researchers reported in the journal Science that they found complex organic molecules in the meteorite and impressions of what they thought looked like tiny cells, among other potential signs of fossilized Martian life. The claim was so explosive that President Bill Clinton issued a statement, saying, “Like all discoveries, this one will and should continue to be reviewed, examined and scrutinized.” Over years of scrutiny, the claim of fossils in the Mars meteorite was dismissed. The consensus now is that the suggested signs of life were simply natural mineral deposits. The participants in the new study weren’t told that, however.
As a control, another group of participants read a New York Times article about the creation of synthetic life in geneticist Craig Venter’s lab in 2010. Venter and his team created a bacterial genome from scratch and popped it into a cell membrane, essentially forming a new organism.
Participants in both groups described their reactions positively, though the “positivity bias” — the proportion of pleasant to unpleasant words — was stronger regarding the fossils.
Given these results, Pennycook said he would be “pretty confident” that, if NASA announced the discovery of alien microbes tomorrow, Americans would react positively.
“Results of this new study mirror a survey conducted by theologian Ted Peters, who explored the impact of discovering extraterrestrial life on a person’s religious beliefs,” Vakoch said. Most people responded that their own religious beliefs could withstand the announcement — but other believers would struggle. “It looks like we don’t need to be worried about others not being able to handle an announcement of extraterrestrial life,” he said. “They’ll do just fine.”
Planetary scientist Lindy Elkins-Tanton, who is the director of Arizona State University’s initiative but was not directly involved with this study, said that “getting ready for what we might find” in space is the first step. That Americans respond positively, she said, is “quite hopeful.”
Varnum cautioned that these results do not reflect how the rest of the world might respond. Vakoch echoed that sentiment. Past research on extraterrestrial civilizations suggest that Americans tended to view aliens in a more black-and-white way than residents of China, for instance, he said. “Chinese participants were able to imagine contact would lead to both risks and benefits,” whereas Americans either thought the discovery would be “all good or all bad, but not both,” he said.
It is also critical to acquaint people with ambiguity, Elkins-Tanton said. She cited the long debate around the Martian meteorite. Even in the event that a retrieval mission to Mars obtained a sample and brought it to a lab, and observers witnessed the organism reproducing, consensus would not be sudden, given the possibility of Earth contamination. Under what scenario, would the scientific community be most swiftly convinced? “Unless we go to Europa and find a giant skeleton,” Elkins-Tanton said. “Really, it’s not going to happen.”
Teeny E.T. is not such a far-out idea. For 2.9 billion years, all life on Earth was microscopic. If evolution works the same way elsewhere in the universe, the average alien will be smaller than a little green man. Much smaller.
“It’s more likely that we’re going to find microbes or viruses rather than, say, intelligent civilizations living on Venus,” Varnum said.
Vakoch was not so quick to relinquish the radio telescope to the microscope when it comes to searching for aliens.
“While it’s no doubt true that there are more planets in the galaxy with microbial life than with intelligent life, that doesn’t mean we’ll detect ‘bacteria’ beyond Earth before we pick up a radio signal,” Vakoch said. He predicted that, as long as the money doesn’t dry up, surveyors will listen to a million stars in the next decade, looking for noisy extraterrestrials.
Narrator: We have a mysterious new kid on the block. Astronomers call it Oumuamua. Which in Hawaiian, roughly translates to “first time visitor from far away.” Oumuamua is the first interstellar object ever detected in our solar system. Astronomers discovered it in 2017 with the Pan-STARRS1 telescope. And like all grand discoveries, it has raised more questions than it answers. Where did it come from? What’s it made of? And yes, even the ultimate query, is it aliens? That’s what two Harvard astrophysicists posed in a recent paper, suggesting that Oumuamua could be some type of alien spacecraft. And when we spoke with one of them, the idea didn’t sound as far-fetched as you might think.
Loeb: I prefer to adopt the maxim of Sherlock Holmes that if you rule out the impossible, whatever remains, as improbable as it is, must be the truth.
Narrator: Now a good rule of thumb is that aliens are always the least likely answer. But here’s the thing, the more reasonable explanation right now isn’t panning out. Most astronomers think that Oumuamua is probably a stray comet from another stellar system. The only problem is that it doesn’t look like any comet we’ve ever seen, because it appears to lack that iconic tail.
Loeb: There was an anomaly seen in the data. And it cannot be explained by the most conventional explanation, which in this case is a cometary outgassing. And so we propose an alternative interpretation which is the only one I can think of. Narrator: But it seems extreme to assume aliens just because Oumuamua doesn’t look like a comet, right? Not when the Harvard scientists accounted for another peculiarity. As Oumuamua traveled through our solar system, it didn’t follow the normal path of a typical comet under the sun’s gravity. Rather, it slightly shifted off course, which couldn’t be explained by gravity alone. Something else, some unknown force was also at play, manipulating the object’s behavior.
Loeb: I cannot think of any other possibility other than the outgassing that we find in comets, which seems to be ruled out because we don’t see a cometary tail, or the pressure from the sunlight. There is no other proposal on the table right now.
Narrator: Pressure from sunlight. It works similarly to how wind pushes against a sail on a boat. So too can sunlight push against a spacecraft to propel it through space. Incidentally, we call these spacecraft solar sails. There’s just one catch. Pressure from sunlight is extremely light. Lighter than the weight of a fly on your hand. Which means in order for it to be effective, solar sails also have to be extremely light and thin. In 2010, for example, Japan’s space agency launched its Ikaros solar sail, which only weighed 1.1 pounds. But it eventually managed to travel over 65 million miles from Earth on just sunlight alone. And it’s this type of force that the Harvard scientists think could be propelling Oumuamua too. Of course, that’s if it’s an alien made sail in the first place.
Loeb: Well first of all, I am not confident that this is the correct interpretation because we don’t have enough data. And so this is one possibility. I would highly recommend people to read the paper. If they have a better idea, they should publish it.
Narrator: And as always, not everyone agrees with Loeb’s hypothesis.
Weryk: I think that their explanation, I think it’s in contrast with what the data says. You know, we did consider that possibility in our own paper, which was published earlier, and we dismissed it as not being physically valid. You know again, there’s no reason to think Oumuamua is anything but a natural object.
Narrator: That’s Rob Weryk, who first discovered Oumuamua in 2017.
Weryk: So we think Oumuamua still has ice and the sublimating ice gives it a small tiny kick that gravity alone wouldn’t account for, but that the dust it has is much larger than what comets typically have. And so we just don’t see that from the ground.
Narrator: And yes, in all probability, he’s right. Oumuamua is a natural object, like a comet or asteroid. But neither Weryk nor Loeb can know for sure without more data. And sadly, Oumuamua is on its way out of the solar system beyond the reach of our telescopes. So the best bet for solving this mystery?
Weryk: So for Oumuamua itself, it’s basically gone, it’s too faint to see from the ground. There’s no way we could send a spacecraft mission, so we really have to find a second object. That would help answer a lot of questions that we don’t know. You know, I’m very interested in finding a second one. It’d be nice if I found them all.
Narrator: And Loeb already has some ideas on where to look next.
Loeb: There should be quite a lot of them right now in the solar system. And some of them could be trapped by Jupiter and the sun that act as a fishing net. And so some of these interstellar objects are bound to this solar system after the first passage.
Narrator: That’s right. Some of these interstellar objects might be right here in our solar system, trapped, and waiting to be found. It looks like astronomers may have more fascinating discoveries to come.
In December 2017, The New York Timesrevealed the existence of a top secret government program called Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification. “The program produced documents that describe sightings of aircraft that seemed to move at very high velocities with no visible signs of propulsion, or that hovered with no apparent means of lift,” the Times reported. As New York Magazine explained in a summary of the piece, “The internet went slightly more bananas than usual last weekend over The New York Times’ story implying that extraterrestrials are real and the U.S. government has been tracking them for years.” The paper of record’s reporting was long-awaited validation for anyone who has ever claimed a UFO sighting, or an inexplicable encounter with the beyond.
While the exposé was far from definitive, it appeared to be an important step forward—and an I told you so—for people like Bob Lazar, the subject of Jeremy Corbell’s new documentary Bob Lazar: Area 51 and Flying Saucers. In 1989, a then-anonymous Bob Lazar put Area 51 on the map when he came forward with his unbelievable story. Lazar said that he studied captured alien technology at a site called S-4, near the desert test facility. Almost 30 years later, Lazar’s story hasn’t changed, but our collective capacity for incredulity has certainly been tested. And Bob Lazar has been patiently waiting for us.
For a film that stars a humble, straightforward scientist who just so happened to spend some time with extraterrestrial technologies in the 1980s, Bob Lazar: Area 51 and Flying Saucers relishes in the surreal, trippy and spectacular. The documentary, part of Corbell’s Extraordinary Beliefs investigative film series, immediately overwhelms the viewer with flashing lights and disconcerting visuals. Meanwhile, Mickey Rourke’s narration ricochets into the frame as if from another dimension, raspy and strange, announcing, “Not to burst your bubble, but the Earth is not the center of the universe.”
“We create our own reality,” Rourke’s disembodied voice continues, as we see an iPhone light up with a number of texts from Bob Lazar, saying that he is being raided by the FBI. This is where we start: with a raid that we are led to believe is in response to a recently-filmed conversation between Corbell and Lazar. “This story is extraordinary, especially if it’s true,” Rourke growls. “And it all started in the desert, just north of Las Vegas.”
Lazar first made waves as an anonymous scientist. He told the media about Area 51, and claimed that there were nine disks “of extraterrestrial origin” being tested and studied there. He insisted that he had no idea how the government got their hands on these spaceships, and that his life had been threatened over this information. Lazar called the government’s secrecy a “crime against the scientific community,” who had been robbed of the opportunity to study and reckon with this otherworldly technology. When Lazar eventually did go public, it was in a series of interviews with journalist George Knapp, who has been described as “the best known above-ground correspondent on the ET beat.” Knapp first appears in the documentary providing background on Lazar, and warning Corbell that he might not want to talk. “He doesn’t like the attention,” Knapp explains. “It totally screwed up his life.”
Knapp’s early coverage is excerpted throughout the documentary. Lazar, young and wiry, walked Knapp through every detail. During his job-application process, he seemingly stumbled into this unique position. Early on, he said, he was given briefings to pore over. They referred to flying saucers and extraterrestrials. Recalling his disbelief, Lazar explained, “It’s a science dream.” He says his new employers showed him a spacecraft. He was tasked with reverse engineering the propulsion, to see if they could recreate it.
“It’s a fantastic story, but it’s true,” Lazar continued. “These crafts come from another solar system entirely. And they’re here.”
In those late-‘80s clips, Lazar explained that he was going public “as insurance,” and claimed that his tire had been shot out while he was driving his car. Knapp’s conversations with Lazar, and his work attempting to verify the scientist’s story, exploded, and gave Area 51 the name recognition and international allure it enjoys to this day. “Tens of thousands of people started showing up out there,” Knapp recalls. “I know a lot of my media colleagues had problems with that story, but they covered it.”
Come for the aliens, stay for Mickey Rourke describing the topography of Area 51 like so: “The mountains appear to float on dry lake beds, like spaceships from another world… What are they building in the desert north of Las Vegas? What the fuck are they hiding?”
Of course, old news clips and drawings of aliens set to Mickey Rourke’s trippy spoken-word poetry recitations only go so far. The documentary begins in earnest when an unassuming man in a crewneck sweatshirt and wire-rim glasses first addresses the camera. “My name’s Bob Lazar, I’m known for working at a classified base known as S-4 out in the Nevada desert near Area 51. And there, we reverse-engineered alien space crafts.” Present-day Lazar owns and runs a scientific supply company and lives with his wife Joy, who appears to have zero reservations about her husband’s claims: “He doesn’t make stuff up.”
Bob Lazar: Area 51 and Flying Saucers follows Lazar through domestic scenes and films him at work, puttering around with beakers and pipettes. These everyday images are seemingly incompatible with the interviews that Corbell is conducting throughout, as Lazar calmly answers questions about the alien technology he claims to have worked with. Lazar’s main gripes with the United States government are consistent with the concerns he shared decades ago: that people are not just being robbed of the truth about extraterrestrial life, but of awesome technology that has the power to shift “the entire world economy.”
Specifically, Lazar recalls technology that produces and controls gravity, and uses it for propulsion. He explains that “this is a reaction-less craft.” Instead of expelling something, like air or exhaust, “It creates a distortion in space and time in front of it, where space actually bends.” At multiple points in the documentary, Lazar stresses that this technology could not possibly have been human-made. “There’s another civilization in existence that’s intelligent that we know about, and we actually have artifacts from them,” he insists. “The science and the technology can change us dramatically.”
Naturally, Lazar’s story was highly contested at the time. Most notably, reporters were unable to verify that he attended Cal Tech and MIT as he claimed. Los Alamos denied his testimony that he worked there, but his name was found listed in a 1982 phone book for the lab “among the other scientists,” and a 1982 clipping from the Los Alamos newspaper described him as “a physicist at the Los Alamos Meson Physics Facility.” Officials at Los Alamos insisted that they had “no records at all” of Lazar. “It’s as if someone made him disappear,” an old news clip intones.
Lazar “wanted to try everything I could to prove what I was saying.” He underwent hypnosis, attempting to retrieve lost information that could fill out and substantiate his story. He took four polygraph tests, with expert administrators concluding “no attempt to deceive.”
Present-day Lazar is more or less resigned to the disbelievers. “What else can I say?” he wonders. “I have better things to do than come up with this,” Lazar continues. “I could make up a better lie, but I have no motivation to lie. This hasn’t helped me out.” Indeed, the scientist stops short of claiming that he ever saw aliens at the site. He does note that the seats in the saucers were small, almost child-sized. There was a nickname for aliens around the facility: “the kids.”
Over the course of the film, Knapp makes a number of convincing arguments for his continued faith in Lazar. At one point, he stresses, “We checked out so many details that Bob had told us that turned out to be true.” Bob Lazar: Area 51 and Flying Saucers is strongest when it takes up this mantle of investigative reporting, like when Corbell tracks down the man who Lazar says did his background check to confirm his story.
The film culminates in the heavily-teased FBI raid. In a spooky clip, Lazar and Corbell go deep into the woods to discuss claims that Lazar made when he first went public: that he had managed to steal a piece of “element 115,” the then-undiscovered element that Lazar says fueled the reactors. The clip distorts and flashes, and Lazar never gives a straight answer. The next day Lazar’s business was raided by the FBI, and, we are told, “this conversation was directly referenced in the raid.” While authorities said that they were looking for years-old paperwork for a customer who had ordered potentially toxic materials, Lazar describes the raid as “like a Twilight Zone episode.”
“The street filled up with vehicles and the building completely filled with agents”—and all for something “they could have called for.” Corbell asks Lazar if he believes that the authorities are trying to find the 115 that he claimed to have taken out of the lab 30 years ago. “I don’t feel comfortable addressing that,” Lazar replies.
Moving forward toward the 11:11 portal on Sunday…it’s getting closer now. The number 11 is a master number……inviting us into deeper levels of embracement of our intuition, awakening, and soul gifts. If you see 11:11 and 1:11 appearing in many ways and forms, it can be a code from your Higher Self to activate your next level awakening. It can be a signal from your Star Family that a deeper connection with them is going to be nourishing and available to you. It can be a waveform from the Divine reminding you of your essence as Infinite Love.
The energies over the last month feel like they have been preparing us for the movement toward this ‘next level’ portal of ascension personally and collectively. The more consistent waves of spiked frequencies in Gaia’s resonance are moving Her vibration UP as bridge for us to elevate our own as well. Serving as a kind of ramp up before 11:11. SOULar winds and geostorms are coming in at regular intervals now too….sacred masculine and feminine codes bringing us into more balance and less polarity.
This is a time of feeling the karmic fears that live in your Metasoul about moving into expression of your soul gifts in order to serve love. There are experiences of persecution for expressing your soul gifts from often many timelines that need digestion and integration. I see this many times in sessions as the feelings of wanting to hide, retract, and remain invisible in this life are pointing to these deeper traumas on the soul level. These soul traumas are capitulated in this-life experiences of rejection, misunderstanding, and criticism…..especially from birth family and previous social circles.
11:11 is an invitation to FEEL and HEAL these traumas, especially the ones that ‘ended’ in violent death. Connecting with your Metasoul aspect that is LIVING OUT these scenes in real time (not as the ‘past’) can really help to transmute and release these frequencies. The fear that was previously stuck and vibrating strongly can then shift into love again and self empowerment. The gifts that this previously traumatized Metasoul sister or brother has for you can then flood into your soul space again…lighting up YOUR gifts and providing courage and bravery for the expression of what you are here to offer.
This is an momentous time that so many souls who have been awakening and ‘working on themselves’ for a long time are being invited (we could say ‘pressed) to start serving love in whatever ways that means for them. Time to start SHARING from their ever healing and expanding out heart space. Many of those who will be newly awakening very soon will definitely need the bridge provided by you as parts of them struggle with cognitive dissonance, deep despair, and confusion as the 3D culture moves into more collapse.
The veils are thinner than ever before to allow for this clearer seeing and remembering of these other timelines. 11:11 offers next level inner connection, star family connection, Divine connection in order to connect with others in a flow that is not about self sacrifice yet rather serves BOTH in the giving and the receiving!
Raphael Awen and I will be holding a livestream Q & A and guided meditation on Sunday, November 11th at 11:11am PST (Vancouver, Canada time) on FB https://www.facebook.com/jelelleawen…join us with your questions and comments, plus the recording will be available on my feed afterwards.
1:1 galactic activation, bridging, and ongoing sessions are available with me for $55 USD min. donation for 90 minutes! More information here: soulfullheartwayoflife.com/sessions
Jelelle Awen is a Parts Work/Metasoul & Galactic Aspects/Sacred Union Teacher & Facilitator, and Ascension Guide. She is Co-creator/Facilitator/Teacher of the SoulFullHeart Way Of Life awakening/healing process and community. She has written four books about Ascension, awakening, and emotional body healing. Visit for more information about galactic activation, bridging and ongoing individual/group sessions over zoom with her and other SoulFullHeart Facilitators with men and women, videos, books, etc. Visit our donations page to offer a monthly or one time money donation to support our offerings.
“We really do know that pretty much every star in the sky hosts at least one planet…” – astronomer Adam Frank.
Rejoice, Alien hunters, the possibility that Earth is not the only planet inhabited by an intelligent civilization has gained more credibility thanks to a brand new study that coincides with NASA’s recent planetary discoveries. The new study, published in the Journal Astrobiology proposes that more planets in our galaxy harbor advanced civilizations than anyone previously imagined.
“We really do know that pretty much every star in the sky hosts at least one planet,” said astronomer Adam Frank co-author of the study.
Woodruff Sullivan and Adam Frank looked at NASA’s recent discoveries of potentially habitable worlds and considered the odds whether sophisticated civilizations could have inhabited them or still do.
“What we showed was the ‘floor’ on the probability for a civilization to form on any randomly chosen planet,” Frank, a University of Rochester physics and astronomy professor, told The Huffington Post in an email. “If we are the only civilization in cosmic history, then that what we calculated is the actual probability nature has set. But if the real probability is higher than that floor, then civilizations have happened before.”
According to Frank, the potential number of planets orbiting their host star within a habitable distance is staggering.
This raises hopes that one of those planets might host alien life, and with a bit of luck, we even might discover an advanced alien civilization inhabiting one of those planets.
“Even if you are pretty pessimistic and think that you’d have to search through 100 billion (habitable zone) planets before you found one where a civilization developed, then there have still been a trillion civilizations over cosmic history!” Frank wrote. “When I think about that, my mind reels — even if there is just a one in a 100 billion chance of evolution creating exo-civilizations, the universe still has made so many of them that we are swamped by histories other than our own.”
The Drake equation
One of the most famous equations dealing with the possibility of Alien life existing in the universe is the Drake Equation. It was created by astronomer Frank Drake in 1961, and it estimates the number of planets that may be home to advanced alien civilizations with the ability to communicate with other civilizations in the cosmos.
However, Frank and Sullivan modified the Drake equation implementing new data into it. Since the Drake equation analyzes the possibility of advanced civilizations existing in the Milky Way, the equation proposed by Frank and Sullivan calculate the possible number of advanced alien civilizations that have existed in our galaxy throughout the whole ‘known’ history of the universe.
With all the suitable real estate that’s out there, if we’re the only place with intelligent life, then we’ve really won the mother of all lotteries.” –Seth Shostak, SETI Institute senior astronomer.
Scientists consider the following when attempting to come up with numbers of Extraterrestrial worlds:
The number of civilizations in Galaxy whose electromagnetic emissions are detectable.
R*
The rate of formation of stars suitable for the development of intelligent life, in stars per year.
fp
The fraction of those stars with planetary systems.
ne
The number of planets, per solar system, with an environment suitable for life.
fl
The fraction of suitable planets on which life actually appears.
fi
The fraction of life bearing planets on which intelligent life emerges.
fc
The fraction of civilizations that develop a technology that releases detectable signs of their existence into space.
The length of time such civilizations release detectable signals into space, in years.
Writing in the Astrobiology study, Frank and Sullivan state:
“ Recent advances in exoplanet studies provide strong constraints on all astrophysical terms in the Drake equation. Using these and modifying the form and intent of the Drake equation, we set a firm lower bound on the probability that one or more technological species have evolved anywhere and at any time in the history of the observable Universe.” (source)
The two researchers write about what they call: “the cosmic frequency of technological species.”
“The universe is more than 13 billion years old,” Sullivan, of the astronomy department and astrobiology program at the University of Washington, said in a statement. “That means that even if there have been 1,000 civilizations in our own galaxy if they live only as long as we have been around — roughly 10,000 years — then all of them are likely already extinct. And others won’t evolve until we are long gone.
“For us to have much chance of finding another ‘contemporary’ active technological civilization, on average they must last much longer than our present lifetime,” Sullivan said. (source)
We have searched for traces of advanced alien civilizations, in hopes of finding out we are not alone for decades.
“With so many stars and planets filling the cosmos, it boggles the mind to think that we’re the only clever life to have made an appearance,” SETI Institute senior astronomer Seth Shostak told HuffPost in an email. “Frank and Sullivan use new research indicating that roughly one in five stars is orbited by a planet that could nurture biology. After that, it’s just a matter of counting up the tally of stars in the visible universe, and saying that — with all the suitable real estate that’s out there, if we’re the only place with intelligent life, then we’ve really won the mother of all lotteries.”
However, Shostak tells us not to be overly optimistic or pessimistic about the SETI Institutes search for intelligent signals from our cosmic neighbors.
“The odds that no one is out there are very, very small. It’s a bit like an ant coming out of its hive, seeing the enormous amount of real estate stretching in all directions and deciding that, if its home is the only ant hill, then its existence is a near-miracle,” said Shostak in an interview with HuffPost.
Journal reference:
Featured Image Credit: If we’re the only place with intelligent life, then we’ve really won the mother of all lotteries.” -Seth Shostak, SETI Institute senior astronomer. Image Credit
Thousands of years ago, the ancient Maya developed into one of the most influential ancient civilizations in Mesoamerica.
Occupying a territory from Mexico to El Salvador, the powerful Maya became one of the dominant forces in the region, creating massive cities, trading routes, and breathtaking temples and pyramids.
The Maya stood out in the American Continent due to their hieroglyphic writing, one of the few fully developed writing systems of the pre-Columbian American continent, as well as for its art, architecture, and systems of mathematics, astronomy, and ecology. They were one of the most developed ancient cultures in America.
The AncientMaya developed in the region that encompasses the southeast of Mexico, corresponding to the states of Yucatan, Campeche, Tabasco, Quintana Roo and the eastern part of Chiapas, as well as in most of Guatemala, Belize, the western part of Honduras and El Salvador.
This region is composed of the northern lowlands that encompass the Yucatanpeninsula, the highlands of the Sierra Madre that extends through the Mexican state of Chiapas, southern Guatemala to El Salvador, and the southern lowlands in the south.
The Mayan civilization developed sophisticated forms of art using both perishable and durable materials, including wood, jade, obsidian, pottery, carved stone monuments, stuccoes and finely painted murals.
The Mayans produced a great variety of architectural structures and left an extensive architectural legacy, which placed the Mayan civilization among the great pre-industrial civilizations of the world.
Mayan architecture also incorporated glyphic texts and various art forms.
The Mayan masonry architecture is evidence of the existence of artisan specialization in Mayan society, as well as a centralized organization and political means to mobilize a large workforce.
Long story short? The Maya were a civilization unlike any other in America.
And because of their extreme level of advancement, many researchers and ancient astronaut theorists have pondered whether it is possible that the ancient Maya obtained their advanced knowledge in engineering, astronomy, and mathematics from an otherworldly influence?
Mysterious artifacts, evidnece of ancient alien contact?
Over the years, numerous alleged artifacts said to have belonged to the ancient Maya civilization have been excavated in Central America.
More than six years ago, a stunning set of images made the news after a number of researchers claimed to have rediscovered long-lost ancient Maya artifacts depicting what appear to be spaceships, alien figurines, and star-maps.
Because of the nature of the claims, these artifacts were quickly labeled as a hoax, and the fuss behind the discovery vanished into history as one of the many hoaxed objects found around the globe.
Different artifacts have been discovered throughout the years. The first set of artifact (see below) were allegedly discovered in Calakmul, Mexico.
The site is located in the central/southern portion of the Yucatán Peninsula, in southern Mexico and includes the remains of the important Maya city Calakmul, set deep in the tropical forest of the Tierras Bajas.
Here are the alleged items that were supposedly carved by the ancient Maya, and are evidence of ancient alien contact:
The above artifacts, allegedly made by the ancient Maya have been heavily criticized by experts who maintain they are an elaborate hoax.
The first article I read when I started looking for information about these strange articles wasthis one from the Guardian. There is a lot of stuff that seems out of place here. The biggest mistake in the article is that they mention president “Álvaro Colom” and speak about him being Mexico’s president which is a mistake, he, in fact, is a Guatemalan politician who was the President of Guatemala from 2008 to 2012.
From there everything went downhill and the little belief I actually had was gone (you really cannot make a mistake like that, can you?).
The article also seems to mention several statements of high ranking officials from Mexico and Guatemala that discussed these artifacts, yet I have not been able to find transcripts or anything like that online.
I did, in fact, find the images of these artifacts and I must admit they seem impressive. From what I have read about the subject, there is little to none credible information, and the archaeological discovery itself is questionable.
But the above artifacts are not the only ones that have been found so far.
In fact, numerous other similar objects have been discovered throughout the years.
Ojuelos podria tener un gran #Museo, pero los intereses ocultos no dejan tenerlo.#piezas de #Ojuelos
#Piezas de #Ojuelos exhibidas en #Queretaro muestran grabados de la #Peña de #Bernal y tienen una antiguedad de hasta 14 215 años. #Arqueologia de #Mexico#Misterio#Extraterrestres
We are in for a special treat…in just a few hours the 11:11:11 Gateway will reach full amplification of divine crystalline Light codes. It is a rare symphony of harmonic celestial frequencies entering our energy fields. While the 11:11:11 Stargate is active, there will be a galactic infusion of powerful photonic LIGHT blasting through our bio-circuitry. You may have been feeling the energy ramping up all week, with increasing ringing in the pineal crystals and inner ear.
11:11 acts as a circuit connection for multi-dimensional electrical current to ‘download’ into the human and planetary grid system. Wherever circuits are out-of-balance or blockages exist, the surge of Light may overload, overwhelm and/or short-circuit. The subsequent ‘chaotic’ energy is amplified until we shift it, release density and regain balance. The intensity increases until the energy adjusts. We are seeing signs of this surge or shift all around us.
11:11 initiates more Balance and Equality in our world. This includes the emergence of feminine presence, as more and more women step into leadership roles and responsibilities, creating balance of power and progress. Any resistance to this balancing will be met with powerful LIGHT transmutations. The old patriarchal system is dissolving and evolving into a new realm of balanced and united yin/yang energy.
11:11 is the symbol of Spiritual Awareness. We are becoming more aware of our true self, purpose and destiny. The false self is struggling to hang on under such intense LIGHT. 11 is peeling away the layers of denial so that we can emerge from darkness into authenticity. Under the influence of 11:11:11 humanity is being triggered into new enlightenment levels, as more and more people awaken to their full potential.
When you add 11.11.11 it comes to 33, another Master number representing the Master Healer, Teacher and Humanitarian. In Freemasonry the 33rd degree is the highest level of achievement, the pinnacle of Illumination. In esoteric studies 33 symbolizes Christ Consciousness. While the Gateway is open, focus and receive the divine inflow of Christ Consciousness into your heart. We are being blessed with the Christed codes for becoming Divine Humans!
I’m thrilled to share this powerful event with you on November 11th in a ‘live’ broadcast in the 11:11:11 Stargate. Join other Gridworkers, Gatekeepers, and Star Beings from all around the world, as we form a ‘group mind’ and receive Christ Consciousness into our being. This is a powerful portal of potent manifestation…ignite your Soul’s Life Plan!
The show is recorded for replay. If you would like to participate, register here: https://newearthcentral.com/?p=206977
Copyright (c) 2018 Meg Benedicte * All Rights Reserved * You may copy and distribute this material as long as you do not alter it in any way, the content remains complete and you include this copyright notice.
“…As somebody in the space defense community, I look on any such structure on the moon with great concern because it isn’t ours, there’s no way we could have built such a thing. It means someone else is up there…”
The disclosure movement has gained millions of followers in the last couple of years mostly thanks to people like John Podesta, Chief of Staff for Bill Clinton, Counsellor to Barack Obama the Chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign who said that:
“I’m skeptical about many things, including the notion that government always knows best, and that the people can’t be trusted with the truth. The time to pull the curtain back on this subject is long overdue.”
“We have statements from the most credible sources – those in a position to know – about a fascinating phenomenon, the nature of which is yet to be determined.” (source)
But in addition to Mr. Podesta, dozens if not hundreds of highly ranked government officials, scientists, and former astronauts have spoken out freely about Alien life and the UFO phenomenon.
Curiously, in addition to scientists, government officials, and military personnel who have spoken out about alien life, perhaps the most competent people to talk about UFOs are airline pilots.
This takes us to one of the most curious airline sightings that occurred in 1997.
Neil Daniels, a United Airlines captain for thirty-five years, with more than 30,000 hours of flying time and an Air Force Distinguished Flying Cross, was one of those pilots who feared to report his sighting, despite the physical effect experienced by his airplane. In 1977, he, his copilot, and a flight engineer observed a perfectly round, “brilliant, brilliant light off the wing tip” as he described it, about 1,000 yards away from their United DC-io, which was en route to Boston Logan from San Francisco.
While flying on autopilot, the passenger plane was forced into an uncommanded left turn, apparently pulled by the object’s magnetic interference, prompting Boston Center to ask, “United 94, where are you going?”
Captain Daniels replied, “Well, let me figure this out. I’ll let you know.” The captain and his first officer then noticed that their three compasses were all reading different headings, and at that point they deliberately uncoupled the autopilot and flew the airplane manually. (Haines points out that the magnetic sensor providing the input to the compass then controlling the autopilot was the one located nearest to the UAP.)
The powerful light followed along with the aircraft at the same altitude for several minutes, and then took off rapidly and disappeared.
As you can see, it is inevitable that within the next decade, everything there is to know about alien life will most likely be disclosed. Willingly or unwillingly, the time has come for society to find out the truth behind the millions of sightings that have occurred for centuries.
But let us take a step back and return to the subject the article is initially discussing.
Dr. John Brandenburg, who has a Ph.D. in Plasma Physics, and a consultant at Morningstar Applied Physics LLC, and part-time instructor of Astronomy, Physics, and Mathematics at Madison College has given what some are calling ‘substantial evidence’ of alien life present in our solar system.
To understand why Dr. Brandenburg is so significant in the disclosure movement we look at his career. Interestingly, Brandenburg was involved in NASA’s Clementine Mission to the Moon, which was a joint space project where the Ballistic Missile Defence Organization (BMDO) participated together with NASA to do some research on the moon. The Clementine mission is important because it found there is water on the Moon’s poles.
According to Dr. Brandenburg:
“It was (the Clementine Mission) a photo reconnaissance mission basically to check out if someone was building bases on the moon that we didn’t know about. Were they expanding them?”
“Of all the pictures I’ve seen from the moon that show possible structures, the most impressive is an image of a mile wide recto-linear structure. This looked unmistakably artificial, and it shouldn’t be there. As somebody in the space defense community, I look on any such structure on the moon with great concern because it isn’t ours, there’s no way we could have built such a thing. It means someone else is up there.”
Dr. Brandenburg additionally stated that once the Clementine mission was completed, the images taken from the moon were analyzed by ‘an elite department team with the highest security clearance’:
“…They basically kept to themselves and just did their work, and we were told not to interfere with them…”
Interestingly, Brandenburg was also quoted saying that “We were aware there was a possibility of an unknown presence, possibly alien/extraterrestrial near the Earth…”
Brandenburg recounted one occasion: “…There I am sitting in a room of retired army and air force generals and a few admirals, and we’re watching what looks like a firefight in space. The most senior general there … turned to me and said, “Where do you think they’re from?” and I said, “I don’t know sir, I’ve heard they’re from 40 light years from here.”
In addition to Dr. Brandeburg, numerous other scientists and academics have come forward speaking about Alien life and UFOs, encouraged perhaps, by people like John Podesta, Theodor C. Loder III, PhD, Professor Emeritus of Earth Sciences, University of New Hampshire who also said: “Intelligent beings from other star systems have been and are visiting our planet Earth. They are variously referred to as Visitors, Others, Star People, ETs, etc…”And Dr. Brian O’Leary, Former NASA Astronaut and Princeton physics professor who is quoted saying: “There is abundant evidence that we are being contacted, that civilizations have been visiting us for a very long time…”
What would convince you that aliens existed? The question came up recently at a conference on astrobiology, held at Stanford University in California.
Several ideas were tossed around – unusual gases in a planet’s atmosphere, strange heat gradients on its surface. But none felt persuasive.
Finally, one scientist offered the solution: a photograph.
There was some laughter and a murmur of approval from the audience of researchers: yes, a photo of an alien would be convincing evidence, the holy grail of proof that we’re not alone.
But why would a picture be so convincing? What is it that we’d see that would tell us we weren’t just looking at another pile of rocks?
An alien on a planet orbiting a distant star would be wildly exotic, perhaps unimaginably so. What, then, would give it away as life?
The answer is relevant to our search for extraterrestrials, and what we might expect to find.
What are we looking for?
Astrobiology – the study of life on other planets – has grown from a fringe sub-discipline of biology, chemistry and astronomy to a leading interdisciplinary field, attracting researchers from top institutions across the globe, and large sums of money from both NASA and private funders.
But what exactly is it that astrobiologists are looking for? How will we know when it’s time to pop the Champagne?
One thing that sets life apart from nonlife is its apparent design. Living things, from the simplest bacteria to the great redwoods, have vast numbers of intricate parts working together to make the organism function.
Think of your hands, heart, spleen, mitochondria, cilia, neurons, toenails – all collaborating in synchrony to help you navigate, eat, think and survive. The most beautiful natural rock formations lack even a tiny fraction of the myriad parts of a single bacterial cell that coordinate to help it divide and reproduce.
And living things, unlike dirt and wind, appear to be trying to do things – eat, grow, survive, reproduce. If you’ve ever tried to squish a resilient bug, you know that it doesn’t require a complex mind for an organism to appear to want to survive.
Or for a squirrel to ‘want’ to jump from one branch to the next. Or for a plant to ‘try’ to reach towards the Sun and soak up nutrients from the soil.
Not only do living things have many intricate parts, but all of those parts have the same, common purpose – survival and reproduction. This combination of complex design and apparent purpose, also known as adaptedness, defines life.
What does this mean?
When we look at that photo of an alien, it’s exactly this adaptedness that would make us go: ‘Aha!’
We would see, clearly, the difference between a disappointing pile of rocks and an exciting alien – design. This is good news, because there’s only one way to get such design: natural selection.
Natural selection occurs whenever you have a collection of things (cells, replicators, birds, an imaginary species we’ll call ‘Glipgloops’) that have three properties: variation, heredity and differential success.
For example, some of the Glipgloops we posited have longer eyestalks than others (variation).
Long-eyestalked Glipgloops have long-eyestalked babies (inheritance of the variation). And Glipgloops with long eyestalks can see out of their methane holes better and therefore have more babies (differential success linked to that variation).
The result is that, over time, Glipgloops evolve to have elongated eyestalks.
This is the process by which the apparent design in nature is generated: in every generation, at every instant, individuals with traits linked to better reproduction are being ‘selected’. As a result, over time, populations consist of individuals who appear designed for the purpose of reproducing.
It’s exactly because the selection criterion is always the same that design can develop.
Imagine a car that was constructed using a different blueprint at every step – well, you likely wouldn’t end up with a car. It’s natural selection’s unwavering mantra – the contribution of genes to future generations – that allows for design to appear without a designer.
In fact, the selection criterion is so consistent, that an organism cannot be designed for anything other than contributing genes to future generations. This is why we don’t get organisms who sacrifice for the good of their species.
In general, organisms are selfish – reproducing yourself at the expense of others is a great way to pass on genes.
We do sometimes see sacrifice and cooperation in nature – but only when the benefits of cooperation come back to you, or the sacrifice benefits relatives. Relatives share genes, so a bee can sacrifice for the queen (its mother), if it means she’ll produce 100 more sisters, each carrying half the bee’s genes.
The calculus of which traits lead to more genes, and exactly when and how much to sacrifice, is precise and rigid. This is why evolutionary biologists can make mathematical models that correctly predict how many helpers a bird should allow at her nest, and how often wasps should cannibalise their siblings.
But this algorithmic rigidity of natural selection also comes in handy for the astrobiologist.
A thread should be revealing itself: life is special because of its apparent design. The only way to get design without a designer is natural selection. Therefore, aliens must be the product of natural selection. And natural selection follows certain rules, and can produce only certain kinds of organisms.
Thus, astrobiologists can use the theory of natural selection, and the mathematics of evolution, to make predictions about aliens.
Are there exceptions?
We can’t get complex life, even something as simple as a bacterium, without natural selection. Even a postorganic, computer-based alien would ultimately be the product of a product of natural selection.
But let’s consider a borderline case. Imagine a collection of replicating molecules, like tiny naked genes, on an alien planet. If these replicators made copies of themselves (inheritance), but replicated perfectly every time (no variation or differential success), you wouldn’t get natural selection.
Would this be life? Maybe, but it wouldn’t be very exciting.
For one, without variation, the molecules can never change, or become more adapted, or evolve into anything more interesting or complex. Finding bacteria or bears on a distant planet would suggest that the universe might be teeming with life of all shapes and sizes.
These replicators wouldn’t suggest anything. Even more problematic, their existence would likely be fleeting – without natural selection, they wouldn’t be able to cope with changes on their planet, and so would disappear before we found them.
The argument from natural selection is robust, even at the boundaries. This frees us up to use the same evolutionary tools we use on Earth to make predictions about life elsewhere.
Previous work in astrobiology has extrapolated from what’s happened on Earth, potentially limiting our vision to certain special features, such as DNA or carbon-based life, that won’t hold on other planets. Natural selection, on the other hand, is universal.
It doesn’t depend on DNA (remember, Charles Darwin knew nothing of genes) or carbon chemistry or the presence of water. It’s incredibly simple – it just requires a few ingredients – and it’s the only way to generate life.
A mental image of that prized photo, showing entities apparently designed to fit their surroundings, is beginning to form. We can’t say whether the grainy picture of the alien will have eyes, or limbs, or be green.
That’s not the kind of prediction good evolutionary theory can make. But natural selection tells us that its forms, goals and evolutionary pathways are constrained.
(Helen Cooper/Cambridge University)
One example posed by our team in the sketch above is what we playfully call ‘the octomite’ – a conglomerate of once-separate entities now working together to survive, reproduce and evolve.
How would we recognise an alien? It would include a hierarchy of entities, with the interests of each lower level aligned with components in levels above.
The photo we envision would show division of labour, with various parts specialising in various tasks in a mutually dependent way.
This work of incorporating evolutionary theory into our astrobiological toolkit is only just beginning. What else can Darwin tell us about aliens? Presumably quite a lot.
The photo, if and when it comes, will be something entirely exotic to the naked eye. But to the student of evolutionary biology, it might look surprisingly familiar.
This article was originally published at Aeon and has been republished under Creative Commons. Read the original article here.
A scientist who has a Ph.D. in chemistry from the university Caltech, in Pasadena, California claims that Crop Circles are Alien messages and crop circles have helped mankind leading to “at least one major breakthrough the discovery of a more advanced binary code than our computers currently use”.
The “Sentence of Symbols” crop formation, measuring 1,020 feet long, was found on June 12, 1999, by U.K. crop formation researcher Charles Mallett
Crop circles are a global phenomenon. Not only have crop circles appeared all around the planet, so far, there are quite a few of these strange appearances that have never been explained.
While some crop circles are just elaborate hoaxes, created by pranksters or ‘crop circle artists’, there are some which carry a mysterious message according to some.
Crop circles have been a subject of debate among researchers and UFOlogists for years. Richard Dolan, historian, academic, author and one of the world’s leading UFO researchers said that “Some of these formations are so immense and complex as to defy reason. And after all, these decades, none of the perpetrators have been caught in the act of making any of the truly extraordinary formations.”
Interestingly, according to estimates, crop circles appear at least every week somewhere on our planet, and contrary to popular belief, crop circles are not exclusive to recent decades. Reports of mysterious formations in fields have been reported for centuries.
Now, a scientist from the Caltech, in Pasadena, California, Dr. Horace Drew who has studied the phenomenon for years claims to have discovered the alien message behind these enigmatic formations.
Dr. Drew has spent over 20 years researching crop circles and claims that there are hidden messages—from several alien civilizations—embedded inside crop circles, as an attempt to communicate with mankind.
Furthermore, Dr. Drew explains that mankind has not been able to understand them since we are not advanced enough. Dr. Drew believes some crop circles are literally images from the future.
Dr. Drew, who know resides in Australia said: “When humans want to talk with dolphins we put little bubble circles under the ocean with a generator. We watch the dolphins come up and play and investigate, and we study them.”
“US Presidents have never said to a dolphin ‘take me to your leader, I want to sign a treaty with you’ and the extraterrestrials are not interested in making a treaty with us. They are ahead of us like we are ahead of the dolphins and the whales.”
Dr. Drew also claims that crop circles have helped mankind leading to “at least one major breakthrough the discovery of a more advanced binary code than our computers currently use”.
During a conference at the UFO and Paranormal Research Society in Australia, Dr. Drew said that there are some crop circles which could be messages from mankind from the future.
On the other hand, Nick Pope former employee of the Ministry of Defense, who currently is a journalist and UFO researcher claims that Crop Circles are anything but alien.
Speaking about the phenomenon Mr. Pope said: “It was soon clear to me that while these patterns were often stunning and intricate, they were made by people.
“Some of these hoaxers plan their patterns on computers, navigate by GPS and wear night vision goggles.
“An extraterrestrial civilization is unlikely to travel halfway across the cosmos, only to start making patterns in crop fields.”
According to historian Greg Jefferys: “The number of circular features that can be reasonably confirmed as crop circles that have been so far found in the survey of the currently available 1945 Google Earth overlay numbers about one dozen. As this survey did not include more than 35% of England and excluded the known crop circle ‘hot spots’ around Wiltshire the findings are consistent with an annual occurrence of around 100 crop circles across the English countryside in 1945. This, combined with a significant body of historical records describing crop circles, gives the lie to the claims made by various to be the originators and creators of all crop circles. This, in turn, begs the question ‘If not them, then who or what is responsible for the creation of crop circles?’” (source)
Who know, maybe after all… there’s something odd about these crop circles and its really E.T. trying to tell us something.
Astronomers poring through data gathered during Kepler’s current extended mission, known as K2, have spotted 95 more alien planets, a new study reports.
That brings the K2 tally to 292, and the total haul over Kepler’s entire operational life to nearly 2,440 — about two-thirds of all the alien worlds ever discovered. And more than 2,000 additional Kepler candidates await confirmation by follow-up observations or analysis. [7 Greatest Exoplanet Discoveries by NASA’s Kepler (So Far)]
Kepler launched in March 2009, on a mission to help scientists determine just how common rocky, potentially habitable worlds such as Earth are throughout the Milky Way. For four years, the spacecraft stared continuously at about 150,000 stars, looking for tiny dips in their brightness caused by the passage of planets across their faces.
This work was highly productive, as noted above. But in May 2013, the second of Kepler’s four orientation-maintaining “reaction wheels” failed, and the spacecraft lost its superprecise pointing ability, bringing the original mission to a close.
But mission managers figured out a way to stabilize Kepler using sunlight pressure, and the spacecraft soon embarked on its K2 mission, which involves exoplanet hunting on a more limited basis, as well as observing comets and asteroids in our own solar system, supernovas and a range of other objects and phenomena.
For the new study, researchers analyzed K2 data going all the way back to 2014, zeroing in on 275 “candidate” signals.
“We found that some of the signals were caused by multiple star systems or noise from the spacecraft,” study lead author Andrew Mayo, a Ph.D. student at the Technical University of Denmark’s National Space Institute, said in a statement. “But we also detected planets that range from sub-Earth-sized to the size of Jupiter and larger.”
Indeed, 149 of the signals turned out to be caused by bona fide exoplanets, 95 of which are new discoveries. And one of the new ones is a record setter.
“We validated a planet on a 10-day orbit around a star called HD 212657, which is now the brightest star found by either the Kepler or K2 missions to host a validated planet,” Mayo said. “Planets around bright stars are important because astronomers can learn a lot about them from ground-based observatories.”
According to Aldrin: “On Apollo 11 in route to the Moon, I observed a light out the window that appeared to be moving alongside us. There were many explanations of what that could be, other than another spacecraft from another country or another world – it was either the rocket we had separated from or the four panels that moved away when we extracted the lander from the rocket, and we were nose to nose with the two spacecraft. So in the close vicinity, moving away, were four panels. And I feel convinced that we were looking at the sun reflected off of one of these panels. Which one? I don’t know. So technically, the definition could be “unidentified.”
Edgar Mitchell, the astronaut who participated in the Apollo 14 mission in 1971, and the sixth man to walk on the moon said “after traveling in space, I am fully confident that the aliens are watching us. I do not know how many, where and how they do it, but watching us; We see these ships at all times.
NASA’s Apollo Missions have been anything but ordinary and scientific in nature. When mankind ventured out to the Moon, a vast ocean of mysteries was ahead of us, but this ocean wasn’t explored even though we managed to land on the moon, as a matter of a fact, the ocean of mysteries seemed to have increased as there are more mysteries about the moon than we ever thought possible. Earth’s Moon has always been a much talked about subject and speculation about its secrets have always been present. We have always wondered why we have not been to the moon recently; we have all seen the mysterious images of the moon that appear to show strange constructions on the surface of the moon yet no one has reached and explored the possibilities thoroughly.
Most people believe for a fact that NASA’s Apollo missions were observed by alien beings. This theory which has been thoroughly dismissed by skeptics has been fueled by comments of Astronauts and highly ranking government officials.
In 1979 Maurice Chatelain, former chief of NASA Communications Systems confirmed that Armstrong had indeed reported seeing two UFOs on the rim of a crater. “The encounter was common knowledge in NASA,” he revealed, “but nobody has talked about until now.”
According to Armstrong, unofficially, “We were warned away.” “I cannot go into details, except to say that their ships were far superior to ours both in size and technology. They were great … and threatening “.
Many people firmly believe that not all of the images released by NASA are the actual originals taken on the moon, and many believe this is because the original images of the moon reveal structures and artifacts that would cause panic among the general public. Many believe that there are hundreds of images from NASA that have been altered in order to hide structures, moon bases, and artifact that prove there is an Alien presence on the Moon. NASA scientists Dr. Farouk El-Baz described this the best way possible when he stated that “not every discovery has been announced to the public.”
Interestingly, during the Apollo 11 mission, which was broadcast on TV, there was a gap in the live transmission that lasted for a couple of minutes. While NASA states this was due to the fact that the cameras overheated, many people believe this wasn’t the case and state that during that gap radio operators around the planet picked up a conversation between the Astronauts and NASA where Neil Armstrong talks about the presence of two giant Alien Ships that were observing the NASA astronauts from a distance. Even though NASA has never confirmed the conversation ever happened here, below, is the ‘alleged’ transcript of the conversation between NASA and Houston during the ‘Television broadcast gap’:
“Armstrong & Aldrin: Those are giant things. No, no, no – this is not an optical illusion. No one is going to believe this!
Houston: What … what … what? What the hell is happening? What’s wrong with you?
Armstrong & Aldrin: They’re here under the surface.
Armstrong & Aldrin: We saw some visitors. They were here for a while, observing the instruments.
Houston: Repeat your last information!
Armstrong & Aldrin: I say that there were other spaceships. They’re lined up in the other side of the crater!”
Of course, there are many other transcripts where Astronauts and ground control talk about ‘Alien Ships” that are crucial pieces of evidence in all of this.
There are dozens of theories that suggest the Moon is filled with Extraterrestrial bases and some of them are located on the far side of the moon. According to NASA Photographic Technician Donna Tietze, there are people in NASA whose job was to “airbrush and edit any anomalies found in the Moon images”.
What do you think about all of this? Is it possible that there are Alien Bases on the Moon? Could these mysterious bases (which NASA has tried very hard to keep a secret) be the reason why mankind has failed to return to the moon in recent years? And is it possible that all of the transcripts of conversations between Astronauts and NASA actually refer to Aliens and UFO’s on the Moon and in space? Let us know what you think about this subject and why YOU believe we have not been on the Moon lately. Are Aliens behind it or is it simply because we have already been there and we need to focus on going elsewhere, like Mars…?
The first ever images of the mysterious tomb—whose location has still not been disclosed— where explorers found the remains of several mummified alien bodies have been revealed.
This is the alleged entrance to the mysterious tomb, which according to Gaia.com, is where the mummified alien remains were found. Image Credit: Gaia.com
And even though the World Congress on Mummy Studies was cited as calling the research and work “an irresponsible organized campaign of disinformation,” the group of ‘experts’ behind the discovery is convinced that they have uncovered one of the most important discoveries of the 21st century.
Interestingly, not far away from the supposed tomb, experts found a series of petroglyphs depicting strange three-fingered beings.
The entire process is followed by Gaia.com which argues that up to FIVE mummified alien bodies have been discovered in a remote tomb near Nazca Peru, and they have even released a new video revealing the first ever images inside the alleged tomb.
The video also revealed the identity of the man who is said to have stumbled across the tomb while exploring the region. The video presents the man who made the discovery only as Marion who argues to have discovered the remote tomb in an undisclosed part of Peru.
Ever since the group revealed they had discovered the alien remains, they’ve been heavily criticized by scientists and archaeologists who refuse to accept the idea that they may have found evidence of “Alien mummies” in Peru. Many experts argue that the discovery is a fabricated hoax, something skeptics have still not been able to prove.
Gaia.com has still not revealed the exact location of the Tomb, nor what else was found inside.
The video posted online only indicates that a man named Mario—no surname—made a “world-changing discovery”.
The narrator of the video tells how “Mario helped with the discovery of many well-known sites in Peru since the 1990s. He knows very well what he does, and he knows what he has found, and what he has found does not belong to any known culture in South America.”
The video footage also features comments made by Jaime Maussan, one of the most prominent UFO researchers from Mexico.
Mr. Maussan said in the video “Inside this tomb, in a secret place, he (Mario) found two sarcophaguses.”
“In one of them was just pure objects. In the second one, he found two medium-sized bodies and many little bodies.”
“The big body was outside the sarcophagus.”
Mr. Maussan said in the video how Mario would not agree to be interviewed on camera.
Interestingly, the narrator of Gaia’s video states how the discoverer of the tomb believes he has just opened around ten percent of the mystery tomb, and that many more sensational discoveries could await inside.
The video footage shows what appears to be the entrance to the enigmatic tomb and the mummified remains buried in there.
Up to five ‘strange-looking- beings were found inside the mystery tomb, somewhere in Peru. Image Credit: Gaia.com
Mr. Maussan is convinced that the discovery suggests how these ‘beings’ once coexisted with humans.
He said: “These mummies were buried in human tombs, in sacred places.”
“This means that they had coexisted with our ancestors, were not enemies and had, to a certain extent, a degree of respect between both races and cultures.”
However, despite the fact that the group has presented ‘scientific’ studies and x-ray tests, many people are unconvinced by the alleged discovery of alien mummies.
Nigel Watson, author of the UFO Investigations Manual said they were “plaster of Paris fakes.”
Experts have unearthed a mysterious statue belonging to the ancient Maya civilization. The curious artifact depicts ‘an alien humanoid’ holding a human head.
The statue consists of a snake that seems to surround the figure of a small ‘ALIEN humanoid’ seen in a profile view holding a human head. Notice the strange head and oval-shaped eyes.
Directors of the museum of Xiutetelco—Puebla, Mexico— have revealed the discovery of an important archaeological piece belonging to the ancient Mayan culture, which inhabited the area sometimes during 400 AD. The ‘controversial statue consists of a snake that surrounds the figure of a small ‘ALIEN humanoid’ seen in a profile view, holding a human head. Notice the strange head and oval-shaped eyes.
The fascinating piece contains four inlays of mineral such as obsidian, turquoise, jade and shell, and was found by public workers in the Maxtaloyan community— in the upper part of the mentioned municipality—while improvement works were being carried out.
According to ‘El Sol de Puebla‘, the discovery is “a fundamental sample of the Mayan culture that for a long time inhabited the region, settling in the present day municipality, leaving important vestiges.”
Rafael Julián Montiel, in charge of the museum of Xiutetelco, said that since this area is adjacent to the archaeological zone of Cantona, among other communities, more pieces of this type could be found. In the near future—and especially during construction works—experts will monitor the area in hopes of discovering similar artifacts and preventing damage to possible future discoveries.
Likewise, the director of the museum added that Maxtaloyan is home to a volcano, similar to that of the community of ‘Los Humeros’ in the municipality of Chignautla, which has already erupted in the past, warning that there is danger of the volcano erupting and burying an entire pre-Hispanic settlement.
Monitel concluded:”At the moment, more than 5 thousand pieces have been discovered in several points of this municipality. All of them have been taken care of and are exhibited in the museum, which receives a large number of visitors who are eager to learn more about the ancestral wealth that Xiutetelco has.”
Experts have not yet concluded what exactly the newly discovered figurine represents, embodied in the ancient Mayan sculpture.
This has led to the emergence of several theories among those who have had a chance to see it in person.
Some people undoubtedly see a classic “gray” alien that holds a human head while others add that the serpent may symbolize an ancient “reptilian deity.”
Many would agree that the ancient statue clearly depicts a gray alien—with his elongated head, and oval shaped eyes.
According to a declassified CIA report, a troop of Russian soldiers—who managed to shoot down a UFO—were turned into STONE by surviving aliens. The declassified report is available at the official website of the CIA.
Yup, and it’s not an excerpt from an upcoming James Cameron science fiction movie. Although James might consider it.
According to a set of documents provided by the CIA, Russian soldiers gunned down an Unidentified Flying Object. After the craft crash landed, its occupants—of otherworldly origin—confronted the military resulting in human soldiers turning into stone.
The newspaper report composed from a 250-page KGB dossier on the alleged UFO attack includes images and witness testimonies, according to the Daily Express.
The UFO is said to have appeared during military unit training in Siberia. The Alien craft was shot down using a surface-to-air missile.
The declassified report states how: “Five short humanoids with large heads and large black eyes got out.”
2 soldiers are believed to have survived the attack.
As weird as it sounds, the report states how after the UFO was shot down, five ‘otherworldly beings’ emerged from the crashed UFO. The beings merged in what was described as a massive ball of light which eventually exploded, turning 23 Russian soldiers into stone.
The declassified document states:
“The KGB report goes on to say that the remains of the ‘petrified soldiers’ were transferred to a secret research institution near Moscow.”
“Specialists assume that a source of energy still unknown to Earthlings instantly changed the structure of the soldiers living organisms, having transformed it into a substance whose molecular structure was no different to limestone.”
At the end of the report, a CIA agent wrote: “If the KGB file corresponds to reality, this is an extremely menacing case.”
“The aliens possess such weapons and technology that go beyond all our assumptions.”
And while there are certainly many red flags surrounding the report, one of the biggest mysteries is why the CIA held a translation of the Ukrainian newspaper report on file.
It seems that the document—although available on the CIA website—first appeared in declassified KGB files.
Much has been said about Rh negative blood and theories which suggest, there is an enigmatic truth sealed away from public knowledge linking humans with Rh-negative blood to otherworldly origins.
“Who has fully realized that history is not contained in thick books but lives in our very blood?” – Carl Jung
Humans have four general blood types: A, B, AB, and O; a classification derived from proteins found on the surface of cells which are basically designed to wage war against bacteria and viruses in the human body.
Whether Rh-negative blood is just a mutation or not is something that has caused debate among researchers. If it were a mutation, then why is it that people who possess Rh negative blood are known for having extra vertebrae? This, just as the blood type, is explained scientifically as being a ‘mutation’.
However, according to modern DNA sequencing, it is demonstrated that humanity as we know it, isn’t just ONE single ‘race’ that descended from the same ancestor in Africa, but a hybridized species, with a far more enigmatic truth behind it all.
Many questions have been raised in the discussion about Rh negative blood. If mankind did, in fact, evolve from a mutual ancient African ancestor, theories state that everyone’s blood would be compatible, but regrettably, this is not the case. This raises numerous questions that science alone has not been able to fully answer. Where did Rh-negative blood come from? And why is it that a Rh-negative mother carrying Rh positive children tries rejecting her own offspring? Is it possible that this can be explained by a rather controversial theory? A theory which suggests that humanity isn’t in fact one race, but a hybridized species.
The book was written by Robert Sepehr, Species with Amnesia: Our Forbidden History tells us more about the enigmatic blood type Rh-negative. Not only does Species with Amnesia suggest mankind is, in fact, a hybridized species, the author suggests that highly advanced civilizations have been on Earth before us, just to be destroyed by some great global catastrophe, as mysteriously, history tells us.
Sepehr argues that for each race that has died out, another has taken its place, with a selected few holding on to the memories and sacred knowledge of the past race. In our vanity, we think we have discovered some of the great truths of science and technology, but we are in fact only just beginning to rediscover the profound wisdom of past civilizations. In many ways, we are like an awakening Species with Amnesia, yearning to reclaim our forgotten past. –
The Basque people of Spain and France have the highest percentage of Rh-negative blood. About 30% have (rr) Rh negative and about 60% carry one (r) negative gene.
Rh factors or ‘Rhesus factor’ was first discovered in the blood of Rhesus monkey. According to Sepehr, if mankind evolved from the same African ancestor their blood would be compatible, but it is not. Nearly 85% of all human beings have RH positive blood, yet ALL royal families have Rh-negative blood.
It seems that science cannot answer the question: Where did the Rh negatives come from? Are we, in fact, a species with amnesia? And is it possible that the truth behind our origins is far more enigmatic than what we think?
Many believe that Rh negative blood would be the legacy that the Anunnaki left on Earth among other things.
Interestingly, the negative RH strain is characteristic, for example, of the British royal family, which has generated controversial theories about a possible extraterrestrial lineage. although this hypothesis has not been confirmed, the disturbing questions it generates floats in the air: how civilized world would react to the fact that a small portion of the Earth’s population has a genetic code that has been altered in the distant past by highly advanced extraterrestrial beings.
New SETI Plan: Detect Alien Starships Powered by Black Holes
10 hours ago__Jon Christian__Filed Under: Off World
Pixabay/NASA/Victor Tangermann
Alien Starships
To detect alien civilizations, astronomers need to make some assumptions about the forms they might take — and the traces their technological artifacts could leave behind.
An outrageous new paper by a mathematician at Kansas State University does just that, positing that a sufficiently advanced alien civilization would likely build starships powered by the radiation thrown off by small black holes — and speculating that astronomers could use gamma telescopes to spot evidence of these black hole starships.
Black Holes
The basic idea, according to mathematician Louis Crane, is that a spaceship powered by a black hole would leave distinctive spillover from gamma rays. He suggests astronomers could detect that spillover using a telescope like the orbital Fermi Gamma-ray Space Telescope.
“If some advanced civilization already had such starships, current [very high energy] gamma ray telescopes could detect it out to 100 to 1,000 light years if we were in its beam,” Crane said in a press release. “They could be distinguished from natural sources by their steadily changing redshift over a period of years to decades.”
Game SETI Match
Crane also said, provocatively, that he believes astronomers may have already spotted several gamma ray sources “for which no natural explanation has been given.”
He also speculated about what it would mean for a civilization to be capable of creating an artificial black hole — and it sounds absolutely epic.
“To produce an artificial black hole, we would need to focus a billion-ton gamma ray laser to nuclear dimensions,” Crane said in the press release. “It’s like making as many high-tech nuclear bombs as there are automobiles on Earth. Just the scale of it is beyond the current world economy. A civilization which fully utilized the solar system would have the resources.”
Quantum physics has seen tremendous advances and a new hunt is in place: the search for dark energy. As this search continues by American and European scientists, China continues to close the gap in scientific prowess. For example, according to recently reported results, China-led space mission has revealed auspicious symptoms of dark matter.
Despite no direct evidence of dark matter was found, this still remains the first observational data courtesy of China’s very first mission exclusively designed for astrophysics. Welcome the dark horse in the competition.
For centuries, the hunt for dark matter has haunted the dreams of astrophysicists. Ever since Swiss astronomer Fritz Zwicky first discovered that the mass of all of the particles within the Coma cluster of galaxies was responsible for a mere one percent of the mass required to generate sufficient gravity necessary for the galaxy in order to protect itself from dissembling. This was the spark to a flame in the search for dark matter– physicists have inferred dark matter’s existence from this seemingly invisible existence.
The Chinese spacecraft, Dark Matter Particle Explorer (DAMPE), was designed to search for the indirect decay signal of dark matter which is known as weakly interacting massive particles (WIMPS). This spacecraft was launched from the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center in the Gobi Desert, approximately 994 miles (1,600 km) west of Beijing, back in December of 2015. The primary tool of this spacecraft is a stack of thin, crisscrossing detector strips that assume a common arrangement which allow for the combination of observations in one direction.
This spacecraft is even more phenomenal, for it is also capable of observing the energy, vector, and electric charge of particles which compose cosmic rays– especially electrons and positrons which are the former’s antimatter counterpart.
Forces of Cosmic Darkness
The currently enigmatic cosmic rays seem to originate from normal astrophysical phenomena such as supernovae wherever in the galaxy. However, if dark matter is truly consisted of WIMPs, these particles would sporadically annihilate each other and create electron-positron pairs. These pairs then become detectable by presenting themselves as excess quantity of matter amidst the amalgam of particles hailing from traditional astrophysical objects.
Within its first operative 530 days, DAMPE spacecraft detected 1.5 million cosmic ray electrons and positrons above a certain specific energy level. Usually, researchers expect to observe a smooth curve of particles-to-energy, however, previous experiments indicated towards an anomalous disruption within such a curve. The reason as to why this data is significant is because these results confirmed such a deviation.
Chang Jin, leader of the collaboration of the Chinese Academy of Science’s (CAS’s) Purple Mountain Observatory (PMO) located in Nanjing, said the following in a recent Science Magazine article: “It may be evidence of dark matter. We have a compelling anomaly in the high-energy section, it goes up and then goes down again.
We really didn’t expect this, and it cannot be explained by any of the existing knowledge of physics.” Chang Jin also noted that the DAMPE probe which was previously constructed for a three-year mission in space, is now expected to last five years, courtesy of the smooth functionality of both the spacecraft and its instruments.
However, be warned– there is no full guarantee that the DAMPE spacecraft will solve the dark mystery for good. According to the Science Magazine report and David Spergel, an astrophysicist at Princeton University, the Chinese adventure into the universe of dark matter will enrich our current understanding of cosmic ray acceleration, and will ultimately reveal mysterious, underlying physical processes located within the spatial shocks near supernovae and pulsars.
In a close encounter of the submerged kind, a Discovery Channel treasure hunter said he found what could be a massive extraterrestrial structure at the bottom of the Atlantic Ocean off the Florida coast.
Darrell Miklos, host of Discoverys treasure hunting show Coopers Treasure, was chasing the trail of an English shipwreck for an episode of his show when he made the find 300 feet beneath the Bermuda Triangle.
“I was trying to identify shipwreck material based on one of the anomaly readings on Gordons charts when I noticed something that stuck out, that shocked me,” Miklos told the Daily Mail. “It was a formation unlike anything Ive ever seen related to shipwreck material, it was too big for that. It was also something that was completely different from anything that Ive seen that was made by nature.”
For two seasons, Miklos has used maps made by his friend, the late NASA astronaut Gordon Cooper, to hunt for shipwrecked treasure around the Caribbean Sea. In the 1960s, Cooper flew missions for the Mercury and Gemini space programs. He died in 2004, but, Miklos said, not before passing to him an alleged treasure map. Miklos said Cooper was spying on potential Russian nuclear sites based on magnetic anomalies when he used the same anomalies to make his treasure map. Cooper was also a fervent believer in extraterrestrial life, claiming to have witnessed UFOs during his time in the Air Force.
Miklos find, however, is a USO, an unidentified submerged object. The coral-covered structure features 15, 300-foot-long arms jutting out from a center object. Scientists on Miklos team said the coral could be thousands of years old. They also said coral couldnt naturally grow in those formations.
“Theres identical formations in three different areas and they dont look nature made, they dont look man made, certainly nothing Ive ever seen based on my experience and I have years of experience at doing this,” Miklos said. “Weve identified multiple different types of shipwreck material, this doesnt match or look anything like that.”
Miklos and the Coopers Treasure production company, AMPLE Entertainment, hope the find will urge the Discovery Channel to pick up the show for a third season so they can further explore the find.
“Cooper was a reliable source for treasure, then based on his findings Darrell found something that does not appear to be a shipwreck or anything that anybody has ever seen,” AMPLE founder Ari Mark said. “We want to find out exactly what it is and establish whether it ties in with Coopers belief that were not alone.”
While surprised by the structure, Miklos said he want to investigate further before saying exactly what he thinks the structure could be.
Hes not saying it was aliens? But well, you decide.
I recently watched the movie The Matrix again hoping that the new knowledge I’ve learned from whistle-blowers and others would make these concepts and disclosures more obvious. There are definitely things in there that someone may or may not have already figured out but I’d like to add my flavor to the mix just because.
I wanted to start by breaking down the names of the characters, because I believe there is a big load of information in them.
The main character Neo’s name has a large amount of information in it. The word ‘neo’ means new. If we switch the letters around you will get ‘one’ and ‘eon’. The premise of the show is that we are entering a new age which is the correct definition of ‘eon’ per David Wilcock’s research. We then have ‘one’ which if we put all three together reads as such: ‘One New Age’ or the ‘New Age of The One’.
Morpheus plays a very important role in this film as his name has ‘morph’ within it. To morph means to change or transform into something new. He acts as the catalyst for Neo to learn to find and experience his true unlimited potential.
Apoch is another character with another interesting name. Apoch could easily be changed to Epoch which by definition means “the beginning of a distinctive period in the history of someone or something.” So the name Apoch could indicate that a new time in history is occurring.
I’m sure some will say that Trinity’s name has religious implications, which could be true. But I am willing to bet that the writers also wanted to convey the idea of the sacred divine masculine, feminine and another aspect that I can’t think of right now. It could also have sacred geometric implications which the movie did include which I will write in this article later.
Here is a character whose name could mean that someone’s consciousness could be ‘switched’ on and off, creating a powerful being or suppressing someone and using them as a battery.
The definition I found for cipher is “a secret or disguised way of writing; a code.” In the movie the characters use technology to add or remove ‘code’ into the reality which they understood and could manipulate to their desires. We see the floating and falling green letters and characters at various points in the movie.
This one is pretty self-explanatory. There are those who are dozing off into sleep, those being the general population. They don’t have original thoughts and everything they do is carefully manipulated and regulated by the agents within the false reality.
A tank is a very powerful vehicle that can be used to combat an enemy with great force. Tank could be a name given to indicate the potential power of the group that is trying to break free from the Matrix.
The name ‘mouse’ was given to a character who was very intelligent but not so in-your-face like the other characters. This could indicate that the crew and the resistance must be ‘quiet-as-a-mouse’ in order to succeed in their operations to break free of the Cabal.
Now I will include various symbols and other pieces of information that convey signs and signals that are being broadcasted into the consciousness of humanity, waiting to be decoded and understood at some point.
During the scene where Morpheus is explaining how the real world is there is an old television set in the middle of them talking and if we look closely you will see a pyramid on it:
This possibly indicates that there is a group that call themselves the Illuminati that control everyone via their television sets. One could even argue that the circle in the middle could be the ‘all-seeing-eye’.
In addition to using humans as batteries to substitute energy being blocked from the sun the machines liquefy humans who cannot produce anymore energy and are used as sustenance for the other humans. There are many reports coming out that human meat is being found at McDonald’s meat packaging warehouses.
Can anyone else think of what a psychopathic secret society would do with hundreds of thousands of ‘missing’ children that they sacrifice every year? Why not feed them to the population! The moral of the story being, avoid fast food.
Now I am not a big fan of religion but I’ve found it is becoming more important to study some of the information in various religious texts around the world. One of those being the return of Christ. Now I’m on board with David Wilcock’s research into this as he posits that it simply means a return of a higher consciousness or awareness of the Universe or The One.
In the movie they mention prophecy many times and include one of them which I will share now:
“When the Matrix was first built there was a man born inside that had the ability to change what he wanted, to remake the Matrix as he saw fit. It was this man who freed the first of us and taught us the truth – When he died, the Oracle prophesied his return and envisioned that his coming would hail the destruction of the Matrix.“
Neo AKA ‘The New Age of the One’ would return and dismantle the Matrix and free everyone within it.
Neo is taught what appears to be the Law of Manifestation in the movie. Using his mind to change and attract what he wants. Information could be ‘downloaded’ right into the mind and the knowledge would be readily available to use for whatever purposes needed.
Neo is made to realize the true power of his consciousness and how he can change his form and engage in mind-over-matter techniques and abilities.
In one simple scene the writers may have shared one of the most important pieces of information for our reality and for our personal growth. It was a scene with Neo waking up by the sound of his alarm clock which read 9:18:
These numbers are significantly important to understanding sacred geometry. Broken down those numbers start with 3, 6 and 9, which, if we remember what Tesla said:
“If you only knew the magnificence of the 3, 6 and 9, then you would have a key to the universe.”
These are just a few of the many things you will find in this movie. It is rich with symbolism and occult information. There are many websites that break down bible verses that were written into the show or latin phrases that apply here and so on.
This is all I would like to share for now. Thank you for reading everyone and much love as always.
The crafts possess a type of radiant energy or a ray, which will easily disintegrate any attacking ship. They reenter the etheric at will, and so simply disappear from our vision, without trace
The Document declassified by the FBI states: “…Part of the disks carry crews, others are under remote control, and the bodies of the visitors, and the craft also, automatically materialize on entering the vibratory rate of our dense matter…”
Numerous government around the world are slowly coping with the idea that the worldwide population has a right to know whether or not we are alone in the universe. In fact, the disclosure movement has never been as strong as it is today with countless Military officers, government officials, and astronauts speaking out about the existence of alien life and Alien spacecraft.
Among all of the governments on the planet, it is believed that the United States have a lot of disclosure to do. Presidential Candidate Hilary Clinton has stated that if she is elected President of the United States, she would disclose all alien related documents and get to the bottom of the UFO phenomenon.
Jon Podesta, who was President Barack Obama’s right man, and Chief of Staff under the Clinton administration tweeted not long ago that one of his biggest regrets of 2014 was his failure to “secure the disclosure of UFO files” and that “the time to pull the curtain back on this subject is long overdue. We have statements from the most credible sources, those in a position to know – about a fascinating phenomenon, the nature of which is yet to be determined.”
But despite serious attempts of disclosure, the government of the United States still maintains that they do not have knowledge of any information related to the Alien/UFO phenomenon.
However, many maintain that the reason why disclosure hasn’t happened yet isn’t because of the government. It’s very likely that such a subject might even go far beyond, extending into powerful corporations and a tight group of international elites.
Many governments around the globe have declassified a number of UFO-related documents which only proves that they have been extremely interested in the UFO phenomenon for years. However, not only have governments released classified information, agencies such as the FBI, NSA and CIA have also declassified some of their most secretive files on UFO’s and Alien life in the universe.
Getting to the bottom of the declassified FBI document, the original one can be found by visiting this link which will take you to the FBI’s vault of declassified documents.
The declassified document was addressed to “certain scientists of distinction,” to“aeronautical and military authorities,” and to “a number of public officials.”
The declassified document is a letter sent to the director of FBI in Washington from their San Francisco office, detailing UFO’s and extraterrestrials.
“Lt. Colonel _X_X_ of G2, San Francisco advised today he has no further information, and that our Seattle office is in possession of all information known by him and is handling the matter at Tacoma, Washington.” (Source)
Part of the disks carry crews; others are under remote control.
Their mission is peaceful; the visitors contemplate settling on this planet.
These visitors are human-like but much larger in size.
They are not excarnate Earth people but come from their own world
The disks posses some type of radiant energy.
They do not come from any “planet” as we use the word, but from an etheric planet which interpenetrates with our own and is not perceptible to us.
The bodies of the visitors, and the craft also, automatically materialize on entering the vibratory rate of our dense matter.
They re-enter the etheric at will, and so simply disappear from our vision, without a trace.
The region they come from is NOT the astral plane but corresponds to the Lakas or Talas. Students of esoteric matters will understand these terms.
However, this is just one of the many files that have been released to the public which describe with great detail the visitations.
Many things remain a mystery. While the above-mentioned documents give fascinating details about the visitations, it still leaves us with a umber of questions like: Is it possible that three are several races of aliens out there? Are they Physical or extra dimensional?
“Yes there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered. We are not alone in the universe; they have been coming here for a long time.” (source) (source) – Apollo 14 Astronaut, Air Force Captain and Founder of the Institute of Noetic Sciences, Dr. Edgar Mitchell.
Much has been said about Rh negative blood and theories which suggest, there is an enigmatic truth sealed away from public knowledge linking humans with Rh-negative blood to otherworldly origins.
“Who has fully realized that history is not contained in thick books but lives in our very blood?” – Carl Jung
Humans have four general blood types: A, B, AB, and O; a classification derived from proteins found on the surface of cells which are basically designed to wage war against bacteria and viruses in the human body.
Whether Rh-negative blood is just a mutation or not is something that has caused debate among researchers. If it were a mutation, then why is it that people who possess Rh negative blood are known for having extra vertebrae? This, just as the blood type, is explained scientifically as being a ‘mutation’.
However, according to modern DNA sequencing, it is demonstrated that humanity as we know it, isn’t just ONE single ‘race’ that descended from the same ancestor in Africa, but a hybridized species, with a far more enigmatic truth behind it all.
Many questions have been raised in the discussion about Rh negative blood. If mankind did, in fact, evolve from a mutual ancient African ancestor, theories state that everyone’s blood would be compatible, but regrettably, this is not the case. This raises numerous questions that science alone has not been able to fully answer. Where did Rh-negative blood come from? And why is it that a Rh-negative mother carrying Rh positive children tries rejecting her own offspring? Is it possible that this can be explained by a rather controversial theory? A theory which suggests that humanity isn’t in fact one race, but a hybridized species.
The book was written by Robert Sepehr, Species with Amnesia: Our Forbidden History tells us more about the enigmatic blood type Rh-negative. Not only does Species with Amnesia suggest mankind is, in fact, a hybridized species, the author suggests that highly advanced civilizations have been on Earth before us, just to be destroyed by some great global catastrophe, as mysteriously, history tells us.
Sepehr argues that for each race that has died out, another has taken its place, with a selected few holding on to the memories and sacred knowledge of the past race. In our vanity, we think we have discovered some of the great truths of science and technology, but we are in fact only just beginning to rediscover the profound wisdom of past civilizations. In many ways, we are like an awakening Species with Amnesia, yearning to reclaim our forgotten past. –
The Basque people of Spain and France have the highest percentage of Rh-negative blood. About 30% have (rr) Rh negative and about 60% carry one (r) negative gene.
Rh factors or ‘Rhesus factor’ was first discovered in the blood of Rhesus monkey. According to Sepehr, if mankind evolved from the same African ancestor their blood would be compatible, but it is not. Nearly 85% of all human beings have RH positive blood, yet ALL royal families have Rh-negative blood.
It seems that science cannot answer the question: Where did the Rh negatives come from? Are we, in fact, a species with amnesia? And is it possible that the truth behind our origins is far more enigmatic than what we think?
Many believe that Rh negative blood would be the legacy that the Anunnaki left on Earth among other things.
Interestingly, the negative RH strain is characteristic, for example, of the British royal family, which has generated controversial theories about a possible extraterrestrial lineage. although this hypothesis has not been confirmed, the disturbing questions it generates floats in the air: how civilized world would react to the fact that a small portion of the Earth’s population has a genetic code that has been altered in the distant past by highly advanced extraterrestrial beings.
Archaeologists in Austria have claimed that they have discovered an 800-year-old cell phone of alien origin.
The object has cuneiform writing engraved on the keys and look eerily like an old Nokia phone. UFO enthusiasts have claimed that the object proves that aliens once visited the Earth with superior technology, or that time travel does exist.
Conspiracy website reported: ‘According to reports, during archaeological excavations at Fuschl am See, (in Salzburg), Austria, researchers unearthed a mysterious artefact from the thirteenth century with cuneiform writing that strangely resembles a cell phone.
‘This type of writing is typically found in modern-day Iran or Iraq (ancient Mesopotamia).
‘What a device like this with Cuneiform writing is doing in Austria is something that no one is able to fully understand or explain.
‘Regrettably the information about this ‘sensational’ discovery is limited.’
‘We cannot explain what it is, whether it is real or not, but it has caught our attention and we would love to know more about it.
The lack of information online, and the fact that any object with ancient cuneiform script could end up in Austria, has caused hardened conspiracy theorists to doubt the discovery.
Conspiracy theorists say that there have been several discoveries of out-of-place archaeological artifacts that challenge history.
According to the Inquisitr, they say archaeologists cover up such discoveries.
Scott Waring, editor of UFO Sighting Daily, however, is convinced this is evidence of aliens visiting ancient civilisations on Earth.
‘It is evident from this cell phone like device that someone with an advanced knowledge of the future created it,’ he wrote.
‘The language is said to go back tens of thousands of years…very cool discovery.’
In 1947 an alleged alien ship crashed in the New Mexico desert. Witnesses reported not only the presence of the UFO but also several wounded and dead aliens. This video shows the full Roswell Alien interview.
Considered by many ufologists as the most important event in the history of UFOs, the Roswell case has caused rivers of ink to flow, as countless stories theories, lies and denials appeared over the years.
The Roswell crash has had a great weight in popular culture and is mentioned in numerous works of fiction, as well as documentaries
Officially speaking, it all started July 4, 1947, when several farmers in the town of Roswell, New Mexico, claimed to have heard a loud explosion in the night, completely different from a lightning and thunder strike.
The next day, Gerald Anderson, a five-year-old boy who was accompanied by his father, his brother, and a cousin walking in a deserted place called Plains of St. Augustine, noticed an object in a distance reflecting light.
Interestingly, in their book, A History of UFO Crashes, UFO researchers Don Schmitt and Kevin Randle say their research shows military radar had been tracking an unidentified flying object in the skies over southern New Mexico for four days. On the night of July 4, 1947, radar indicated the object had gone down about 30-40 miles northwest of Roswell.
According to ‘A History of UFO Crashes’, eyewitness William Woody, who lived east of Roswell said he remembered being outside of his house with his father the night of July 4, 1947, when he saw a brilliant object plunge to the ground.
In the newspapers of July 8, the following headline is given: “RAAF Captures Flying Saucer on Ranch in Roswell Region” Commander Jesse Marcel was notified of the Army Air Base at Roswell, which personally went to the scene.
Wilcox called RAAF Major Jesse Marcel and a “man in plainclothes” accompanied Brazel back to the ranch where more pieces were picked up. “[We] spent a couple of hours Monday afternoon [July 7] looking for any more parts of the weather device”, said Marcel. “We found a few more patches of tinfoil and rubber.
On July 8, the RAAF issued a press release, which was immediately picked up by numerous news outlets:
“The many rumors regarding the flying disc became a reality yesterday when the intelligence office of the 509th Bomb group of the Eighth Air Force, Roswell Army Air Field, was fortunate enough to gain possession of a disc through the cooperation of one of the local ranchers and the sheriff’s office of Chaves County. The flying object landed on a ranch near Roswell sometime last week. Not having phone facilities, the rancher stored the disc until such time as he was able to contact the sheriff’s office, who in turn notified Maj. Jesse A. Marcel of the 509th Bomb Group Intelligence Office. Action was immediately taken and the disc was picked up at the rancher’s home. It was inspected at the Roswell Army Air Field and subsequently loaned by Major Marcel to higher headquarters.”
“The balloon which held it up, if that was how it worked, must have been 12 feet long, [Brazel] felt, measuring the distance by the size of the room in which he sat. The rubber was smoky gray in color and scattered over an area about 200 yards in diameter. When the debris was gathered up, the tinfoil, paper, tape, and sticks made a bundle about three feet long and 7 or 8 inches thick, while the rubber made a bundle about 18 or 20 inches long and about 8 inches thick. In all, he estimated, the entire lot would have weighed maybe five pounds. There was no sign of any metal in the area which might have been used for an engine, and no sign of any propellers of any kind, although at least one paper fin had been glued onto some of the tinfoil. There were no words to be found anywhere on the instrument, although there were letters on some of the parts. Considerable Scotch tape and some tape with flowers printed upon it had been used in the construction. No strings or wires were to be found but there were some eyelets in the paper to indicate that some sort of attachment may have been used.”
What are your thoughts about the Roswell UFO crash? Fact or fiction?
Rodney Cluff, author of Our Living Hollow Earth, is one of the big names in the theory, told LADbible that the Earth is only ‘around 800 miles thick from the outer surface’ and that there are entrances at the South and North Poles.
Cluff even believes that people have journeyed into the Earth and managed to send messages back out. He also says that those who live inside, regularly send out UFOs to ‘spy’ on us and see how we’re getting on.
This photo of the North Pole is seen as ‘proof’ by Hollow Earthers. Credit: NASA
Wondering what’s inside? Well, according to Cluff, there’s a sort of Eden-like paradise at its core, but there’s also a superior ‘alien’ race of humans – who are eight feel tall and far intellectually superior to us top Earth dwellers – giant animals, Vikings and Nazis.
According to Cluff, lost Viking colonies and Nazis who fled after the end of World War II are now living down there, immortally.
He told LADbible: “Explorers have actually gone down there. Some have returned and gone on to tell people what they saw, others have chosen to stay there because it’s so wonderful.”
A woman called Dianne Robbins, author of Messages From the Hollow Earth, even reckons she’s been sent ‘telepathic messages’ from the advanced civilizations which live inside.
However, as National Geographic points out – the Earth isn’t hollow. Sorry to break it to you.
Brendan Fraser starred in hollow Earth movie Journey to the Centre of the Earth. Credit: New Line Cinema
Earth’s structure is actually made up of a bunch of layers – working from the outside in, we’ve got the rock layer, called the crust. Underneath this there are two layer of molten rock, known as the mantel. Delving even deeper, there’s the liquid outer core and even deeper than that is the solid inner core, which scientist says is a solid ball of iron.
Now – and this is where hollow Earthers can try and claim its all a big conspiracy – scientists have never been down as deep as the core, or even the mantle, but they do have tools to show that they must be there.
Will any of this be enough to convince Cluff and his fellow hollow Earthers? Probably not.
Akashic records are the records generated and kept for all souls who have embarked upon this plane of existence. Akashic records are also kept for souls who spend their time on other planes of existence or planets but most of those planes and even life forms on other planets do not generate karma as their energy levels and dimensional vibrations are different, and much higher as compared to Earth. Earth is the planet for which these akashic records are kept and maintained predominantly. And there are many earths in the universe. Time as you witness and experience on this plane of existence does not exist as you ascend from this plane. What you experience now has happened somewhere else and what you may experience in what you term as future is happening now in another plane and slumber state of mind that is creating all these realities and illusions that you term as life. But this illusion is necessary for the souls to evolve, for souls to ascend and move forward and continue further on their journey. So life on this plane is not your primary journey, it is yet another stop and transit point as the soul moves forward and spurs along.
All souls are indeed divine sparks of light, some shine brighter and some are dimmer, they all have the same essence though but they still differ from each other. This difference is the mystery of the universe. So when souls descend upon this plane, they come with a set of lessons and tasks that are part of their plan. And this plan is influenced by what they have done during their earlier life times on this plane or any other plane. And even though they come with a plan, there is still freewill and freedom to choose and act. Usually the soul will act based on its proclivities but many a times, the lessons and experiences that a soul has gone through will cause the soul to act differently and thus, exercise its freedom to act and choose.
Akashic records are kept as a record of every soul’s life time and actions on this planet.
How about animals and plants? Do they have akashic records as well?
Not all of them have akashic records. Some, who have a strong purpose and action streams have akashic records. Akashic records are mainly for souls in human bodies. They carry the divine imprint of these souls’ life paths and purposes and soul histories through their many human life forms.
Every soul has a record and all its actions are recorded and can be accessed. These records are kept in the memory of space at energetic level and certain angels or higher energy beings are keepers of these records. Archangel Metatron is in charge of akashic records for humans who have transmigrated from lower realms to human realms. He also keeps records of humans who descend upon this plane with strong karma and attachments towards material things. In other words Archangel Metatron is the keeper of records of humans who are not in an ascended state of being and are still in lower vibration frequency. There are other human souls that are sent on this plane or who decide to come on this plane with strong spiritual ascension in their plan. They are on higher frequency and their records are maintained separately. But these records can be accessed as well. However for these higher frequency human souls, these records serve a different purpose as these souls are more aware of what they are creating, they use these records as reminders of their ascension plans and their higher life purpose when the soul runs into a state of inner turmoil or state of disbelief or lack of faith.
It is not uncommon for even higher frequency souls to forget their higher soul plan and life purpose as they try to adjust to the coarse energies of the planet. So sometimes they have dream visitations by ascended masters and angels who will guide them and lead them to their akashic records to revitalize their soul memory and instill confidence in them about their experiences on the earthly plane. Often the souls may not remember about these visitation or their own travels but they may wake up from their sleep feeling more confident, with new ideas and relaxed about their lives and experiences in general.
As for human souls who are still in a lower frequency, they accumulate more karma, and akashic records lay an account of all their karma. These souls lead more earth-based lives and are more concerned with material things. Their life paths are often the result of their past life actions and their will and actions in current lifetime. Every thought and every emotion felt is also recorded. These souls usually would need the assistance of well-trained clairvoyant to get access to their akashic records. Or they may ask angels or ascended masters to show these to them through intuitive messages or during their meditations. However these lower frequency human beings may sometimes not be able to comprehend what is being presented to them. Often the challenges that a soul faces and its behavior patterns are carried forward from earlier life times and akashic records can shed light on these. They may also show the truth about relationships between two souls and their shared history.
Akashic records contain the records of all human souls in the history of time, and souls often go through their records before they take birth in physical body on earth. Thus, the records are etched in their subtle memories and decide their choices, behavior patterns and certain actions. A soul may then make a certain choice even if it did not need to, just to be able to pay a karmic debt from a earlier life time or to fulfill on a promise. Although these past memories do influence soul’s choices in its current lifetime, it still has a free choice. Most often a sensitive and righteous soul may choose to act in a particular way based on what it may have recorded in its subtle and deep memories, even if it did not need to. So a vow of celibacy from a earlier life time as a monk or nun, may be carried forward in the soul’s subtle memories even if it has no reason to keep those vows in its current lifetime and actually has chosen and wishes to have a married life and a partner with family and children. Sometimes, souls even take vows of secrecy or suffering as part of their spiritual training and those may be carried forward inadvertently. Some strong-willed souls may still be able to severe those vows and such cords from earlier life times but sensitive souls may find it hard to do so and may experience repeated unwanted patterns in their lives due to hidden memories of their past. These memories could be from an earlier age in current lifetime or substantially older memories from another life time. An access to akashic records then helps clearing such old patterns and even gives the soul a higher perspective and better understanding of its life purpose and life path if it is being called out to do something that may seem far fetched or disjointed from the soul’s conscious memory and current life experience. For example, if a certain soul suddenly feels intuitively guided to move to a place that it may have no apparent connection with, the truth of such guidance may be retrieved through an access to Akashic records.
Akashic records also help the soul to gain a better understanding of a tragic or traumatic life experience and their karma with other people and if they could have avoided those experiences. These may also help the soul to understand various influences in its life such as influence of certain people, places or even events as seen on television or read in newspapers. A glimpse into akashic records can show certain challenges imprinted upon a soul’s life plan and thus may allow it to avoid them and tread with caution by undertaking some preventive measures. When you hurt some one, or do a negative action of any form, it is recorded and you may have to repay it. This is the cycle of life and accumulation of karma that human souls go through. And a high level of spiritual development, righteous thinking and action, and pursuit of ascension through persistent effort may eventually dissolve the soul’s accumulated karma and enable it to clear its karmic debts and disintegrate its cords with people, events, patterns and places.
Now a days, when more people are being called into service, in preparation for their ascension and to inspire others to do the same, it would be useful for souls to seek their akashic records to dissolve repeated patterns of behavior that do not serve them and even gain insights into their higher purpose and role in the overall scheme of things and earthly existence. You can sit in quiet contemplation and ask us, your angels to guide you and reveal to you what you may need to know about your akashic records and areas you can improve. As the earth goes through this process of evolution, human beings are getting increasingly intuitive and can tap into their innate intuitive capacity to get connected with the divine and their higher selves. You have to just ask for guidance and clear all fears, doubts, worry and anxiety related to this. Once you are centered in full knowingness that what is important will be revealed and with sincere and pure intentions towards fulfilling your highest purpose on the planet, you will get answers. They may not come immediately for some and may even take a few days or longer for a revelation but a revelation will occur. The revelation would also depend on the soul’s readiness to receive information and a clarity of mind that can enable it to have and appreciate its own divine connection and divine imprint. Revelation of important information may even occur through dreams in sleep-state, and sometimes you may not remember what was revealed but your subtle consciousness would know and the revelations would be stored in your deep inner most memory. At times the revelations may come in form of free energy and information flow, as a knowingness from highest source. Such information flow may come at an unexpected time and often when the mind is quiet, relaxed or emptied. Sometimes, you may hear voices in your head that are not yours and these voices may reveal something of importance to you. Thus, there are several ways in which information about akashic records may be revealed to you. All you have to do is ask for it as you move forward on your life path. You can call upon us, Archangel Metatron and Archangel Raziel to seek guidance and counsel about your akashic records and you can call upon Archangel Michael to help remove all fears related to the same and to cut cords from previous life times that do not serve you in your current one and in your achievement of your life purpose. You can ask and call upon us to help you act in ways that are for your highest good and to perform actions in a way that enables you to clear your karmic debt and not to accumulate life karma through negative actions. The more your actions are rooted in love and compassion and aimed towards your highest truth and greatest good, better it would be for your akashic records. Do not make your earthly existence and material success the chief aim of your lives. Be cognizant of the overall impact of your thoughts and actions on your world and others, and thus you shall repay your past debts and be able to march forward towards your ascension.
My note: This was one of the last few chapters that I felt guided to write and include in the book. Archangel Metatron guided me to do so while I mediated to prepare myself, to begin writing on another topic. This subject was not originally intended or planned and was the last topic to be added to the list of twenty five topics that are being covered in this book.
I firmly believe that this is because Angels wish for us humans to be more and more mindful of our actions- gross and subtle. What we actually enact is a gross action and every thought or emotions we carry is a subtle action but it is action nevertheless. And angels wish to impress upon us the need to closely observe what we think or do. Angels also wish to impress upon us to break away from old behaviour patterns that are carried forward from the past and create the life we wish in the most positive way and through positive influences and energy of love and light. By reminding us of our akashic records, I feel angels would also like us to be aware of what we still sometimes believe to be seeped in mystery. So as we get aware of our akashic records, we may be able to wipe away some of our inner urges, dark tendencies of our mind and perhaps make sense of some of our life decisions, failures and successes. This may enable us to clear the energies of guilt, fear and even sorrow as it would be like having a glimpse into our lives or what we understand as our lives from a higher perspective akin to seeing it from the mountain-top. Angels also wish to remind us and be aware that many a times certain incidents and events take place in our lives and even on the planet as a form of clearing for dark energies, as collective lessons for all humanity, to balance out energy imbalance that has accumulated over centuries, and also to open the hearts of people in love and compassion towards others through a natural tragedy, accident or other such means.
These incidents occur as a result of and in response to the energies that have accumulated, the karma that has been performed and the intentions with which such karma was performed. A glimpse into akashic records will make us all aware of the hidden negative tendencies that reside in all of us. While we all are the divine sparks of light, there is a shadow and negative aspect within all of us that presents us the challenges we face and create, consciously or unconsciously. And as the time is now for us to really come into our full power and greatness through the force of love, gratitude, joy and compassion, it may also be an opportune time for us to meditate upon our akashic records, gain a better understanding of things as they are and perform actions with a knowingness and to clear out the energies that do not serve us any longer. This would enable us to prepare for a higher vibration existence and to take part in the earth’s overall ascension plan and process.
There is a worldwide debate going on about aliens. There are people who believe that we have been visited in the past by extraterrestrial beings, and there are those who firmly disagree, suggesting that we are the only intelligent species in the universe.
While many texts that mention Gods who descended from the heavens, we still believe that what was written by ancients was just a myth. What is the truth? I guess that it depends on what you believe.
The Ancient Alien theory has become very popular in recent years. According to the Ancient Alien or, Ancient Astronaut theory, our planet has been visited by otherworldly beings for thousands if not, hundreds of thousands of years.
Today, people who have studied and analyzed the UFO and Alien phenomena on Earth agree that there are several Alien beings that are walking among humans.
Here we have three of the most important Alien species that exist, according to ufologists.
1) The Reptilians:
As the name implies, are anthropomorphic reptiles whose civilization spread from the system Alpha Draconis, so they are also known as ” Draconian”. According to ufologists, they measure about 4 meters in height and are characterized as excellent warriors and have an extremely hierarchical and competitive political – military system. They also have a great psychic power and feed on negative energies like fear and hatred, thus, they are considered ” regressive ” and were considered before as “demons.”
Many believe that the “Reptilians” are now in control of the world, camouflaging among the ruling elite on our planet.
2) The Greys:
These beings are perhaps the most famous of all the alien races. The Greys are believed to be beings with large heads, almond-shaped eyes and smaller bodies. They come from the constellation Orion and the star system Zeta Reticuli. According to ufologists and researchers, their population is in fact very small and they have numerous clones among them. They do not have souls as humans and behave as robots. The Greys are the ones responsible for the majority of abductions on our planet. The Greys are sometimes believed to serve the Reptilians. According to some, a secret pact was made in the 50’s between our government and these aliens. We received highly advanced alien technology, while they got the green light to abduct people and perform human experiments.
3) Anunnaki:
The Anunnaki are perhaps one of the best-known “alien species” together with the Greys. Annunaki is the name given to a race of extraterrestrials by the Sumerians. These beings arrived from a planet called Nibiru which allegedly approaches our solar system every 3600 years. Anunnaki means: “those who from heaven came down to earth.”
According to the Sumerian tablets translated by Zecharia Sitchin, the Anunnaki mixed their own genetic materials with early humans creating a race of slaves. These genetic experiments are believed to have occurred around 200,000 years ago. Given the technological differences and knowledge between the Anunnaki and early humans, it is believed that ancient man regarded the Anunnaki as gods.
These mysterious images are allegedly proof that ‘invisible Alien entities ARE here on Earth’.
Photograph of an ITE-2 displaying intelligent movement. Dr. Santilli states that the entity consists of lights of different colors that are pulsating and move synchronously according to a complex trajectory during the 15 seconds of exposure, including a point in which motion stopped for a few seconds, to resume thereafter.
Researchers seeking evidence of anti-matter in the universe firmly believe they have come across a previously unknown ‘invisible life form’ on planet Earth.
The group of researchers that discovered the mysterious entities work at Thunder Energies Corporation, an optics, nuclear physics, and energy company. According to them, these mysterious entities inhabit the Earth’s atmosphere. The company is run by controversial Harvard-educated nuclear physicist Dr. Ruggero Santilli. Dr. Santilli is regarded by many as an expert in mathematics and physics and has already been nominated for Nobel Prizes in Chemistry and Physics. Dr. Santilli developed a revolutionary telescope which was designed to spot antimatter-light in the cosmos. Contrary to conventional telescopes, which are made from Convey Lenses, the Santilli telescope is made from Concave lenses.
According to Santilli:
By using telescopes with concave lenses, known as Santilli telescopes (trademark and patent pending by the U.S. publicly traded company Thunder Energies Corporation), we review preceding evidence for the apparent existence of antimatter galaxies, antimatter asteroids, and antimatter cosmic rays. Independently from these astrophysical detections, we present for the first time evidence for the apparent existence of entities in our terrestrial environment that are solely visible via telescopes with concave lenses, while being invisible to our eyes and to conventional Galileo telescopes with convex lenses, which entities leave dark images in the background of digital cameras attached to the Santilli telescopes.
The new report, which was published in the American Journal of Modern Physics revealed a controversial finding which suggests, for the first time ever, the existence of entities in our terrestrial environment which are INVISIBLE to our eyes and conventional telescopes made from convex lenses.
“To his great surprise, unidentified yet clearly visible entities immediately appeared on the screen of the camera attached to the Santilli telescope, without any enlargement, without the same entities being visible to the naked eyes, and without any corresponding image existing on the screen of the camera attached to the Galileo telescope. This unexpected discovery triggered a novel systematic use of the pair of Galileo and Santilli telescopes, this time, for the search of entities, here called Invisible Terrestrial Entities, that are invisible to our eyes as well as to our optical instruments with convex lenses, but are otherwise fully visible via the Santilli telescope with concave lenses, and are located in our terrestrial environment.” (Source)
A view of an Invisible Terrestrial Entity of the first kind (ITE-1) detected in two different photos on September 5, 2015, in the evening sky over Tampa Bay. Florida, via the pair of 100 mm Galileo and Santilli telescopes with Sony Camera SLT-A58K set at ISO automatic and 15 seconds exposure. The entity is classified as an ISE-1 because it is solely detected via the Santilli telescope (thus emitting light with a negative index of refraction), and it leaves a black image in the background of the digital camera (thus emitting light with negative energy).
In post-observations, Dr. Santilli identified two different types of Invisible Terrestrial Entities or ITEs, acknowledging that further types of entities may be identified in the near future. Dr. Santilli states that both types of ITEs have been independently verified by fellow scientists and their existence was confirmed in a lecture at the St. Petersburg Astronomy Club on September 25, 2015.
The first type of ITE is defined by Dr. Santilli as entities that:
Are not visible to the human eye or to conventional optical instruments with convex lenses, but are otherwise fully visible via Santilli telescopes with concave lenses;
exist in our terrestrial environment, rather than in deep astrophysical spaces; and
Leave “dark images” in the background of digital cameras attached to Santilli telescopes.
According to reports, these entities moved slowly and rotated. Dr. Santilli states that this particular type of movement excludes impurities in their telescopes since some have already speculated that these entities were factual errors in the telescope lens or in the camera.
Santilli notes that the emission of antimatter-light does not mean that the entity is made up of antimatter because the existence of the entities within our atmosphere would imply a cataclysmic explosion due to matter-antimatter annihilation. (Source)
Santilli writes that: ITE-1 consist of matter-entities in our terrestrial environment achieving locomotion via the acquisition of antimatter in their interior with consequential use of matter-antimatter propulsion and achieve invisibility via the emission of antimatter-light as a sort of exhaust. (Source)
Santilli defines the Second Type of Entities (ITE-2) as:
Are not visible to the human eye or to conventional optical instruments wish convex lenses, but are otherwise fully visible via Santilli telescopes with concave lenses;
Exist in our terrestrial environment, rather than in deep astrophysical spaces; and
Leave “bright images” in the background of digital cameras attached to Santilli telescopes.
Santilli continues in his study stating: “Consequently, both ITE-1 and ITE-2 have a negative index of refraction when propagating in a matter medium such as glass. Their main difference is that the former entities, also called dark ITE, carry negative energy, thus causing dark images in the background of a camera attached to Santilli telescopes, while later entities, also called bright ITE, carry positive energy, thus causing bright images despite their negative index of refraction.”
Dr. Santilli states that ITE-2’s were moving and pulsing backward and forward when they were seen by the Santilli telescopes, suggesting that they were: “conducting unauthorized surveillance of the Tampa Area solely visible with the Santilli telescope, thus confirming the need for systematic views of sensitive civilian, industrial and military installations”.
Source and reference:
Apparent Detection via New Telescopes with Concave Lenses of Otherwise Invisible Terrestrial Entities (ITE).
Your show where it is all about getting out of your body and visiting amazing worlds.
It is time for adventure, insight, and growth. You will find all of it in every single show 🙂 So, make sure not to miss any shows, but if you did, I welcome you to listen to the older ones too!
Make sure to tune in with the Astral Insider Monday 28th at 9:00 AM PT to delve deeper into Astral Projection. Every show is fresh and unique, and you will discover that we only get to go deeper and deeper after every show.
After the show, you will feel more prepared to astral project, and ready to try a lot of new things that maybe you did not imagine you could do “up there.”
Did you have a chance to visit the Astral Plane already?
Astral Projection is incredible, and I want to bring you closer to it. Everybody can astral project, and here at The Astral Insider, where we talk all about astral projection, you will receive all the tools, tips, advice and even promotions that will get you out from your body!
Check out what we have for the show:
Remember, you can listen to previous shows if you missed one of these exciting topics.
Explore the Universe with Astral Projection
And while you are at it, check out this easy astral projection course, and join it for a special price!! You will get to know all about astral projection through easy and fun classes! These classes keep on growing, and you have lifetime access, a superb way to have access to a vast pool of information!
Get your free meditation to aid your chakras for astral projection. You can claim your copy here.
My clients have given me permission to enter their Akashic Record for many different reasons. Some of them are curious or have a nudging to delve into their soul group of origin. They feel they embody specific characteristics or feel drawn to others of a specific group. Some clients are drawn to look into their past lives, many have had insights into past lives and are truly surprised at the accuracy of their record.
For me I was ready to learn more about my soul group in relation to my soul gifts and how best to use them. This was a fascinating insight into who I truly am and what my teacher told me felt like a coming home to myself. Everything resonated so deeply with me and empowered me to move into my purpose, not only my purpose of living but of being fully alive and sharing my gifts with others.
Our record can also enlighten us to what unconscious beliefs, patterns and decisions we are running. Those beliefs that cause us to move into fear or pain or guilt then cause us to behave in certain ways or not as it can be sometimes. When we are unaware of our unconscious patterns we begin to believe things like ‘That’s just the way I am’, ‘It’s impossible’, and ‘That success is for others, not me!’. Our unconscious mind is keeping us where we feel comfortable, it is looking after us in it’s own way. When we begin to delve deep and look for those beliefs we can then consciously begin to release them. We can ask for more empowering and supportive beliefs to be embedded. This is what your higher self will do when those are uncovered from your soul record. By having me enter your record you have at some level decided consciously that you are ready to shift and become more of your true self.
Your record can also offer awareness of your spirit guides and what they are here to help you do and achieve. By releasing unconscious beliefs such as fear then your guides can more easily connect with you and you begin to vibrate from a point where you can receive their guidance. This is a wonderful way of tapping into your spirituality and grounding the guidance you receive and putting it into actions here in the third dimension.
Your record holds the secret to becoming more empowered, more connected and knowing yourself at soul level. If you want to find out more then hop over to akashic record readings
There’s a pretty f**ken unanimous consent that we know f**k-all about the ocean and all of its denizens, but if there’s one thing we do know for sure, it’s that there are tonnes of scary little c**ts off the coast of Australia – and we haven’t even discovered ‘em all yet. You probably remember the post we did about the weird sh*t scientists found in our waters. Well, it’d be interesting to hear what they have to say about this freaky little b*stard…
This bewdiful little fella was discovered on a beach in Broome by two sheilas who were going for a bit of a stroll. A bloke who goes by the moniker of Horrorwolfe posted the spectacularly tentacular little bugger on Reddit’s ‘whatisthisthing’ subreddit.
Credit: Reddit/Horrorwolfe
“This was found in Broome, Western Australia. I have Googled many things, but searching for “black and white sea creature” keeps getting me colour-ins for children, which, while hilarious, is also frustrating,” he wrote.
Credit: Reddit/Horrorwolfe
If you ask us, it definitely fits in with some of the sci-fi-themed ideas jokingly mooted on websites like the always excellent Unilad, but after a fair bit of chat on Reddit, it seems like those legends have identified it as an armed anemone. Is there anything those f**kers can’t figure out?
Credit: Reddit/Horrorwolfe
Now, while your teachers and uni lecturers have probably told you not to look at Wikipedia for information, we’re gonna refute that sh*t. Wikipedia’s peer-reviewed, and while it shouldn’t be used for your doctoral thesis, it’s a great place to start your research. So…according to Wikipedia, armed anemones are found off the coast of Western Australia. Like most Ozzy critters though, don’t f**ken touch ‘em. They’ll sting the f**k out of ya.
Credit: Reddit/Horrorwolfe
Good to know.
An armed anemone in the water. Credit: Howie’s Scuba
Final thought: What do you blokes reckon? What is it? Is it an armed anemone? Is it something else? Have you got your own piss-funny idea what this gorgeous little devil might be? Let us know in the comments. Cheers, ya legends!
The word Akasha can be traced back to its Sumerianorigin where it was used to refer to aether, both in its elemental and metaphysicalsense.
Perhaps the person we need to turn to when speaking about the Akasha or ether is a man whose importance has not been truly appreciated: NikolaTesla—a genius polymath, inventor and a mechanical and electrical engineer.
In an interview dubbed Man’s Greatest Achievement, Nikola Tesla said: “All perceptible matter comes from a primary substance, or tenuity beyond conception, filling all space, the Akasha or luminiferous ether, which is acted upon by the life-giving Prana or creative force, calling into existence, in never-ending cycles all things and phenomena.”
However, even before Nikola Tesla, philosophers and ancient scholars wondered whether the so-called ether existed.
If we take a look at the ‘Indian Travels of Apollonius of Tyana,’ we will find further mention of the so-called ether.
If we take a look at ancient Hinduism, Akash is the fifth of the ‘five great elements’:
prthivi (earth)
apa (water)
agni (fire)
vaiu (air)
akashá (ether)
“And they allowed Apollonius to ask questions; and he asked them of what they thought the cosmos was composed”; but they replied; “Of elements.”
“Are there then four?” he asked. “Not four,” said Larchas, “but five.”
“And how can there be a fifth,” said Apollonius, “alongside water and air and earth and fire?”
“There is the ether,” replied the other, “which we must regard as the stuff of which gods are made; for just as all mortal creatures inhale the wire, so do immortal and divine natures inhale the ether.”
“Am I,” said Apollonius, “to regard the universe as a living creature?” “Yes,” answered the other.
Akasha or ākāśa is a term for either space or ætherin traditional Indian cosmology. In ancient Sanskrit, it is used to describe the ‘ether’ (æther), which is an impalpable, immaterial, subtle and intangible fluid, which the ancient Hindus believed exists across and ‘inside’ the entire universe and would be the vehicle of sound and life.
We come to understand that ether or Akasha is basically the fundament of all that exists in our material world.
In numerous ancient teachings, Akasha is considered the invisible force behind the creation of all matter.
Furthermore, in Vedantic Hinduism, Akasha is translated to as the basis and essence of all things in the material world; and is considered the first material element created from the astral world.
As noted by CE, it is the source of energy for material manifestation.
The enigma behind the Akashic Records
So what are the AkashicRecords?
Alice A. Bailey wrote in her book Light of the Soul on The Yoga Sutras of Patanjali – Book 3 – Union achieved and its Results (1927):
The akashic record is like an immense photographic film, registering all the desires and earth experiences of our planet. Those who perceive it will see pictured thereon: The life experiences of every human being since time began, the reactions to experience of the entire animal kingdom, the aggregation of the thought-forms of a karmic nature (based on desire) of every human unit throughout time. Herein lies the great deception of the records. Only a trained occultist can distinguish between actual experience and those astral pictures created by imagination and keen desire.
The meaning of Akashic records can be summed up as the ‘data’ that in theory exists in a single place, in a non-physical way, outside of time and space.
In these, records we can discover the absolute knowledge and experience of our soul; almost as if it were part of a supercomputer of cosmic information where our past lives, the present and future possibilities (forming part of the theory of reincarnation), as well as the sense of our existence, reside.
The Akashic records (from Akasha, in Sanskrit: sky, space, ether), can also be summed up as a kind of memory (of everything that has happened since the beginning of time) that has become embedded and registered in the ether.
There, everything that has happened since the beginning of time and all the knowledge of the universe is found safely guarded since time immemorial.
If we take a look at their meaning from a Theosophical and point of view, we find that the Akashic records are a summary of all human events, thoughts, words, emotions, and intent ever to have occurred in the past, present, or future.
I hope your holidays were wonderful and you’re ready for a great year ahead. If you’ve been wondering where I’ve been and what I’ve been working on, I spent the last few months making quite a few life changes and…
I’m super excited to announce that I published my book!
The Akashic Records: A Spiritual Tool for Healing Addiction is a beautifully printed book designedto guide you in finding the purpose behind all of your life experiences, while also teaching you how to heal yourself through the use of spiritual concepts and ideas, and more specifically, why the Akashic Records is a fantastic modality for healing addiction.
Addiction is one of our society’s biggest issues today and moving through it effectively and in a healthy way requires the use of spirituality. The reason why is simple…
There is a purpose in your life’s journey and this book explains it.
There is a reason you are here. Your Soul’s history is a part of you. It is stored within the Akashic Records, which tells the story of who you are.There is a purpose in your life’s journey and this book explains it.
“The Akashic Records is the center of everything. It is the flow of everything. It is truly limitless … there is no truth and no existence without the Akashic Records.”
Accessing your Soul History through the Akashic Records gives you the insight you need to understand your past and how you got to where you are now. This is essential to healing and preventing any negative patterns from being repeated again.
This book explains how.
Every bit of your journey in this life is for spiritual growth… even the negative experiences… even if they don’t make sense or feel like it at the time.
Understanding why you have experienced everything you have is precisely how you define your purpose and clarify your direction along your path, and that inner knowing of what you came here to do has the ability to propel you forward very quickly.
Currently, and as a very special offer to start the New Year off, my book is only available FREE with the purchase of any reading or session on ManifestAbundanceNow.com or PsynergyWellness.com.
The ancient coin which was discovered in Egypt according to reports depicts what many believe is an alien-like creature. In the past, numerous other coins have been found which depict what many believe are flying machines.
Every once in a while we come across certain objects that make us wonder ‘what if we are not the entire story’ when it comes to history, alien life, and civilization on Earth.
Just as there are ‘bogus’ artifacts that are clearly FAKE, there are others however that make you question lots of things.
In the past, people from around the world have discovered ancient coins that are anything but ordinary. Some of them depict strange ‘flying objects,’ while others –like one of the coins posted below— seem to offer conclusive evidence that we have in fact been visited by alien lifeforms –just as the ancient astronaut theory presuposes— tens of thousands of years ago.
In earlier articles, we posted details about a strange coin which dates back to the 1680’s. Depicted on it is an object which according to many is the ultimate proof UFO’s, aka flying saucers visited our planet in the past. While some agree that it’s definitely ancient alien evidence, others disagree suggesting that we are looking at illustrations of shields, and not flying machines on coins which date back hundreds of years.
Over the past few years, skeptics have come up with their own theories disproving the one proposed by UFO hunters saying that the object depicted on the 17th-century coin could be a drifting mushroom or flower, or even a shield.
However, a newly found coin –which by the way has all the right ingredients for being called out as a fake— has woken interest among skeptics and UFOlogists who are debating about its origin and authenticity.
According to thesun.co.uk, “during a house renovation in Egypt, someone came across a mysterious coin that seems to show the head of an extra-terrestrial being, with huge hollow eyes, a bald hea, and thin cheeks.”
Mysterious Earth writes that: “A group of people who worked on the renovation of a house in southern Egypt found a number of very rare coins.”
While any have rushed forward suggesting this is by far the best evidence of alien visitations, we need to hold on for a minute here and look at other possibilities.
While the coin is sensational to say the least, it doesn’t necessarily mean its authentic, but for that matter neither fake. The truth is that with all findings of a similar controversy, people rush to make conclusions without considering all possibilities.
The truth is that detailed information about the coin ‘depicting an alien-like creature’ is extremely limited. The only information we have is that it was discovered among ‘other ancient coins’ during a house renovation in Egypt. Nearly all of these coins have an inscription in Latin, which obviously mean they did not originate in Egypt, but most likely somewhere else.
The coin with the mystery creature on its side has “OPPORTUNUS Adest” carved on the back, Latin for “its here in due time.”
Whether or not the newly found coin depicting an alien-like creature is real or not remains a profound mystery. The most likely conclusion is that the coin is a modern forgery since NO EXPERTS have actually verified the item, analyzed it or seen it. All the information comes from different websites which can’t agree on what’s what.
While the story is fascinating to say the least, it’s hard to conclude if it’s real.
The truth is that several coins have been found in the past which have proven to be real, and depict what many interpret as FLYING OBJECTS. That, however, is up to each person’s interpretation. What some see as flying saucers, others may identify as shields or other objects.
Nevertheless, these coins are extremely interesting and make you wonder WHAT IF, they are true. In regards to the coin depicitng the alien-like creature, I’d have to say it’s just another modern forgery until someone proves otherwise.
Let me know what you think and post your comments below!
DAY TEN: DEEPEN 33 Day Video Series – Metasoul & Akashic Records Guided Meditation
This is day ten of my 33 day series called Deepen. In this video today, I talk about the Metasoul, which is your individuated soul source in a high ‘up there’ dimensional frequency that split off from the larger soul groups or monads who split off from Divine Source. Your Metasoul (which you do not share with any one else) then fragmented off into limitless timelines and lifetimes….from Ancient Egypt to Atlantis to galactic.
Connecting with your Metasoul aspects in these other timelines allows for quantum healing of karmic traumas and patterns and also receiving of activations and gifts from those aspects in higher timelines. Connecting through establishing relationships with these aspects goes deeper than just a past life regression feeling sense of dropping into the trauma in a one time session or soul retrieval. An ongoing relationship with the Metasoul aspects lead by YOU actually allows for a shifting of the outcome of their timeline as none are ‘set in stone’ or actually completed or finished.
In this video, Archangel Metatron and Goddess Sophia journey with you to the mid-fourth dimension where the akashic library is located, holding all experiences of all Metasouls across all timelines. You locate your Metasoul records and begin to get a sense for a timeline that may be currently ‘bleeding through’ to yours. This conscious sense of bleed through allows you to actually connect with and eventually heal this timeline in a conscious and compassionate way. Your Gatekeeper is an aspect of your Metasoul that provides direct access to these timelines as well and much easier navigation of them, which you will connect with soon in an upcoming video.
We then deepen this connection with your Metasoul aspects and create important bridges to them that lead to more unification of your Metasoul through 1:1 sessions (as I mention below).
Thank you for joining me on this tenth day of 33….as we move into Deepening energies together…..one beloved part of us at a time!
More about parts/Metasoul aspects here: soulfullheartwayoflife.com/parts
You can watch each video in the Deepen playlist on my SoulFullHeart Experience You Tube Channel here: https://www.youtube.com/playlist…
I will be hosting two group sessions over Zoom to digest your experience during this series for a $11 USD minimum donation per session. These will be on THIS Saturday January 12 and February 2nd at 11:00am PST. More info here: https://www.facebook.com/events/2189383564650970/
You are welcome to share your experiences of this guided meditation here on FB and I will respond to your sharings.
Jelelle Awen
1:1 bridging and ongoing sessions available with me for women and with other SoulFullHeart Facilitators (Gabriel and Raphael with women/men and Kalayna with woman 25 and under) to deepen this connection with your Protector and other precious aspects! More info here: soulfullheartwayoflife.com/sessions
I’ve always been a lover of libraries and books. Before my teenage years, I even dreamed of becoming a librarian. So, it’s no wonder that I’ve been drawn to the Akashic Records in my spiritual development journey.
The Akashic Records refers to a library that holds information about our soul journey. You can also think of it like a spiritual information highway or the internet of soul information.
But, the records can be visualized in very different ways.
When you visit the library, you can see the records like a tapestry thread that you can follow and explore to receive information. You can see the record like a book with different chapters.
You can also have an experience mediated by Akashic Records Guides who affect and filter the information in a way that is useful to the seeker.
The Akashic Records can also be experienced like a combination of these–a special room that you visit, a specific Guide that you can ask questions to, and a book that you can explore.
Some clients who I have worked with have the misconception that the Akashic Records only refer to past lives. And, even though, past lives is one of the areas that we can explore when we visit the Records, it is not the ONLY information available there.
In the next series of articles, I’ll be posting more details about what the Akashic Records are, what they are not, and how we can utilize them in our spiritual journey especially when part of that journey is expressing our divinity via a business.
Be on the lookout for more articles and subscribe to get alerted when they are published.
Walking through a beaded curtain, you enter into a sacred space, fully equipped with humming and chanting. As the candles flicker, your eye catches the plethora of crystals that surround you, the incense ignites your senses. You join me in a cozy, dimly-lit room, filled with colorful drapery and fabrics from my wandering gypsy travels. You sit down expecting me to inherently know your past and wisely reveal to you all the answers to your life’s questions and concerns…
But the truth is, you are the one with all the answers. I simply show you how to tap in and understand them.
Akashic records are a full summary of our life events, thoughts, emotions, and words, that have occurred in the past, present, or future. They’re encoded in the etheric plane of existence, a non-physical one that exists in our realm of consciousness.
REALITY
Chatting over a cup of tea, we’ll meet via phone, in the comfort of our own homes – preferably in pajamas. Deep-diving into helping you understand your soul’s purpose, together we’ll identify how to utilize your divine gifts. The coolest part is – we can look at past, present and future lives, even alternative realities to help us understand the complexity of your imprint. All-encompassing soul empowerment comes from a state of being a conscious co-creator. By accessing your Akashic Records you’re able to bend time and energy and create results beyond your wildest dreams.
Gain Access Wherever You Are
Once you know how to tap in, you can gain access wherever you are. There’s not a physical book outside of you, nor do you need to travel to India in order to access it. Although traveling to India would be fantastic and serve other purposes, and omg the food, but I digress…
Even though you don’t know it yet, you do hold the power to access, and with proper training you’ll be able to heal and actually create your Akashic Records.
Holding all the information about the cosmic truth of who you really are, Akashic Records are the energetic records of your soul. They record every word, thought, action, event, emotion and belief system.
By accessing your Akashic Records you will receive information through highlighting and understanding your inherent limiting patterns and blockages, offering you a greater understanding and connection to your soul’s growth by creating miracles in your life.
EXPECTATION
Every human being has the ability to access their Akashic Records. One of the biggest illusions is that you need to be a prophet or Queen Sheba to tap in.
Every single one of us is woven with the fabric of intuition, it’s just up to us to learn whether to exercise it or not, and to what depth. Think of working with your Akashic Records like riding a bike, the first day you have some training wheels, and when you are ready, the training wheels come off, and then you can ride your bike with confidence – remember that “I’m riding my bike on my own” joy you felt as a kid!?
A Word of Warning
But beware, if you’re addicted to being a victim, bringing in drama, not wanting to face your issues, etc., this isn’t for you. If Akashic Records had a warning label, it would read: until you’re ready to take personal responsibility for your own energy and how you show up in life, steer clear.
Life isn’t always easy to navigate, and Akashic Records offer us the understanding and ability to do the incredible work we were put here to do. The truth is when we show up from that place of understanding, we empower ourselves to fully access our unique gifts and talents, allowing a life of alignment with our soul’s purpose.
If you have any more myths or questions about the Akashic Records, drop them in the comments below!
A little-known planet beyond our solar system has been found and it could be a scaled-up version of Earth.
New research found the distant exoplanet, known as K2-18b, and have hailed it a ‘super Earth’ made up of rock, just like our planet.
K2-18b is an ideal candidate to hold liquid water on its surface, and thus it has great potential for alien life.
Wikimedia
Researchers from the University of Texas, Scarborough, and the University of Montreal also found that the ‘super Earth’ has a neighbour.
The name of this neighbour? You guessed it, K2-18c.
This is could be another rocky super Earth, but is unlikely to host alien life according to the scientists.
Both the planets orbit the red dwarf star K2-18, which is located 111 light years from Earth in the constellation Leo.
The new study used data collected by the European Southern Observatory which is based in Munich, Germany.
Pexels
Lead author Ryan Cloutier said:
Being able to measure the mass and density of K2-18b was tremendous, but to discover a new exoplanet was lucky and equally exciting.
If you can get the mass and radius, you can measure the bulk density of the planet and that can tell you what the bulk of the planet is made of.
With the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) we can probe the atmosphere and see whether it has an extensive atmosphere or it’s a planet covered in water.
The researchers set out to find whether K2-18b was a bigger version of Earth made mostly of rock, or a scaled-down version of Neptune made mostly of gas.
NASA
The team found it was a mostly rocky planet with a gaseous atmosphere, like that of Earth’s, or it was a water planet with a thick layer of ice on top of it.
The newly described K2-18c is closer to its star and probably too hot to be in the habitable zone.
K2-18b will be a prime target for NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope when it launches in 2019.
Co-author of the study, Professor René Doyon, said:
There’s a lot of demand to use this telescope, so you have to be meticulous in choosing which exoplanets to look at.
K2-18b is now one of the best targets for atmospheric study, it’s going to the near top of the list.
In other NASA-related alien news, they just received a response from the void, and believers everywhere are losing their collective minds.
After 37 years of inactivity, the NASA spacecraft Voyager 1 fired up its thrusters for the first time in nearly four decades all the way over in interstellar space.
This incredible – and unsuspected – triumph means Voyager 1 can once again communicate with Earth, from 13 billion miles away.
Suzanne Dodd, project manager for Voyager at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory said:
With these thrusters that are still functional after 37 years without use, we will be able to extend the life of the Voyager 1 spacecraft by two to three years.
Looking for some hot stuff? I fired backup thrusters for the first time in 37 years, and they worked like a champ. This could extend my life 2-3 years. https://t.co/N0pF3nvOkOpic.twitter.com/V35vMbrHCr
The thruster test went so well, the team will likely do a similar test on the TCM thrusters for Voyager 2, which is also on course to enter interstellar space, likely within the next few years.
More than six months after Hawking passed away at the age of 76, his family have pulled together what they believe to be some of the scientist’s most compelling answers to mysteries of the universe. His closing piece provides remarkable insight, outlining black hole theories and his fear that humans could be surpassed by artificial intelligence – a topic he spoke widely on in his final years.
In one chapter of “Brief Answers to the Big Questions” Hawking tackles the thorny issue of God and gives a resounding answer. “There is no God. No one directs the universe,” he writes. “For centuries, it was believed that disabled people like me were living under a curse that was inflicted by God. I prefer to think that everything can be explained another way, by the laws of nature.”
Providing his thoughts on what lies beyond the Earth’s atmosphere, Hawking argues that there is more out there than what we know.
“There are forms of intelligent life out there… We need to be wary of answering back until we have developed a bit further.”
In the book Hawking does not rule out the possibility of doing a Back to The Future. “Travel back in time can’t be ruled out according to our present understanding,” he writes.
Hawking’s final writings were released at a press conference earlier this week attended by his children Lucy and Tim.
Lucy Hawking said the final book is a “carefully curated” piece containing answers to questions regularly asked of the world famous physicist. She told London’s Science Museum how her father maintained an enormous archive, theories which were painstakingly put together to form the scientist’s final publication.
“He was regularly asked a set of questions and what we wanted to do with this book is bring together the most definitive and authentic answers he gave,” she said. “He would be absolutely delighted. We all just wish he was here to see it.”
Like this story? Share it with a friend!
Legendary physicist Stephen Hawking did not believe in the existence of God, his final book reveals. The posthumous manuscript also delves into alien theories and the dangers of artificial intelligence.
Fast radio bursts (FRBs) are extremely powerful energetic emissions from the distant universe that last just a few milliseconds on average. The origin of most FRBs is still unclear because they are one-off events. But one of them, FRB 121102, has been repeating itself, allowing researchers to find out a little bit more about these mysterious occurrences.
Last year, astronomers used the Green Bank Telescope to discover more FRBs from this source and found 21 new bursts. But more was hiding in the data. Researchers used a new machine-learning algorithm to reanalyze the 2017 data and discovered 72 new bursts that weren’t spotted in the original analysis. The discovery has been accepted for publication in the Astrophysical Journal.
The signals are thought to be coming from a neutron star located in a dwarf galaxy roughly 3 billion light-years from Earth. The neutron star is likely in a highly magnetized environment like the remnant of a supernova or near a black hole. Thanks to the latest analysis, there have now been roughly 300 FRBs detected from this one source, a great step forward in understanding its nature.
“This work is only the beginning of using these powerful methods to find radio transients,” lead author Gerry Zhang, from the University of California, Berkeley, said in a statement. “We hope our success may inspire other serious endeavors in applying machine learning to radio astronomy.”
The new findings show that there is no regular pattern in the data, at least if the pattern is longer than 10 milliseconds. We currently cannot probe shorter periods. The observations, which lasted about five hours, show that the FRB source goes through some quieter periods and some more frenzied periods. The analysis shows that researchers might have underestimated just how many FRB signals might be out there.
“This work is exciting not just because it helps us understand the dynamic behavior of fast radio bursts in more detail, but also because of the promise it shows for using machine learning to detect signals missed by classical algorithms,” added co-author Andrew Siemion, director of the Berkeley SETI Research Center and principal investigator for Breakthrough Listen, the initiative to find signs of intelligent life in the universe.
Breakthrough Listen has a particular interest in these types of algorithms. It could allow the project to become more thorough in finding potential radio signals from alien civilizations.
Today we would like to focus your attention on the topic of the Akashic Records. There are many questions surrounding the Akashic records and it is our intention to share our perspective in hopes that it may help to answer some of these perplexing mysteries in this regard. We will be touching upon not only what the Akashic Records are as well as how one may access these records consciously.
Many more of you at this time are becoming aware of your infinite power to create all that you desire to experience. As you are evolving you are also regaining the knowledge that has remained “hidden” in plain view. The Akashic records are essentially the record of All That Is, all that ever “was” and all there will ever “be.” This is what many find so perplexing. How can there be a record of what will be if it has not happened yet? How can there still be free will? Ahhhh what an intriguing question and this is where our discussion will begin.
We will first request that you keep in mind that “time” as you know it is an illusion, it is not actually “real” it is only perceived in the reality which you currently exist. However, as we have expressed many times before, from our perspective time is simply a marker. It can be used much like you use the page numbers in a book. You are free to scroll back and forth in whatever manner you desire, the page numbers simply allow you to find the experience you are choosing to focus your attention on.
This is a sense is how we prefer to utilize time. With that analogy in mind, it may be easier to contemplate how all of existence is happening simultaneously, rather than in a linear line formed by a past, present and a future, therefore, from our perspective, the past, present and future are simply different perspectives of the same now moment; as now is the only “time” that actually exists.
Although the Akashic Records are a record of all that ever was, is, and will be, it is also continually changing, shifting, and evolving. We realize that this may be difficult to comprehend because of the agreed upon belief in linear time. We are attempting to simplify what seems to be a very complex topic into something that can still be understood with the agreed upon temporary limitations which you have taken on.
The understanding that the Akashic Records are changing, shifting and evolving with all of you is key to understanding how history, past events, future events and life paths can and are continually altered. We are using past and future tense in order to help you to better understand our explanation. When you change an ingrained belief, learn a life lesson, master a challenge or grow and evolve in consciousness you are essentially changing all other versions of “you” as well. This knowledge is then recorded in the Akashic Records for all others to then subconsciously access so they may also benefit from if they so choose.
These records are constantly changing and evolving with every choice that each being makes. The reality that would most likely have manifested can and often does change with the shift in choices, and decisions that are consistently being made.
From our perspective, the “past” is just as probable as the “future.” This may seem perplexing to you due to your perception of time, however, the choices that you make today do in fact affect the past, present, and future. It is just that your minds are not currently focused on perceiving any other “past” than the one you remember experiencing.
Upon the transition from the physical to the non-physical world, every soul is offered the opportunity to access the Akashic Records consciously to review the life which they “just” lived. In some sense it is similar to watching a holographic movie of your entire life; although this movie “recorded” every thought, person, belief, experience and decision that was ever made in your life to help you to better learn and grow from what you experienced.
Now imagine that these records are not recording just one of your lives, but all of them. Now imagine that these records record not only all of your lives but every soul in every one of their lives in every world. This is how immense these records are. It is the totality of all that is.
In a sense, the Akashic Records can be compared to a giant universal library, where all souls can gain access to the universal knowledge of every soul to further learn and grow from. As we stated earlier these records are continually being “updated” and evolving with the experiences that continually “upload” into the records.
When one being learns or creates something, the “recipe” is then available for all others to access and further build upon that knowledge. This is how All That Is continues to grow, learn and evolve. The Akashic record essentially allows every being the ability to consistently innovate upon what has already been discovered.
Many are now wondering where are these records stored? They are everywhere and yet they are nowhere. Let us explain. Space is yet another illusion which you have temporally agreed to perceive. However, like time, space also does not actually exist from our perspective.
We say that they are everywhere because these records are encoded in each one of your cells, each strand of DNA of every being, and yet it is not physical. It is not a place, but rather a state of mind or vibrational reality. All beings have access to these records, there are no exceptions. All that stands between you and gaining access to these records consciously is your vibration, resonance, and rate of frequency.
You may gain access to these records consciously by setting your intention to do so and being ready and open to receive it. This can be referred to as channeling the information from the higher realms. Certainly every being in existence has this ability, however many have allowed this “muscle” to atrophy and as a result, many find it difficult to connect with the higher realms.
A quiet mind and a focused state of receiving are essential to opening yourself up to channeling information from the higher realms. Through intention and practice, all beings can regain this ability. We encourage you to call upon us and we will gladly connect with you if it is your desire to do so.
Misinterpreted throughout the centuries as ‘Gods’, here are three of the most hostile Aliens that according to ‘experts’ have been visiting Earth since time immemorial.
The idea that we are not the only life forms in the universe has captured the imagination and interest of not only scientists but philosophers, historians and other experts throughout the centuries.
One of the first to speak out about alien life was an Italian Dominican friar, philosopher, mathematician, poet, and cosmological theorist Giordano Bruno.
He is remembered for his cosmological theories, which conceptually extended the then novel Copernican model.
Bruno proposed that the stars were just distant suns surrounded by their own exoplanets and raised the possibility that these planets could even foster life of their own (a philosophical position known as cosmic pluralism).
Bruno also insisted that the universe is in fact infinite and could have no celestial body at its “center”.
Bruno said: “There are countless suns and countless earth’s all rotating around their suns in exactly the same way as the seven planets of our system. We see only the suns because they are the largest bodies and are luminous, but their planets remain invisible to us because they are smaller and non-luminous. The countless worlds in the universe are no worse and no less inhabited than our earth. For it is utterly unreasonable to suppose that those teeming worlds which are as magnificent as our own, perhaps more so, and which enjoy the fructifying rays of a sun just as we do, should be uninhabited and should not bear similar or even more perfect inhabitants than our earth.”
Giordano Bruno was burned at the stake in Rome’s Campo de’ Fiori in 1600.
However, he wasn’t the only one to have spoken out about alien life. Throughout the centuries, countless scholars have wondered whether or not there are others out there.
“There is abundant evidence that we are being contacted, that civilizations have been monitoring us for a very long time. That their appearance is bizarre from any type of traditional materialistic western point of view. That these visitors use the technologies of consciousness, they use toroids, they use co-rotating magnetic disks for their propulsion systems, that seems to be a common denominator of the UFO phenomenon.” (source) – Dr. Brian O’Leary, Former NASA astronaut and Princeton physics professor.
Today, at a time when technology has allowed us to explore the universe like never before, many people are convinced that we are not alone. Not only that, but millions of people around the globe are convinced that until this day, we are being visited by beings that are not from our planet.
Advanced civilizations which are thousands of years ahead of us—technologically—who have played an extremely important role in the development of humanity throughout the centuries.
So who are these beings? Are they benign? Are they Hostile? If so, where are they?
Considering the fact that there are at LEAST hundred billion galaxies just as old as the Milky Way, and all of them have an average of 100 BILLION Suns per galaxy, most of them with planets similar to Earth orbiting them, one can say that intelligent life surely must exist somewhere.
Many authors would agree that it’s safe to say that there is at least 1 intelligent civilization per galaxy. There are at LEAST one hundred billion galaxies as the milky way. Do the math.
UFOlogists and paranormal researchers agree that throughout the years Earth has been visited, and there is ample historical evidence which supports this claim.
Confused as ‘Gods’, numerous ancient cultures around the globe indicate how ‘extremely advanced beings’ visited Earth, coming from the Stars.
The Anunnaki
Are the Ancient Anunnaki the missing link in our amnesic history?
If we take a look at ancient Mesopotamian history we will find evidence of the so-called Anunnaki.
The Anunnaki are believed to be the creators of Man. These mighty Gods left Earth in the distant past, saying that one day, they shall return to Earth. Curiously, if we look at ancient cultures around the globe, most of their Gods—Creator Gods—left Earth and promised to return one day.
According to later Assyrian and Babylonian myth, the Anunnaki were the children of and , brother and sister gods. The Anunnaki appear in the Babylonian creation myth, Enuma Elish. The Anunnaki are mentioned in The Epic of Gilgameshwhen Utnapishtim tells the story of the flood. There are four primary gods: Anu, Enlil, Enki and Ninhursag.
Many researchers firmly believe that based on numerous discoveries, the Anunnaki (Sumerian: “those who came down from the heavens), a highly advanced civilization from an elusive planet in our solar system, came to Earth, landing in the Persian Gulf some 432,000 years ago. They created man as a slave race to help them mine gold. Eventually, the Anunnaki left Earth, leaving their creation behind promising to return one day.
The Greys
The Grey Aliens are one of the most famous alien species in the 21st century. There are two types of Grey Aliens. The Small Greys are said to possess extremely large heads, almond-shaped eyes, and small bodies. The small greys are said to be clones of the other species known as the Tall Greys. According to ufologists and researchers, their population is in fact very small which is why they have numerous clones among them.
They have almond-shaped eyes and are most commonly associated with abductions. Many ‘experts’ in ufology firmly believe mankind even has a secret pact with these beings.
They are said to come from the Constellation of Orion and the Star System Zeta Reticuli.
According to many, their population is small, and they have a great number of clones walking among them. These beings are said to behave like robots and lack souls.
According to reports, sometime during the 1950’s the government of the US made a secret pact with the Grey Aliens. We received extremely advanced alien technology for study, while they got the green light to abduct people and perform human experiments.
There are some statues in ancient Sumeria, and we can also find cave drawings in Europe and in Australia, where the heads feature a triangular shape with the big roundish eyes.
Cave paintings in the Kimberley region of Australia—believed to be thousands of years old—could be the earliest depictions of the Greys ever discovered.
According to local legends, the carvings are of ancient spirits called the Wondjina who appeared during dream time to create the landscape and influence its inhabitants, a possible connection to the Greys?
Reptilians
Throughout history, we have heard tales about these strange looking creatures that apparently live among us on Earth. There are so many stories about reptilian entities both in the past and in the present as if these beings were since the beginning of time present on our planet. History talks about them and modern day sightings are becoming more and more frequent. There have been stories of beings half-human, half-reptile for centuries, but is this just the result of human imagination or is there something more about these strange beings that have conquered our History texts.
Looking back in history, we find several tales about strange creatures, which were worshiped by our ancestors. In South America, Quetzalcoatl, Kukulkan are some of the gods which are well, reptilian beings worshiped as gods. Quetzalcoatl is a Mesoamerican deity whose name comes from the Nahuatl language and means “feathered serpent” The worship of a feathered serpent is first known documented in Teotihuacan in the first century BCE or first century CE.
According to ufologists, they measure about 4 meters in height and are characterized as excellent warriors and have an extremely hierarchical and competitive political – military system. They also have a great psychic power and feed on negative energies like fear and hatred, thus, they are considered ” regressive ” and were considered before as “demons.”
A month ago, Brian put Erin Gallagher to the test of reading his Akashic Records so that we could compare her reading to his first Akashic reading with Maureen St. Germain. Today you will hear Erin’s reading with the record keepers! As the skeptic who likes proof, Brian decided to ask the exact same questions he asked Maureen. So what happened?
Did Brian get similar readings or were they opposite? Were there any parallels? Were there any messages that were exactly the same? You’ll find out in this episode!
Also, after the reading we discuss the importance of trusting your gifts and following your guidance to strengthen them outside of typical institutions. One of the many systems of the matrix that is meant to enslave us is the institutionalization of learning. It forces us into a belief system that we must seek approval and worthiness outside of ourselves first. How do we break free of this? What are the benefits?
If you’re enjoying the show, please subscribe in iTunes and write us a review! This is what helps us stand out from the crowd and help people find a refreshing spin on spirituality with a great blend of credible advice and entertainment.
If you know someone who is awakening to their own spiritual journey and may have questions, please share our podcast with them as this entire show is dedicated to assisting everyone at any point along the path.
If you want to express some spiritual humor check out our new T shirt store! All profits go towards enhancing this show to make it better for you. We love you all and thank you for your support.
To learn more about who we are you can visit us at and if you have any questions you would like answered on our show please send them in to info@enlightenup.us or to our twitter account @EnlightenUpUs
And don’t forget to follow us on Instagram, FB, Twitter, and Youtube for show updates as well as upcoming short videos from us.
Telescopes in Australia have picked up a huge number of unexplained signals coming from deep in space.
According to researchers, the number of ‘fast radio bursts’ – bright flashes of radio waves from outer space that are picked up on Earth – have nearly doubled.
The recent signals are the closest and brightest of the radio bursts that have ever been seen.
Fast radio bursts are blasts of incredible energy, equivalent to the amount released by the sun in 80 years, that last for just a few milliseconds, before disappearing, and come from an unknown source.
Dr Ryan Shannon, from Swinburne University of Technology and the OzGrav ARC Centre of Excellence, and lead author of the study said, as per the Independent:
We’ve found 20 fast radio bursts in a year, almost doubling the number detected worldwide since they were discovered in 2007.
Using the new technology of the Australia Square Kilometre Array Pathfinder (ASKAP), we’ve also proved that fast radio bursts are coming from the other side of the Universe rather than from our own galactic neighbourhood.
Some people have suggested the radio bursts are from extra terrestrial intelligence, while scientists from Harvard University suggested they could be from transmitters used to push objects or ships across the universe.
Others have suggested they could be generated by black holes or stars colliding with one another.
The new examples of the radio flashes, however, provide scientists with more opportunities to study the phenomena.
Dr Shannon added:
Each time this happens, the different wavelengths that make up a burst are slowed by different amounts.
Eventually, the burst reaches Earth with its spread of wavelengths arriving at the telescope at slightly different times, like swimmers at a finish line.
Timing the arrival of the different wavelengths tells us how much material the burst has travelled through on its journey.
And because we’ve shown that fast radio bursts come from far away, we can use them to detect all the missing matter located in the space between galaxies – which is a really exciting discovery.
The number of new radio flashes detected is thanks to new technology being used on the telescopes, allowing them to have a bigger field of vision across the sky.
Co-author of the study, Dr Jean-Pierre Macquart, from the Curtin University node of the International Centre for Radio Astronomy Research (ICRAR), said that the bursts travel for billions of years, occasionally passing through clouds of gas, before reaching Earth.
Scientists are hoping to use the new equipment to pinpoint the source of the flashes more precisely. If they are able to do so, and if they are able to attribute them to one galaxy in particular, scientists will be able to understand more about their origin and why they are created.
The flashes should also be able to allow scientists to understand more about the early universe, as the blasts would have occurred a long time ago, before their signal reached Earth.
If you have a story you want to tell send it to UNILAD via [email protected]
If you can’t read that last part, it states:
Your show where it is all about getting out of your body and visiting amazing worlds.
